Home

HP Color LaserJet 5500/5550 Printers Service Manual

Contents

1. 1osues Jaded Buixi4 josues L08Sd Joes mep nddvo 1dXasug SSd r ca mi emm e e mmm eBed jo doy Enel B are goer Leen n D BuiBeBuesip Buidojaneq ZH nous iar A002 wun Bupa zossd rae idyo DI Zi ze I sosues edel Y san aias D Buibeb T annaa oa ZOLHL ont D ZOZHL LOZHL fex asodind ninyy Ti Y ra LE vo Ces EK z E an i I It t Zt zr S 9 BuidoJe e SL zd ce I osr E z E Sal owes ales ds s T FP SPJ omea D B H E I Od 10sues AEN dN z Sr v Si Q316d ies ZE v SCH Osta nanma UU ot E oo 100w Jay TH vL Set O8Ld Su t SE ogs14a mm 1n KE i I j a Them yer tet pn Ser py osa y E 10 0w wp ovsa bg E b Q Es SE oway a DAS wnup Josues vSd H S ovsiua L I gE kp l I ian 7 E 2 LE ovis seu D n 2 uonisod woy unup xg ra H srk neo WG es E E T at SEY vasnsio zaxazua D e GEI anos SS GIS I I Josues eer dez 8 0r 6 a318l0 Aer A orE4 aed K EEE BEES ER Kou
2. 192 Tess 193 I einstallation tlp cr ern aad nuege a pude RR UR Ra de 194 Multi purpose tray Tay oii E NEE 194 FROME COVER eR A 195 eii Nae 196 Cassette COVER E 198 Internal components TOM ccce certo tta cas na Roca aeree e RE Reg ea a RR dE nnde Y ce 199 Paper pickup Unit exi Cassette sensor PCB ie e he Rage neri a a a Aaa 200 Multi purpose tray sensor PCB sss ia a a 200 Paper pickup drive unit 201 LON GPIVE Unit m 202 Cassette Tray 2 paper pickup and feed rollers esecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneecaeeeeeeeeeetees 204 SOLENOID and ere VE 205 Cassette separation roller sss enne nnne 206 Multi purpose tray pickup roller nnne 207 Multi purpose tray separation pad sssssssssssssssssseeeen ener 208 Color registration detection unt 208 Internal components left side ieiuniis einaze eei Lon ten SEENEN 210 DC controller shield ee 210 Environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 210 Memory tag antenna PCBS eene nennen nennen nnns 211 E label memory controller PCB ssssssssseeeenm nennen enne 217 DC controller PCB eesesssssssssssssssssssesesi ener ener nn nn nnne rtes test ener nnne eres 218 Cassette paper size detection switches sssssssssssssssssemeene 219 Power supply fan eee 220
3. Paper path for simplex printing Pickup feed unit Paper path for duplex printing Figure 5 34 Pickup feed system ENWW Pickup feed system 171 Pickup feed unit At the bottom of the paper path the pickup unit picks individual pieces of paper from the trays Then the ETB carries the paper to the top of the paper path and into the fuser The mechanisms of the pickup feed unit are as follows cassette pickup multi purpose tray pickup paper feed duplex re feed and horizonal registration Cassette paper pickup The printer feeds paper from Tray 2 using the following method Figure 5 35 Cassette pickup operation illustrates this procedure 1 When the DC controller receives a print command from the formatter it rotates the pickup motor PM2 clockwise causing the registration roller and the feed roller to rotate When the scanner motor is ready the DC controller turns on the cassette pickup clutch CL 1 allowing the pickup roller feed roller and separation roller to rotate At the same time the DC controller rotates PM3 clockwise causing the pickup arm to lower onto the surface of the paper stack PM3 stops rotating after the pickup sensor detects the pickup arm As the pickup arm lowers the pickup roller touches the surface of the stack of paper and pulls paper out of the cassette When paper reaches the paper feed sensor the DC controller rotates PM3 counter c
4. 58 Installing paper trays HP Color LaserJet 5500 series porter 60 Installing accessories HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers ssss 62 Installing optional printer stand HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 65 Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 5500 models sessssssss 66 Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 67 Testing the printer operation sssssssssssssssseeenemeene ener nnns 69 Usirg Ne OTT 69 Connecting to a computer 4 rene AE a ue Ene Ra eer Ene genannten Parallel connections merrni inara aaa EA EE 71 USB configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 72 Auxiliary connection configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 72 Mise erect 72 Enhanced I O EIO configuration D HP Jetdirect print servers sssssssssssssssssseeseenenen enne nt nnne renes 75 Available enhanced I O interfaces sse 75 NetWare TIG e 75 Windows and Windows NT networks ssseseeeenn enm nennen 76 AppleTalk netWworks tea tt ert enne nen Rate Xx ER Apa REES CHR A ARIA PEREA IRR E RARE MS 76 LocalTalk config ration icon e aaRS cdd de ze dbz vega Ee Re d 76 LocalTalk network configuration A O BE eUTo c 76 Wireless printllig zio dried He Pe eb e d e
5. Primary exposure LED gg Video controller i 1 GE ca ERE al y i l i Operation panel A a EE IHE M E Low voltage power supply circuit Engine control system 139 Figure 5 9 Formatter system The formatter PCB is responsible for the following e receiving and processing print data from the various printer interfaces e monitoring control panel inputs and relaying printer status information through the control panel and the bidirectional UC e developing and coordinating data placement and timing with the print engine e storing font information e communicating with the host computer through the bidirectional interface e controlling the PowerSave mode The formatter monitors the printer continuously through the video interface When the printer is ready to print the formatter sends a signal to the DC controller which turns the laser on or off based on the signal Figure 5 9 Formatter system shows the formatter system Formatter DC Controller PCB PCB VIDEO gt Bk laser scanner VIDEO INTERFACE VIDEO gt M laser scanner External device host computer etc signal VIDEO signal X Y laser scanner VIDEO SR C laser scanner Formatter system PowerSave This feature conserves power after the printer has been idle for an adjustable length of time Set the time length in the Configure Device
6. Figure 1 4 Back view HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Output bin On off switch Tray 3 500 sheet paper feeder optional EIO connections 3 total Memory access Fast InfraRed FIR connection Parallel connection Power connection ce JO Om P oh 8 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Figure 1 5 Front view HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Output bin Printer control panel Top cover Front cover includes Tray 1 Tray 2 500 sheet standard tray Access to print cartridges transfer unit and fuser On off switch Tray 3 Tray 4 and Tray 5 optional ce JO Om P ob A Figure 1 6 Back view HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Output bin Auxiliary connector Parallel connection On off switch EIO connections 3 total Memory access 1 1 USB connection Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 optional ce JO om P oh ENWW Identification Printer specifications Table 1 4 Physical dimensions HP Color LaserJet 5500 models describes the dimensions of the printer Maximum duty cycle is 120 000 pages per month Table 1 6 Acoustic emissions HP Color LaserJet 5500 lists the acoustic emissions of the printer when it is printing and when it is in standby mode Table 1 4 Physical dimensions HP Color LaserJet 5500 models HP Color 640 mm 704 mm 577 mm 60 kg LaserJet 5500 25 2 in 27 7 in 22 7 in 132 Ibs in HP Color 986 mm 718 mm 630 mm 113 kg LaserJet 55
7. sesessssssssssssseseseeeeenene eee 39 Ordering parts supplies and accessories over the Internet ssesensessnesssssrerrrrrrennseeeo 39 Ordering directly through the embedded Web server for printers with network COAMECHIONS EE 39 Ordering directly through the HP Toolbox software HP Color LaserJet 5550 MOEN Een 40 Exchange program sssssssssssssseeneeen eene nennen nene s nen nens nnne nnne n enne nnn 40 SUP PIGS eT 40 World BID RU RR 40 HP service parts information compact dier 41 HP support assistant compact dier 41 Customer care reseller sales and service support Center 41 HP service agreements 0 0 cceccseeceecceeeeeeccneeeseccneneesaeceeteeseecnanesesecnaeensaecneeeseecnseneeeeneneneed 41 OMEN ANCAS si 41 AP CUSLOIM ECD CANO sac EE 41 Ordering related documentation and software 0 eect cette ee eeetteeeeeeeaeeeeeteaeeeeeeeaees 42 HP maintenance agreements eater tte ea e REX RR URBE RA RR ERE EEE 44 On site service agreements e idet De eerte leaded dede ERE ed Deed 44 Priority on site e 44 Next day on site Service eiae teer eoi de dec van aeu dac rade ele dele 4 Weekly volume on site service sssssssseeeeenm enm neennmrennen nnns 44 Chapter contents 37 Service approach Table 2 1 Printer repair normally begins by using the printer s internal diagnostics and the three step process belo
8. cccccecceeeeeeeeeeee cee aeee cee eeeeeeee ea deaaeaeaenaeceeeeeeeeeseesecaeaaneeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesneeeees 37 DEVICE approach sre e ETE 38 Parts and Ree E 39 Ordering paris EN 39 lu 39 By Mall e 39 Ordering supplies sssssssssssssese eee 39 Ordering parts supplies and accessories over the Internet sssssnsessnsseesseesrrrrren nsee 39 Ordering directly through the embedded Web server for printers with network eene E EE 39 Ordering directly through the HP Toolbox software HP Color LaserJet 5550 MOE ONY e 40 Exchange program sssssssssssseeeneeeenenenen nennen enne nne nenn ener nennr eren nennen nennen 40 SUPPIIES EXT 40 World Wide Web A 40 HP service parts information compact dier 41 HP support assistant compact dier 41 Customer care reseller sales and service support Center 41 HP service agreements eese esessee ene ee nennen antra nn ehh hannes bn nonis ska asina anne sanas ani 41 Other areas mE 41 HP customer Cale m ELM 41 Ordering related documentation and software sss 42 HP vw a Eeler CN 44 On site service agreemients 4 2 e adeo talea eerte eh Audet dede ERE d Dae de d 44 Priority on site e 44 Next day on site e Weekly volume on site service sssssseseeeenm eene enne 44 3 Installation and configuration e UE 47 SPACE e UE 48 500 sheet paper feeder dimensions
9. sss 450 Internal components 1 of 90 452 Internal components 2 of 9 etie Leti eire ted Redde 454 Internal components 3 of 90 456 Internal components 4 of 90 458 Internal components 5 of 90 460 Internal components 6 of 90 462 Internal components 7 of 90 464 Internal components 8 Of 90 466 Internal components 9 of 90 468 Paper pickup drive assembly sss 470 Dr m drive assembly 4 cicer ed eal d see ea eed 472 Disengaging drive assembly sss eme 474 Fuser drive assembly A 416 Gassette 1 0f 2 EE 478 Cassette 2 Of 2 ecni dedere de uec eed dad dee dee db eve need en 480 Paper pickup assembly 1 of 21 482 Paper pickup assembly 2 of 21 484 ETB assembly ER e EE 486 ETB assembly Got 2 speed e thee rp ee dhe da d t 488 Fuser assembly 1 012 eege ee doe Hr eda Iu dn 490 Fuser assembly 2 of Ze e aene e cote ed rede el aad e dne de 492 500 sheet paper feeder assembly location diagram sssse 494 500 sheet paper feeder internal components 1 of 2 496 500 sheet paper feeder internal components 2 of 2 498 500 sheet paper feeder cassette 1 of 2 500 500 sheet paper feeder cassette 2 of 2 502 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly ssessssssssssss 504 500 sheet paper feeder paper pickup assembly ssssesssrnnneeeseeeer rn reeesee ne 506 xix XX ENWW ENWW Printer descrip
10. Depressing all three switches of the Tray 2 paper size levers to cause the control panel to display the custom paper menu Press the button to return to the sensor diagnostic display To toggle a sensor find and move the sensor flags in the following locations e A Remove Tray 2 The flag is located in the center paper inlet path of the paper pickup unit directly in front of right side white roller The flag is recessed above the registration shutter in the paper pickup unit The fuser might be hot wait 10 minutes for it to cool down e B Open the ETB and wait for the fuser to cool down The fuser inlet flag is in located at the front center of the fuser Access the flag from above the black print cartridge e C The fuser delivery flag is located at the upper center of fuser behind the fuser Caution label It is wrapped in a clear roller e D The output bin full sensor is located on upper rear edge of the fuser e E Remove Tray 2 The Tray 1 MP tray paper presence sensor flag is the black lever on the front right of the paper tray cavity The Tray 2 paper length sensor H must be activated for the MP paper presence sensor to change states e F Remove Tray 2 The Tray 2 paper presence sensor flag is the black lever in the middle center of the paper tray cavity e G Remove Tray 2 The Tray 2 paper width detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the front set of sensors e H
11. 366 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing continued MP tray pickup roller see note below defect on back of paper MP tray pickup roller assembly Note Defects on the cassette pickup roller or the multi purpose tray pickup roller do not cause a repetitive defect Defects on these rollers cause a defect to appear only on the leading edge of the image HP Color LaserJet 5550 series PO RULER Toner Developing Primary Toner Transfer Fuser Transfer Charging Cylinder Charging Feed Roller Pressure Roller Fuser Roller Roller Roller Roller MAR Roller C C Dist OPC Sleeve Scale 14 0 36 0 41 0 43 0 44 0 79 0 82 0 94 0 109 0 Eq E 20 E 30 E Es SL CT d LL E 50 E 60 qd on all 0 i Bi zd 90 dq EE E woo TI E Woe kees E zx E 120 dl E 130 Hp p E 140 E 150 E 160 p E mu TI 1 E Ian d E 190 d E 200 d E 210 HR E 220 EB d Se Figure 7 4 Repetitive defects ruler for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer ENWW Repetitive defects troubleshooting 367 First occurrence of print defect 14 mm 0 5 inches 36 mm 1 4 inches E P mm k e deus 1 E mm 1 6 inches 43 mm 1 7 inches 44 mm 1 7 inches 50 mm 2 0 inches 53 mm 2 1 inches 63 mm 2 5 inches 79 mm 3 1 inches gt 82 mm 3 2 inches 94 mm 3 7 inches gt 107 mm 4 2 inches
12. DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Dark color Table 7 22 Causes for one color printing dark Causes for one color printing dark Poor contact in the drum ground primary Clean the contacts on the cartridge for the charging bias and developing bias contacts of affected color If they are still dirty after cleaning the high voltage PCB and the print cartridge or if they are damaged replace the cartridge High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 358 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Completely blank image Table 7 23 Causes for a completely blank image Completely blank image High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now All black or solid color Table 7 24 Causes for an all black or solid colored image Causes for an all black or solid colored image Poor contact in the drum ground primary Clean the contacts on the cartridge for the charging bias and developing bias contacts of affected color If they are still dirty after cleaning the high voltage PCB and the print cartridge or if they are
13. Note The first of three sets of numbers are the default settings If there is not a number highlighted a highlighted empty underscore appears 14 15 16 17 Press a or w to increase or decrease the number for configuring LOCAL or DEFAULT GATEWAY Press v to move to the next set of numbers Repeat steps 15 and 16 until the correct subnet mask is entered Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state Disabling network protocols optional By factory default all supported network protocols are enabled Disabling unused protocols has the following benefits Decreases printer generated network traffic Prevents unauthorized users from printing to the printer Provides only pertinent information on the configuration page Allows the printer control panel to display protocol specific error and warning messages Note TCP IP configuration cannot be disabled on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 series printer To disable IPX SPX Note Do not disable this protocol if Windows 95 98 Windows NT ME 2000 and XP users will be printing to the printer 1 NO a 25 o bh Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight UO Press v to select I O Press to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3
14. Black K print REPLACE 13 000 pages 3 25 months See WARNING cartridge BLACK You should not CARTRIDGE be linking to a para within a title Please reference the element that contains the title Cyan C print REPLACE CYAN 12 000 pages 3 0 months See anm cartridge CARTRIDGE print cartridges Magenta M print REPLACE 12 000 pages 3 0 months See Changing cartridge MAGENTA print cartridges CARTRIDGE Yellow Y print REPLACE 12 000 pages 3 0 months See Changing cartridge YELLOW print cartridges CARTRIDGE Image transfer kit REPLACE 120 000 pages 40 months See Replacing ETB TRANSFER KIT the transfer unit ETB Image fuser kit REPLACE 150 000 pages 50 months See Replacing FUSER KIT the fuser 1 Approximate lives are based on 3 000 pages per month The approximate average A4 Letter size page count is based on 596 coverage of individual colors Page counts are only estimations usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary 3 Page counts are only estimations usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary Hewlett Packard recommends the use of HP products in this printer Use of non HP products can cause problems that require service not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements 188 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Print cartridges and ETB It is recommended that you remove the print cartridges and ETB when servicing internal printer components Place the
15. Personal identification number PIN printing for printers with hard drives Fonts and forms 80 internal fonts available for both PCL and PostScript emulation 80 printer matching screen fonts in TrueType format available with the software solution Supports forms and fonts on the hard drive using HP Web Jetadmin ENWW ENWW Table 1 2 Features continued Paper handling Accessories Connectivity Supplies Prints on paper from 76 x 127 mm 3 x 5 inches up to 306 x 470 mm 12 1 x 18 5 inches Prints on paper with weights from 60 g m to 199 g m 16 to 53 Ib bond Prints on a wide range of media types including glossy labels overhead transparencies and envelopes Multiple gloss levels A 500 sheet paper feeder Tray 2 that supports paper sizes from 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 3 inches up to 297 x 432 mm 11 6 x 17 inches Optional 500 sheet paper feeders Trays 3 4 and 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only supports paper sizes from 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 3 inches up to 297 x 432 mm 11 6 x 17 inches Automatic two sided printing on all HP Color LaserJet 5500dn 5550dn HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn 5550dtn and HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn 5550hdn printers 250 sheet face down output bin Printer hard drive which provides storage for fonts and macros as well as job storage standard on HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn and 5550hdn models only Printer stand recommended for additional optional trays Optional Tray 3 is
16. TRAY lt N gt TYPE A list of available types appears Allows you to configure the media type for Trays 2 3 4 and 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 The default is PLAIN N 2 3 4 0r5 Configure device menu The Configure device menu has several submenus These submenus allow you to change the printer s default printing settings adjust the print quality change the system s configuration and I O options and reset the printer to its default settings 374 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Printing menu These settings affect only jobs without identified properties Most jobs identify all of the properties and override the values set from this menu This menu can also be used to set default paper size and type Table 7 41 Printing menu values and descriptions Menuitem vue Values Description D Allows you to set the default number of copies DEFAULT PAPER SIZE A list of available sizes appears Allows you to set the default paper size DEFAULT CUSTOM PAPER UNIT OF MEASURE Allows you to set the default SIZE X DIMENSION size for any job without dimensions Y DIMENSION DUPLEX Allows you to enable or disable the duplex function on models with duplexing capability DUPLEX BINDING LONG EDGE This item appears only if the printer has a duplex unit and if SHORT EDGE DUPLEX is set to ON It allows you to choose the edge of the paper to use for binding duplex jobs MANUAL FEED Allows you to manually feed
17. This special mode test allows you to test the printer s sensors for proper operation Each sensor is represented by a letter A one below the letter on the display indicated paper is present This test allows you to print internal pages or send an external job to the printer Manual sensor test HP Color LaserJet 5550 models This test allows you to manually test paper path sensors and the door open switch Each sensor is represented by a letter Paper path sensor test HP Color LaserJet 5550 models This test displays the status of each paper path sensor 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press vto select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press v to highlight PAPER PATH TEST 5 Pressv to select PAPER PATH TEST 6 Select the paper path test options when the printer prompts you Paper path test HP Color LaserJet 5500 models This diagnostic test generates one or more test pages that you can use to isolate the cause of jams To isolate a problem you can specify which input tray to use specify whether to use the duplex path and specify the number of copies to print Multiple copies can be printed to help isolate intermittent problems The following options become available after you start the diagnostic feature e Print test page Run the paper path test from the default settings Tray 2 no duplex and one copy To specify other settings scroll down the menu and select the setting and then scroll back
18. printer The job is aborted and no Press a and eto step through the instructions For help press pages will be printed alternates with CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT AVAILABLE To continue press CLOSE FRONT COVERS The covers need to be closed 1 Press for more information For help press 2 Close front covers Note This message might also appear if the fuser is missing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the fuser is correctly installed ENWW Alphabetical printer messages 281 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Recommended action log error message Description CPR sensor out of range DATA RECEIVED Print last page DETECTABLE SIZE IN TRAY X For help press alternates with DETECTABLE SIZE IN TRAY X Recommend move switch to STANDARD DISK DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready For menus press v 282 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting The CPR Sensor is not behaving properly The printer received data and is waiting for a form feed When the printer receives another file the message should disappear A tray has been loaded with paper that is a standard size and the switch in the tray is set to custom A device failure has occurred on the specified drive Force a calibration by selecting Calibrate Now from the Print Quality menu See Calibrate now If the message persists verify the cables are seated pr
19. 2 Slide the side guides to the desired size 3 Load paper face up Load up to 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib stock in the 500 sheet paper feeder trays Capacity may vary with other paper types 4 Insert the trays into the printer and the 500 sheet paper feeder TM Ce m Gi D pu D Note The HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn shown above has three 500 sheet feeders ENWW Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 61 Installing accessories HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers Installing optional 500 sheet feeder for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 1 Remove the optional 500 sheet feeder from the box and remove the packing materials Save the box and packing material if you need to transport the optional 500 sheet feeder Note The HP Color Laser 5500dtn and 5550dtn models come standard with one optional 500 sheet feeder HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn comes standard with two options 500 sheet feeders The HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn comes standard with three optional 500 sheet feeders The maximum number of options 500 sheet feeders that can be installed on HP Color LaserJet 5500 models is two The maximum number of optional 500 sheet feeders that can be installed on HP Color LaserJet 5550 models is three 62 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 2 Use the guide pins on the 500 sheet paper feeder to align the printer as you lower it onto the paper feeder The HP Color La
20. 372 HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer menu map ssssssssss 373 HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer configuration page 0 0 0 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeee teeta 390 HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer configuration page ceeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeee 390 Supplies status page for HP Color LaserJet 5550 ssssss 391 Supplies status page for HP Color LaserJet 5500 ssussesss 392 Usage page for HP Color LaserJet 5500 sss 393 Usage page for HP Color LaserJet 5550 sssssssssseeee 393 Event log for HP Color LaserJet DO 394 File directory page for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 395 PCL font list page shown is for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 396 PS font list page shown is for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 397 RGB samples page shown for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 398 CMYK samples page shown for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 399 Formatter LED shown is HP Color LaserJet 5500 model 401 Formatter LED shown is HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 402 Door switch and ETB connechor oi gcrr ncini ea aeoaea aa i 403 Tray 2 paper size switch arrangement A AOT Location Of SENSOFS EE 410 Sensors on the paper pickup unit the sensors are on the back side of the PCA ase doi tt eto tt ibo elle ente acon testa di tH 411 Fuser sensor
21. Figure 6 84 Figure 6 85 Figure 6 86 Figure 6 87 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 1 of 4 215 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 2 of 4 215 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 3 of 4 216 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 4 of 4 216 Reinstalling the developing disengaging rod 1 Of 2 ssssssss 217 Reinstalling the developing disengaging rod 2 of 2 suse 217 Removing and replacing the e label memory controller PCB 218 Removing and replacing the DC controller PCB sseessesss 219 Removing and replacing the cassette paper size detection switch 220 Removing and replacing the power supply fan 1 of 2 ssssssse 221 Removing and replacing the power supply fan 2 of 21 221 Removing and replacing the formatter HP Color LaserJet 5550 223 Removing and replacing the formatter HP Color LaserJet 5500 223 Removing and replacing the low voltage power supply left side of printer FOTA RE 224 Removing and replacing the low voltage power supply rear of printer 250 2 ong ier Neto t eet t asain a a 224 Removing and replacing the low voltage power supply right side of printer 3 oP4 s eee ret oett d etit eter MIR ee 225 Removing and r
22. Follow the instructions on the printed pages Do not grab paper as it temporarily comes into the output bin The message will disappear when the job is finished Do not turn the printer off until the printer returns to Ready 289 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message REINSTALL COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press REINSTALL SUPPLIES alternates with For status press v REMOVE ALL PRINT CARTRIDGES To exit press Cancel Job key Event log error message Description The cartridge is not fully seated One or more cartridges are not fully seated The printer is executing a Component test and the component selected is Belt only Recommended action Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions Press v to display which cartridges are not fully seated Follow the instructions on the display to reinstall the cartridge s Press a and to step through instructions Remove all print cartridges REMOVE AT LEAST ONE CARTRIDGE The printer is executing a Disable Remove one print cartridge cartridge check or Component test where the component selected is To exit press Cancel Job key REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press REPLACE FUSER KIT 290 Chapter7 Troubleshooting Cartridge Motor The identified print cartridge has reached
23. For help press Press a and to step through the instructions If paper is folding into an accordion shape check whether the shutter on each print cartridge opens as you close the ETB and if each cartridge is turning properly Replace defective print cartridges or drive motors Clean the attaching roller at the bottom of the ETB and make sure the spring is holding it in place If the attaching roller gears are defective replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now Replace the paper pickup PCB Replace the ETB if it is not moving paper properly Calibrate the printer Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 298 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in the multi Press for detailed TRAY 1 purpose tray oo about clearing the a For help press Press a and e to step through the instructions Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Clean or replace the separation pad Replace the Tray 1 pickup solenoid Replace the pickup motor Replace the paper pickup assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now
24. K black C cyan M magenta Y yellow Numerical printer messages Turn the printer off and allow it to cool down Reinstall the fuser and check the connector J100 that connects the fuser and the printer Replace the connector if it is damaged Turn the printer off and remove the fuser Measure the resistance between the connector pins on the fuser If resistance does not meet the following guidelines replace the fuser J100LB 5 to J100LB 6 300 500 KOhms J100LB 1 to J100LB 2 less than 1 KOhm Check for continuity between connector pins J100 5 and J100 6 If there is no continuity replace the fuser Replace the fuser power supply PCB Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner J74 J77 and DC controller PCB J1106 J1109 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate now Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 321 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message 52 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 52 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 53 10 05 PRINTER ERROR To contin
25. Numerical printer messages in 305 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Event log error message Control panel message 54 XX PRINTER ERROR 306 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Description X Description 1 temperature 3 image density sensor 5 color plane registration sensor 6 image density sensor 7 yellow drum home position sensor 8 magenta drum home pos sensor 9 cyan drum home position sensor 10 black drum home position sensor 11 yellow density sensor 12 magenta density sensor 13 cyan density sensor 14 black density sensor 19 ETB speed control sensor 20 color plane registration sensor 21 yellow toner level sensors 22 magenta toner level sensors 23 cyan toner level sensors 24 black toner level sensors 1E or 30 Half tone calibration error Recommended action Turn the printer off and then back on then check items in the order listed 54 1 error Check the fuser See 50 X fuser error 54 30 error Wipe sensor lens clean Run a full calibration and the error should go away 54 3 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 5 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 6 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 7 54 8 54 9 or 54 10 error Check the connections Replace the drum phase sensor for the i
26. Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the right cover See Right cover Remove the four screws and the mount retainer shown in callout 1 Pinch the four clips shown in callout 2 and free the board Disconnect the connector shown in callout 3 Kai he gro ooo e ox Remove the high voltage power supply PCB Figure 6 66 Removing and replacing the high voltage power supply PCB ENWW Internal components right side 233 Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the high voltage power supply PCB be sure to align the white markings on the left side of the PCB with the hooks on the printer then snap in the PCB You can verify that the PCB is aligned correctly by observing the 12 holes shown in callout 4 When the PCB is aligned correctly you will be able to see part of the contact springs as shown in callout 5 GR Figure 6 67 Aligning the high voltage power supply PCB Toner level detection PCB Use the following steps to remove the toner level detection PCB 234 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW To remove the toner level detection PCB 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the right cover See Right cover Hr A v de Remove the high voltage power supply PCB See To remove the high voltage power supply PCB Remove
27. Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 5 5 Table 5 6 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Model configurations e EE t t OR HU RE LE PR ER HE ena 2 Eeatlles eerste t pei ti tei dta iiti ctt ie sir EIL LAU 4 Model names and numbers eene 7 Physical dimensions HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 10 Physical dimensions HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 10 Acoustic emissions HP Color LaserJet 5500 ssssssssees 10 Acoustic emissions HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 11 The electrical specifications table lists the electrical specifications required to run the printer Safe 11 Power Consumption average in watts HP Color LaserJet 5550 models enti eerte ted iiie tte Pe Hed 11 Supply storage requirements sssssssssssseeeemeeeee nnne 12 Printer T nctlOns reote te rre hee ee tte epu SEN ee e 13 Electrical specifications HP LaserJet 5500 models ssssss 13 Electrical specifications and requirements ssssesssesrrerrenssesstterrnrrrnnsenesreee 14 Power CONSUMPTION ek tee anete esa ee eel Den anne d tea e ede ua Pg ul 14 Operating environment specifications ssssssssssssseeeeee 14 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications 16 Tra
28. The door interlock switch must be defeated to run any of the component tests If covers are removed the door switch must be manually cycled during some tests in order for the engine to recognize a change The ETB assembly can be open closed or removed while some of these tests are executing Print cartridges can be installed or removed during certain tests The control panel display prompts for removal of some or all cartridges during certain tests in order to rotate and isolate certain components as well as to protect the cartridges and ETB 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS Press e to highlight DIAGNOSTICS Press v to select DIAGNOSTICS Press e to highlight COMPONENT TEST Press v to select COMPONENT TEST Select the component test options when prompted by the printer opo pm ba The following component tests can be executed e Transfer motors This test turns the components involved in the image transfer process the cartridge motors the ETB motor and belt if the ETB is closed and the connector is seated and the print cartridges if the ETB is closed You can remove or install print cartridges during this test e Belt only This test turns only the ETB motor and belt The ETB must be closed and the connector seated The display prompts you to remove the cartridges because the ETB belt contacts the photosensitive drums and cannot turn without them rotating a
29. 100 127 v RG5 6781 030CN control panel assembly 220 240 v 5550 only EE brush cleaning RB2 9145 000CN paper pickup assembly 5550 only RG5 7709 000CN paper pickup assembly 5500 only RG5 6670 110CN E label memory controller PCB RG5 6803 000CN DC controller PCB 5550 only RG5 7684 000CN DC controller PCB 5500 only RG5 6850 070CN cable pickup unit RG5 6829 000CN cable flat RH2 5511 000CN lever test print RB2 9350 000CN fan cartridge RH7 1526 000CN cable fan RG5 6820 000CN fan formatter RH7 1491 000CN control panel overlay 5500 only RB5 1305 00 control panel overlay 5550 only RB3 1305 000CN ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 459 Figure 8 9 Internal components 5 of 9 460 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 10 Internal components 5 of 9 Description fuser connector mount assembly 5550 only fuser connector mount assembly 5500 only HVT terminal assembly toner sensor PCB high voltage PCB Eg e label antenna assembly cable fuser power supply fuser power supply 100 127 v fuser power supply 220 240 v cable intermediate cable AC Part number RG5 7727 000CN RG5 6734 000CN RG5 6725 000CN RG5 6805 000CN RG5 6800 000CN RF5 3898 000CN RG5 6728 000CN RG5 6827 000CN RG5 6801 000CN RG5 6802 000CN RG5 6826 000CN RG5 6815 000CN DC controller PCB 5550 only RG5 7684 000CN DC controller PCB 5500 only RG5 6850 070C
30. 2 Open the flaps and disconnect the strapping loops 4 Locate the two connecting tabs on the bottom Bend the tabs out and down Remove the two top cushion rails ENWW Unpack the printer 51 5 Liftthe inner sleeve up and off of the printer t E WARNING The printer weighs approximately 65 kg 132 Ib HP recommends having four people lift or move the printer 7 Ittakes four people to lift and move the printer Grip the printer at the four corners and move it to the prepared location 52 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 8 Forthe HP Color LaserJet 5500 models remove the orange packing tape from the printer Remove the clear plastic film from the control panel Ls el 10 Discard the clip p ENWW Unpack the printer 53 Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550dtn and 5500 5550hdn models 1 The following illustration shows the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550dtn and 5500 5550hdn printers 54 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 3 Remove the documentation power cords cables print cartridges and other materials as shown below HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn and 5500 hdn contents ENWW Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550dtn and 5500 5550hdn models 55 4 Assemble the ramps 5 Remove the printer from the crate by rolling the printer down the ramps 6 Remove the clip from the tray ENWW Chapter 3 Installation and configu
31. 2 or 3 7 Press v to select EIO X 8 Press v to highlight TCP IP 9 Press v to select TCP IP 10 Press v to select CONFIG METHOD 11 Press e to highlight AUTO IP 12 Press v to select AUTO IP 13 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state ENWW Network configuration 91 To manually configure TCP IP parameters from the printer control panel Use manual configuration to set an IP address subnet mask and local and default gateway Setting an IP address 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight UO Press v to select EIO X Press e to highlight TCP IP Press v to select TCP IP 9 Press to highlight MANUAL SETTINGS 10 Press v to select MANUAL SETTINGS 11 Press e to highlight MANUAL 12 Press v to highlight IP ADDRESS 13 Press v to select IP ADDRESS 2 3 4 5 Press v to select I O 6 7 8 Note The first of three sets of numbers is highlighted If there is not a number highlighted a highlighted empty underscore appears 14 Press a or w to increase or decrease the number for configuring the IP address 15 Press v to move to the next set of numbers 16 Repeat steps 15 and 16 until the correct IP address is entered 17 Press the Pause Resume HP Color La
32. Bg J1129 Bg 10 T 7 J1111 Ji106 Jt104 1 1 3 2 J1114 8 2 J1103 14 7 1 J1100 9 N e l U J1124 1 2 J1115 Figure 7 36 Location of DC controller PCB components 1 HP Color LaserJet 5550 only 428 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 37 ENWW Connectors Location of connectors 1 of 3 1 HP Color LaserJet 5550 only ce s J1127 f ues J100SD J1122 AQ pes e AR er MAE NE J903SD i J921SD MUN SALA uoc J100SC amp g J921SC JH24 X DES aes Ne SEAL Alen T J WA J903SA e ELO yeo2 8 J100SB J100SA Diagrams 429 SO J37 J38 J43 Figure 7 38 Location of connectors 2 of 3 430 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 39 Location of connectors 3 of 3 ENWW Diagrams 431 500 sheet paper feeder connectors J551 Figure 7 40 500 sheet paper feeder connectors 432 Chapter Troubleshooting ENWW it diagram Ircul General c
33. Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now ENWW Numerical printer messages 315 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in the multi Press for detailed TRAY 1 purpose tray oo about clearing the a For help press Press a and e to step through the instructions Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Clean or replace the separation pad Replace the Tray 1 pickup solenoid Replace the pickup motor Replace the paper pickup assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in Tray 2 Press for detailed TRAY 2 um about clearing the For help press Press a and to step through the instructions Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Clean the feed roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Replace the Tray 2 pickup clutch Replace the pickup motor Replace the paper pickup assembly Check the cassette lifter mechanism for proper operation Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 316 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550
34. Deseee sue Joer Keen mmm Jerem mese mme eee mee feom erem Simplified 5500 only C9656 40024 Chinese overlay Simplified 5550 only Q3713 00021 Chinese overlay Traditional 5500 only C9656 40025 Chinese overlay Traditional 5550 only Q3713 00022 Chinese overlay Reference materials HP LaserJet 5500 only 5963 7863 Printer Family Paper Specifications Guide HP LaserJet 5500 only 5851 1468 Printer Family Paper Specifications Guide PCL PJL 5500 only 5021 0377 Technical Reference Package Supplies Black print C9730A C9730 67901 cartridge Ordering parts 441 Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories continued Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number Black print 5500 only C9730 67902 cartridge Europe Cyan print C9731A C9731 67901 cartridge Cyan print 5500 only C9731 67902 cartridge Europe Yellow print C9732A C9732 67901 cartridge Yellow print 5500 only C9732 67902 cartridge Europe Magenta print C9733A C9733 67901 cartridge Magenta print 5500 only C9733 67902 cartridge Europe Image Transfer C9734B RG5 7737 000CN 69734A 69001 Kit ETB new exchange Image fuser kit 5500 only C9735A RG5 6848 150CN C9656 69012 110 volt new exchange Image fuser kit 5550 only Q3984A Q3984 67901 Q3984 69001 110 volt new exchange Image fuser kit 5500 only C9736A RG5 6701 000CN C9656 69002 220 volt new exc
35. Online services For 24 hour access to information using a modem or Internet connection World Wide Web URL for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550 models updated HP printer software product and support information and printer drivers in several languages can be obtained from www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 Sites are in English Visit www hp com support net printing for information about the HP Jetdirect 5550 external print server HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE is a suite of Web based troubleshooting tools for desktop computing and printing products ISPE helps you quickly identify diagnose and resolve computing and printing problems The ISPE tools are available at www instantsupport hp com Telephone support Parts and supplies 41 HP provides free telephone support during the warranty period When you call you will be connected to a responsive team waiting to help you For the telephone number for your country region see the flyer that shipped in the box with the product or visit www hp com support callcenters Before calling HP have the following information ready product name and serial number date of purchase and description of the problem You can also find support on the Internet at www hp com Click the support amp drivers block Software utilities drivers and electronic information Visit www hp com go clj5500 software or www hp com go clj5550 software for the HP Color Las
36. RG5 6770 140CN cassette 500 sheet feeder see Figure 8 29 500 Table 8 23 on page 495 sheet paper feeder cassette 1 of 2 RG5 6770 140CN Table 8 25 on page 501 RG5 6772 000CN Table 8 24 on page 497 RG5 6777 120CN Table 8 5 on page 451 RG5 6778 060CN Table 8 5 on page 451 RG5 6779 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 RG5 6780 070CN Table 8 5 on page 451 RG5 6781 030CN control panel assembly 100 127 v control panel Table 8 9 on page 459 RG5 6781 030CN assembly 220 240 v 5550 only RG5 6781 030CN control panel assembly 100 127 v control panel Table 8 9 on page 459 RG5 6794 000CN assembly 220 240 v 5500 only RG5 6782 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 RG5 6783 020CN Table 8 4 on page 449 RG5 6786 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RG5 6800 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 RG5 6800 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 RG5 6801 000CN Fuser power supply PCB Table 8 3 on page 447 100 127 volt RG5 6802 000CN 220 240 volt RG5 6801 000CN fuser power supply 100 127 v fuser power Table 8 10 on page 461 RG5 6802 000CN supply 220 240 v RG5 6803 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 RG5 6803 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 RG5 6805 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 RG5 6805 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 RG5 6806 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 RG5 6806 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 RG5 6807 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 520 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Part number RG5 6807 000CN RG5 6808 060CN RG5 6809 060CN RG5 6810 000CN
37. Remove the gear shown in callout 2 and the bushing behind the gear Disconnect the three connectors shown in callout 3 Remove the four screws shown in callout 4 Internal components front 201 6 Remove the paper pickup drive unit Figure 6 20 Removing and replacing the paper pickup drive unit 1 of 2 Note Callouts 1 and 2 are shown in the side view Figure 6 21 Removing and replacing the paper pickup drive unit 2 of 2 Lifter drive unit Use the following steps to remove the lifter drive unit To remove the lifter drive unit 1 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit 2 Remove the spring shown in callout 1 202 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 Figure 6 22 Removing and replacing the lifter drive unit 1 of 3 4 From the bottom of the paper pickup unit remove the e ring and the bushing shown in callout 3 5 Remove the other bushing at the end of the shaft shown in callout 4 Figure 6 23 Removing and replacing the lifter drive unit 2 of 3 ENWW Internal components front 203 6 Remove the three screws shown in callout 5 and remove the lifter drive unit Figure 6 24 Removing and replacing the lifter drive unit 3 of 3 Cassette Tray 2 paper pickup and feed rollers Use the following steps to remove the paper pickup and feed rollers To remove the paper pickup and feed rollers 1 Remove the cassette 2 L
38. See Table 7 19 Causes for light images Light color One color is light in an image See Table 7 20 Causes for one color printing light Dark image A very dark image is printed See Table 7 21 Causes for dark images Dark color One color is dark in an image See Table 7 22 Causes for one color printing dark Completely blank No image is printed See Table 7 23 Causes for a completely blank image All black solid color An all black or solid colored See Table 7 24 Causes for an image is printed all black or solid colored image Dots in vertical lines Vertical lines of white dots See Table 7 25 Causes for appear in the image vertical lines of white dots Dirt on back of paper The back non printed side of See Table 7 26 Causes for dirt the paper is dirty on the back of the paper Dirt on front of paper The front printed sided of the See Table 7 27 Causes for dirt paper is dirty on the front of the paper Vertical lines Vertical lines are printed See Table 7 28 Causes for vertical lines White vertical lines White vertical lines appear in See Table 7 29 Causes for the image white vertical lines Horizontal lines Horizontal lines are printed See Table 7 30 Causes for horizontal lines White horizontal lines White horizontal lines appear in See Table 7 31 Causes for the image white horizontal lines Missing color One of the four toner colors is See Table 7 32 Causes for a not prin
39. Sr dm 9 Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Note ENWW If installation fails reinstall the software If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 for help or more information Installing Windows printing system software for networks The software on the printer CD ROM supports network installation with a Microsoft network For network installation on other operating systems go to www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 The HP Jetdirect print server that is included with the HP LaserJet 5550n HP LaserJet 5550dn or HP LaserJet 5550dtn printer has a 10 100 Base Tx network port If you need an HP Jetdirect print server with another type of network port go to www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 The installer does not support printer installation or printer object creation on Novell servers It supports only direct mode network installations between Windows computers and a printer To install your printer and create objects on a Novell server use an HP utility such as HP Web Jetadmin or HP Install Network Printer Wizard or a Novell utility such as NWadmin To install the printing system software 1 If you are installing the
40. drivers for automatic installation The command syntax is PJL INFO ID lt CR gt lt LF gt 370 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW PJL INFO USTATUS This command queries the state of unsolicited JOB status PAGE and TIMED status are not supported The syntax is PJL INFO USTATUS CR lt LF gt PJL INFO PAGECOUNT This command returns the number of pages printed by the engine PJL JOB This command informs the printer of the start of a PUL job and synchronizes the job status information The printer counts print jobs including nested jobs incrementing the job counter for the PJL JOB command and decrementing it for PJL EOJ The printer accepts the NAME parameter and returns the name string in the unsolicited JOB start status message if unsolicited job status is enabled The printer transmits the unsolicited JOB status message to every I O channel that has enabled this function This message s format is PJL USTATUS JOB lt CR gt lt LF gt START lt CR gt lt LF gt NAME lt job name gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt FF gt The printer resets the nested job counter whenever it switches the source to a different I O channel This prevents a corrupt job on one channel from disrupting the activities on another channel PJL EOJ This command identifies the end of a print job and is a hint for the I O switching algorithm The printer counts nested jobs and recognizes job boundaries when the counter decreme
41. gd 0 NY ex Disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 and unwind the wires from the stay 196 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 7T Remove the control panel Figure 6 11 Removing and replacing the control panel 1 of 2 Figure 6 12 Removing and replacing the control panel 2 of 2 To install a new control panel overlay HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 1 Position the new overlay over the top of the control panel Insert the left tab of the overlay into the slot on the printer face 2 Line up the tab on the right side with the slot ENWW Covers and external components 197 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 3 Setthe overlay in place by pushing down on the overlay near the right side ILANGUAGE ENGLISH Control panel with label for 5550 models only The HP Color LaserJet 5550 models do not have an overlay to replace This model comes with a control panel label Cassette cover Use the following steps to remove the cassette cover To remove the cassette cover 1 Flex the ends of the cover outward to release the hinge pins 2 Remove the cassette cover Removing and replacing the cassette cover 198 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Internal components front Use the following steps to remove and replace the front internal components of the printer Paper pickup unit 1 Unhook the two tabs shown in callout 1 and remove the pickup unit cover 2 Discon
42. operations 166 removing and replacing 210 environmental specifications 47 error messages alphabetical list 267 numerical list 295 paper jams 330 ENWW ETB expected life 107 feed roller locating 154 locating 154 motor function 134 part numbers 486 replacing 111 structure 154 ETB driven rollers locating 154 event log printing 394 viewing 384 exchange program 40 F fans cartridge 135 formatter 135 function 133 locating 133 135 426 power supply 135 Fast InfraRed pod locating 8 9 fasteners 442 features accessories 5 memory 4 performance 4 storage 4 user interface 4 feed speed control 178 file directory printing 395 FIR pod locating 8 9 firmware compact flash 142 DIMM 142 flash memory 116 141 font DIMM adding 116 enabling 5500 123 font DIMMs enabling 5550 122 font lists printing 396 formatter function 140 LED 400 removing and replacing 222 system 140 formatter case removing and replacing 225 formatter fan function 135 removing and replacing 247 front cover locating 8 removing and replacing 195 Full Calibrate Now 418 Index 527 functions printer 13 fuser cleaning 100 delivery sensor removing and replacing 244 drive unit part numbers 476 drive unit removing and replacing 240 function 135 inlet paper sensor removing and replacing 243 motor component test 413 motor function 134 motor speed control 160 operation 179 partnumbers 490 power supply 135 power
43. overlaying and varying their spacing to produce various colors Varying the shade or color of your paper will affect the shades of your printed colors Heavy paper Table 1 22 Paper specifications Paper type Paper weight Heavy 105 119 g m 28 31 Ib Extra heavy 120 163 g m 32 43 Ib Cardstock 163 200 g m 44 53 Ib e Any of the trays will print most heavy media that does not exceed 163 g m 47 Ib bond e For optimum results when printing on heavy paper use the printer control panel to set the media type for the tray to HEAVY 106 g m to 163 g m Use card stock only in Tray 1 163 g m to 200 g m 24 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW CAUTION Note CAUTION Note ENWW e In either the software application or the driver select Heavy or Cardstock as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for heavy paper e Because this setting affects all print jobs it is important to return the printer to its original settings once your job has printed See the section in the online user guide on configuring input trays In general do not use paper that is heavier than the recommended specification for this printer Doing so can cause misfeeds jams inferior print quality and excessive mechanical wear However some heavier media types such as HP Cover Stock can be safely used See Table 1 16 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications for supported paper types and sizes Pri
44. paper COURIER FONT REGULAR Allows you to select a version DARK of the Courier font WIDE A4 NO Allows you to change the YES printable area of A4 paper so that eighty 10 pitch characters may be printed on a single line OVERRIDE A4 LETTER NO Allows you to set the printer to print an A4 job on letter size YES e paper when no A4 paper is loaded a letter size job when no A4 size paper is loaded an A3 job on 11 x 17 size paper when no A3 paper is loaded and a 11 x 17 size job on A3 paper when no 11 x 17 size paper is loaded PRINT PS ERRORS Allows you to select to print PS error pages Control panel troubleshooting 375 Table 7 41 Printing menu values and descriptions continued hmm 5 ue 0 pne PRINT PDF ERRORS FORM LENGTH ORIENTATION FONT SOURCE FONT NUMBER FONT PITCH FONT POINT SIZE SYMBOL SET APPEND CR TO LF SUPPRESS BLANK PAGES Print quality menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 Allows you to select to print PDF error pages The default is OFF Submenu that allows access to PCL menu items The Print quality menu allows you to adjust all aspects of print quality including calibration registration and color halftone settings Table 7 42 Print quality submenu ees Je Jee ADJUST COLOR CYAN DENSITY MAGENTA DENSITY YELLOW DENSITY BLACK DENSITY RESTORE COLOR VALUES SET REGISTRATION PRINT TEST PAGE ADJUST TRAY 1 ADJUST TRAY 2 ADJUST TRAY 3 ADJUST TRAY 4 ADJUST TRAY 5 PRINT MODES A li
45. these steps 1 From the Main page click Support amp Drivers 2 Inthe open text field type CL J5550 and click the forward arrows 3 In the box on the right side of the screen under Hot Topics click print quality troubleshooting tool Common causes of color variation The following list outlines the major causes of color variations between computers applications and output devices e Halftone patterns produced on monitors and the types of patterns used in the print jobs are different and might cause variations in the printed output e The printed output differs from the image on the monitor because the monitor and the print media have different reference values of black and white The monitor screen has charcoal gray for the black level and the white on the monitor screen is actually blue Black on the print media is limited only by the fill capability of the printer and most good quality paper has a very high white level In addition phosphor used in color monitors and toner have entirely different spectra characteristics and different color rendering capabilities Differences between output are common Blues generally match better than reds e The color of the ambient light changes the perception of color Fluorescent light lacks many colors present in incandescent light and the color range of natural light is broader than any artificial light When comparing color choose a standard light source for reference and underst
46. 1 6 Figure 1 7 Figure 1 8 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 5 10 Figure 5 11 Figure 5 12 Figure 5 13 Figure 5 14 Figure 5 15 Figure 5 16 Figure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 19 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 Figure 5 23 Figure 5 24 Figure 5 25 Model and serial number information essssssssseeeeeee 6 eltern LAD RTE 7 Front view HP Color LaserJet 5500 models seseeeeseeeeee 8 Back view HP Color LaserJet 5500 models ccccccceeeseceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaee ened 8 Front view HP Color LaserJet 5550 models sseesseeeeee 9 Back view HP Color LaserJet 5550 models seeeseeeeeessse 9 EMI statement for Korea 32 VCCI statement for Japan sss 33 Space requirements printer only esee 48 Package contents for HP Color LaserJet 5500 5500n and 5500dn 49 Package contents for HP Color LaserJet 5550 5550n and 5550dn 50 Parallel port connection HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 71 Parallel port connection HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 71 USB connec
47. 1 Printer description ENWW ENWW Table 1 17 Tray 2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 supported media specifications continued Media type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Standard size label Maximum stack Letter A4 Letter R height 50 mm 2 in A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 x 17 A3 Minimum size label 148 by 210 mm Maximum stack 5 8 by 8 3 in height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum size label 297 by 432 mm Maximum stack 11 7 by 17 in height 10 mm 0 4 in Trays 2 3 and 4 use Custom size specifically for B5 ISO Trays 2 3 and 4 do not support the range of custom sizes available in Tray 1 Supported paper weights and sizes HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Letter and A4 sizes can be loaded with the long edge or short edge leading into the printer Long edge first is the preferred orientation Long edge feed gives greater throughput and lower consumable usage Short edge feed is called the rotated orientation and is identified in the trays as LTR R and A4 R Short edge feed can be useful when printing on media with special features such as perforations or windows Table 1 18 Tray 1 paper sizes and types Tray 1 Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Minimum size unless 76 by 127 mm otherwise noted 3 by 5 in otherwise noted 12 1 by 18 5 in Nondetectable 16 to 53 for all standard sizes Letter models Ib bond Letter Rotated A4 A4 Rotated Legal Executive A5 A
48. 16 Figure 7 17 Figure 7 18 Figure 7 19 Figure 7 20 Figure 7 21 Figure 7 22 Figure 7 23 Figure 7 24 Figure 7 25 Figure 7 26 Figure 7 27 Figure 7 28 Figure 7 29 Figure 7 30 Figure 7 31 Figure 7 32 Figure 7 33 Figure 7 34 Figure 7 35 Figure 7 36 Figure 7 37 Figure 7 38 Figure 7 39 Figure 7 40 Figure 7 41 Figure 7 42 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder right cover 1 of 2 250 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder right cover 2 of 2 251 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup unit 1 of 3 252 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup unit 2 of 3 252 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup unit 3 of 3 253 Removing and replacing the paper feeder lifter drive unit 254 Removing and replacing the paper feeder length and width detection Ge 255 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup clutch 255 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder PCB 256 Troubleshooting flowchart AA 263 Troubleshooting flowchart continue 264 REI Reie e EE 330 Repetitive defects ruler for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer 367 Repetitive defects ruler for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer 368 HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer menu map
49. 373 supplies status page printing 391 Support Assistant HP 41 support customer 41 ENWW surface resistivity electrical 23 switch boxes 369 switches locating 424 T technical reference guides 42 technical support 41 telephone support 41 temperature environment sensor operations 5550 166 failure detection 138 heater control 136 ink requirements 23 maximum change rate 12 site requirements 47 storing supplies 12 test page printing 415 tests LED 400 paper path 405 theory of operation basic 129 engine control system 131 image formation system 146 laser scanner system 144 paper feeder 181 pickup feed system 169 thermistors function 136 thermoswitch function 136 toner cleaning spilled 100 fusing 159 transferring to drum 157 transferring to paper 158 washing off clothing 35 toner cartridge structure 149 toner charging roller locating 149 Toner Cleaning Cloth HP 100 toner level detection PCB removing and replacing 234 toner level detecting 150 toner stirrer locating 149 tools required for service 185 top cover jams 339 locating 8 9 removing and replacing 190 total page count resetting 420 transfer charging rollers locating 154 transfer kit life span 105 resetting count 111 420 transfer motor component test 413 transfer unit replacing 111 resetting count 105 420 Index 533 transparencies defects 343 detection 176 HP supported 23 printing 23 Tray 1 capacity 16 18 jams 336 locat
50. 4 and later or Netscape Navigator 4 and later The embedded Web server works when the printer is connected to an IP based network The embedded Web server does not support IPX based printer connections You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server To access the embedded Web server In a supported Web browser on your computer type the IP address for the printer To find the IP address print a configuration page Once you open the URL you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future 1 The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings and information about the printer the Information tab the Settings tab and the Network tab Click the tab that you want to view 2 See the following sections for more information about each tab Tools for troubleshooting 383 Information tab The Information pages group consists of the following pages Device Status Displays the printer status and shows the life remaining of HP supplies with O percent representing that a supply is empty The page also shows the type and size of print media set for each tray To change the default settings click Change Settings Configuration page Shows the information found on the printer Configuration page Supplies Status Shows the life remaining of HP supplies with O percent representing that a supply is empty This page also provides supplies part numbers To order new supplies click
51. 500 sheet paper feeder Tray 3 installed It feeds through Tray 3 first and then into the printer The same would be true if a third optional 500 sheet paper feeder Tray 5 for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only is installed The paper would feed through Tray 4 Tray 3 and into the printer Additional 500 sheet paper feeder Pickup and feed operations The sequence of operations for the 500 sheet paper feeder follows Figure 5 43 500 sheet paper feeder pickup and feed operation illustrates this sequence 1 The DC controller receives a print command from the formatter and sends a pickup command to the paper feeder driver 2 The paper feeder driver rotates the pickup motor M502 in the paper feeder and the feed roller starts to rotate 500 sheet paper feeder 181 After the printer enters the SCANNER READY state the DC controller instructs the paper feeder driver to pick a sheet of paper The paper feeder PCB activates the paper feeder pickup clutch CL501 Then the pickup roller feed roller and separation roller make one rotation The lifter motor M501 rotates clockwise causing the pickup arm to move down As the pickup arm moves down the pickup roller touches the surface of the stack of paper Paper is picked from the stack and fed into the printer When paper reaches the feed sensor the pickup motor rotat
52. 5500 only RH7 1523 000CN Table 8 15 on page 471 motor PM2 pickup motor 5550 only RH7 1619 000CN Table 8 15 on page 471 Multi purpose tray assembly RG5 6780 070CN Table 8 5 on page 451 multi purpose tray sensor PCB RG5 6806 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 multi purpose tray sensor PCB RG5 6806 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 optional 500 sheet paper feeder and Tray 3 or Tray C7130 67901 Table 8 23 on page 4 assembly 495 paper feeder cable RG5 6836 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 paper feeder PCB 5500 only RG5 6772 000CN Table 8 24 on page 497 paper feeder PCB 5550 only RG5 7718 000CN Table 8 24 on page 497 paper paper pickup assembly 5500 only assembly paper pickup assembly 5500 only only RG5 6670 110CN Table 8 9 on page 459 paper pickup assembly 5500 only RG5 6670 110CN Table 8 20 on page 483 paper paper pickup assembly 5550 only assembly paper pickup assembly 5550 only only RG5 7709 000CN _ 7709 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 8 9 on Table 8 9 on page 459 459 paper pickup assembly 5550 only ae 7709 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 paper pickup drive assembly 5500 only RG5 6661 070CN Table 8 15 on page 471 paper pickup drive assembly 5550 only RG5 7711 000CN Table 8 15 on page 471 paper pickup drive assy 5500 only RG5 6661 070CN Table 8 20 on page 483 paper pickup drive unit 5550 only RG5 7711 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 ENWW Alphabetical parts list 513 Table 8 28 Alphabetical
53. Assembly 5500 only Q3713 69001 Table 8 3 on page 447 exchange Q3713 67902 new frame assembly lower left RG5 6672 040CN Table 8 13 on page 467 frame assembly lower right RG5 6673 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 Front cover assembly cover Front cover assembly RG5 6777 120CN Table 8 5 on page 451 fuse 250 v 20 amp 100 127 v fuse 250v 4 VD7 1732 002CN Table 8 7 on page 455 amp 220 240 v VD7 0644 001CN fuse 250 v 8 amp 110 and 220 v VD7 0648 001CN Table 8 7 on page 455 510 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 28 Alphabetical parts list continued Description fuser 100 127 v 5500 only fuser 220 240 v 5500 only fuser 100 127 v 5550 only fuser 220 240 v 5550 only fuser assembly 5500 only fuser assembly 5550 only C9656 69012 exchange C9656 69002 exchange Table 8 8 on page 457 Q3984 69001 exchange Q3985 69001 exchange Table 8 8 on page 457 RG5 6848 150CN Table 8 22 on page 110 volt new 491 C9656 69012 110 volt exchange RG5 6701 000CN 220 volt new C9656 69002 220 volt exchange Q3984 67901 110 Table 8 22 on page volt new 491 Q3984 69001 110 volt exchange Q3985 67901 220 volt new Q3985 69001 220 volt exchange fuser connector mount assembly 5500 only RG5 6734 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 fuser connector mount assembly 5550 only RG5 7727 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 f
54. Calibrate now Duplex feed guides are damaged Check the top cover and front cover guides and replace the covers if necessary Replace the ETB unit Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now Timing belts are defective Replace the ETB unit Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now 340 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Paper transport troubleshooting ENWW If media is feeding incorrectly use the information in this section to identify and resolve the problem Table 7 14 Multiple pages are fed Causes for multiple pages feeding C mm 0000000 Pickup roller feed roller or separation roller in If any one of these rollers is damaged replace the paper cassette is deformed all three rollers together Multi purpose tray separation pad is worn Replace the separation pad assembly Multi purpose tray separation pad has a Make sure the spring is set in place If the spring defective spring is damaged replace the separation pad assembly Separation roller is not rotating correctly Replace the paper pickup unit or the cassette Paper is wrinkled or folded Verify that the media meets paper weight and tray specifications for the media To diagnose the cause of wrinkled or folded paper use the Print Stop test in the Diagnostics menu Adjust the stop time so the paper stops before it enters the fuser Open the ETB If paper is wrinkled at this stage use Table 7 16 Causes for
55. Color 630W 93W 24 W 0 3 W LaserJet 5550dtn HP Color 632W 93 W 28 W 0 3 W LaserJet 5550hdn 1 Values current as of February 2 2004 Values subject to change see http www hp com support clj5500 or http www hp com support clj5550 for current information Power reported is the highest value measured for color and monochrome printing using all standard voltages 3 Default time from Ready Mode to Sleep 2 30 minutes 4 Heat dissipation in Ready Mode 318 BTU Hour Table 1 15 Operating environment specifications Temperature HP Color LaserJet 5500models 15 to 27 C 59 to 81 F HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 10 to 30 C 50 to 86 F Humidity HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 10 to 70 RH HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 10 to 80 RH Altitude 8530 ft 2600 meters 14 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Note These values are subject to change See hitp www hp com support clj5500 or http www hp com support clj5550 for current information ENWW Product information 15 Media requirements CAUTION Selecting print media You can use many types of paper and other print media with this printer This section provides guidelines and specifications for selecting and using different print media Before purchasing any media or specialized forms in quantity verify that your paper supplier obtains and understands the print media requirements specified in the HP LaserJet Family Print Media Guide It is possible that media
56. Development block Step 4 Toner charging As the toner stirring blade turns inside the cartridge the friction creates a negative potential on the toner A negative voltage is applied to the toner charging roller and creates a uniform negative potential on the toner Step 5 Development The areas on the photosensitive drum that have been exposed to the laser beam have a higher potential are less negatively charged than the toner particles on the developing cylinder As the photosensitive drum rotates the toner adheres to the exposed areas on the photosensitive drum At this point the image is visible on the drum surface Image formation system 157 Transfer block The third part of the image formation process is the transfer block in which the toner image is transferred from the photosensitive drum to the paper This block consists of three steps e attaching e transfer e separation Step 6 Attaching After the paper is picked up from the input tray the attaching roller pushes it against the ETB The attaching roller has a positive DC bias and it creates a positive charge on the paper Figure 5 23 Attaching the paper to the ETB illustrates this step Attaching roller ETB belt ETB feed roller DC bias Si Print paper Figure 5 23 Attaching the paper to the ETB Step 7 Transfer A positive bias is applied to the transfer charging roller which is directly opposite the photosensitive drum As
57. Internal components rear creer erae rennen eer Ree ERR Le RE RR aee RRE A Den alan 222 gentium E 222 Low voltage power supply sssssssssssssssseseeese nennen nennen sensn nnns nnne rennes 223 Formatter TE 225 Laser scanner cfe pL 227 ENWW 183 Internal components right aide 233 High voltage power supply PCB eem nennen errem nnns 233 Toner level detection PGCB t E t ERR tH REMAIN RSA EE 234 High voltage contact blocks ssssessseeeeen nennen enne rennes 235 Door SWITCH ee P MEME 236 Internal components op 238 Discharging PCB sca atti tmr e rt tod etr ee 238 Fuser power supply POB eege 239 F ser OWENT xn t teen dt nat betta 240 Fuser inlet paper Sensor enne eren sensn nnne n nnn 243 Fuser delivery sensor and output bin full sensor sese 244 Static discharge COMD EE 246 Formatter fah s niter Pte UP PAR E D eH ee o ED cara e e PORE PRAES 247 Cartridge fannie he dential tede he Eee iie widen eines 247 Optional 500 sheet paper feeder n snnnnessseossnnnrteeseestertttnnttesttertnnnrnnntaesttnnntnnnn nenten nnen nn nee 249 Paper feeder left cover aie dee eee edu NNN EEN EENS 249 Paper feeder right Geer z 5 eda E EE VAA A AEN RAAE EN 250 Paper feeder pickup and feed rollers sssssssssssssseeeeeees 251 Paper feeder separation roller A 251 Paper feeder pickup unt 251 Paper feeder lifter driv
58. Note The drive gears for the cyan and magenta drum drive units have longer shafts than for the yellow and black drum drive units 8 Remove the two screws and the two disengaging rod retainers shown in callout 3 9 Move the disengaging rod up until it disengages from the gear and pull the arm out callout 4 Note See the Reinstallation tip for helpful information on reinstalling the developing disengaging rod Figure 6 38 Removing and replacing the drum drive gears 2 of 2 Note Calibrate the printer after removing and replacing any of the drum drive gears See Calibrate now 214 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW To remove the drum drive assemblies 1 Remove the drum drive gears See To remove the drum drive gears 2 From the front of the printer release the tabs on the link arm cover shown in callout 1 Figure 6 39 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 1 of 4 3 Remove the link arm shown in callout 2 Uh te 7 DR ou Figure 6 40 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 2 of 4 4 Remove the drum drive release plate shown in callout 3 ENWW Internal components left side 215 5 Onthe drum drive unit that you wish to remove disconnect the appropriate connector shown in callout 4 Figure 6 41 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 3 of 4 6 Remove the four screws shown in callout 5 7 Remove the drum drive assembly Z iw zen e Figur
59. Order Supplies in the Other Links area on the left side of the window To visit any website you must have Internet access Event log Shows a list of all printer events and errors Usage page Shows a summary of the number of pages the printer has printed grouped by size and type Device Information Shows the printer network name address and model information To change these entries click Device Information on the Settings tab Settings tab This tab allows you to configure the printer from your computer The Settings tab can be password protected If this printer is networked always consult with the printer administrator before changing settings on this tab The Settings tab contains the following pages Configure Device Allows you to configure all printer settings from this page This page contains the traditional menus found on printers using a control panel display These menus include Information Paper Handling Configure Device and Diagnostics Alerts Network only Allows you to set up to receive e mail alerts for various printer and supplies events E mail Network only Used in conjunction with the Alerts page to set up incoming and outgoing e mail as well as to set e mail alerts Security Allows you to set a password that must be entered to gain access to the Settings and Networking tabs Enable and disable certain features of the EWS Other Links Allows you to add or customize a link to another website This
60. RF5 3338 000CN roller cassette feed Table 8 20 on page 483 single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see second note on the next page RF5 3338 000CN roller separation Table 8 19 on page 479 single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see note below RF5 3340 000CN roller feed Table 8 27 on page 507 single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit 518 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 29 Numerical parts list continued RF5 3340 000CN roller cassette pickup Table 8 20 on page 483 single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see second note on the next page link arm assembly MP tray right RG5 6748 050CN paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder see Figure Table 8 23 on page 495 8 32 500 sheet paper feeder paper pickup assembly RG5 6748 050CN paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder Table 8 24 on page 497 RG5 6748 050CN paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder Table 8 27 on page 507 ENWW Numerical parts list 519 Table 8 29 Numerical parts list continued RG5 6753 000CN lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder Table 8 26 on page 505 RG5 6753 030CN lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder see Figure 8 31 Table 8 23 on page 495 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly RG5 6753 030CN lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder Table 8 24 on page 497 RG5 6761 000CN clutch assembly 500 sheet feeder Table 8 24 on page 497 RG5 6769 000CN paper size detection assembly 500 sheet feeder Table 8 24 on page 497
61. Resets EE 380 Diagnostics mernu eee tete bre ietemiiden mcer EE 380 SENICE ME e 381 Tools for troubleshootifig itta Et ite ee ete ho ue ta en EUR Fete E Ta ERROR 383 Embedded Web server oid attente tamdiu ete 383 To access the embedded Web server eee 383 Information E 384 SENNIE TaD sca EE 384 Networking tab 2 8 xS oH oec eoa tmd 385 Other linKs Ee ee Ee m E rai aene 385 Using the HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models sseesssss 385 Printer Status and Alerts software sess emen 388 To choose which status messages appear eene 389 To view status messages and information sssssse een 389 Printer configuratlon page cecinere teeth tetendit cedet eee naL de dead e 389 Supplies status fagao a a r a a A nennen nsns nn nnne rrr trs n einen 391 Usage page iones tette dide os 392 EVent log eo tee out teh eu et D et Rr 394 Pririt the file directory page ttr ep ehe ertet Te reed be Pappe eec LE 395 Printthe PCL font list page iie pre tpe Lege Peste battu Reine 396 Print the FS font listpage 2 dest erre Sh t tar Hep epe 397 Print the RGB samples page HP Color LaserJet 5550 models seeseseererrresssererenn 398 Print the CMYK samples page HP Color LaserJet 5550 models n se 399 DIAQMOSUCS ERE 400 LED diagnostics Egeter Deb te EHE DE ehe 400 Engine diagnostics oseere ee eo Lee eb Ou cue ea geo e e un ed e ebd cu ete De 402 Diagnostics from the control pan
62. Simply open the top cover to release the door switch which will allow you to navigate the main menu and access the diagnostics menu A good understanding of how the printer operates is required to use the engine diagnostics successfully Before proceeding with these diagnostic tests be sure you understand the information in Theory of operation Diagnostics tests Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues For component or noise isolation you can run the diagnostics with the covers removed Removing the rear cover top cover rear top cover and side covers provides a better view of the areas being tested To operate the printer with the covers removed defeat the door switch SW1 callout 1 and depress the ETB connector callout 2 after closing the ETB Take caution when performing printer diagnostics to avoid risk of injury Only trained service personnel should access and run the diagnostics with the covers removed Never touch any of the power supplies with the printer turned on D Pone P E Door switch and ETB connector Any time a cartridge is installed or removed while the covers are removed the door interlock must be cycled to simulate opening and closing the top cover in order for the engine to recognize the change The ETB must be closed and its connector must be depressed before cycling the door switch or the printer will generate a 59 90 Printer Error With covers installed the door switch and ET
63. WARNINGS is set to JOB in the printer s configuration menu these messages are cleared by the next print job Error messages Error messages communicate that some action must be performed such as adding paper or clearing a paper jam Some error messages are auto continuable if AUTO CONTINUE ON the printer will continue normal operation after displaying an auto continuable error message for 10 seconds Note Any button pressed during the 10 second display of an auto continuable error message will override the auto continue feature and the function of the button pressed will take precedence For example pressing the uc Jos button will cancel the job for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 or pressing the Stop button will cancel the job for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 Critical error messages Critical error messages inform you of a device failure Some of these messages can be cleared by turning the printer off and then on These messages are not affected by the auto continue setting If a critical error persists service is required 266 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Alphabetical printer messages Note Many of the procedures in this section instruct you to replace the DC controller PCB the ETB the formatter the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner unit After replacing one of these items you must access the Print Quality menu and select CALIBRATE NOW to ensure proper print quality after the repair See Calibrate now fo
64. action Use HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the flash memory and try again To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on To enable writing to the flash memory turn off write protection using HP Web Jetadmin To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on Press v and then press for help Press A and to step through the instructions Re enter PIN correctly After three incorrect PIN entries the printer will return to Ready Press v and then press for help Follow the instructions on the display to locate and replace the incorrect supply Press 4 and to step through the instructions Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message INSTALL COLOR The cartridge is either not installed Insert the cartridge or make CARTRIDGE or not correctly installed in the sure the cartridge is fully printer seated alternates with Press for detailed For help press information Press a and to step through the instructions If the error persists replace the cartridge Verify that the connectors between the memory tag antenna memory controller board and the DC controller are seated properly Replace th
65. actual Historical Printer Coverage Di Usage page for HP Color LaserJet 5550 E ob A Printer identification information Usage totals Print modes and paper path usage Historical printer coverage by color Tools for troubleshooting 393 Event log The event log lists the printer events including printer jams service errors and other printer conditions 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 to enter the MENUS 2 Press to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press vto select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press to highlight PRINT EVENT LOG 5 Press v to select PRINT EVENT LOG The message Printing EVENT LOG appears on the display until the printer finishes printing the event log The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the event log hp color LaserJet 5500 printers a Figure 7 14 Event log for HP Color LaserJet 5500 Current page count and printer serial number Event number the most recent is at the top of the list Error code Page count at which the event occurred Description of the event OO P Gah A 394 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Print the file directory page The file directory page lists the files and directories that are stored in printer memory or on the hard drive not all printer models come with a hard drive 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS 2 Press to highlight INFORMAT
66. and rear media guides against the paper If the media used is Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 by 17 or Legal sized the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the Size can be selected from the control panel Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu To change media type press v Use a and v to highlight the type then press v to select To change the media size to Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 by 17 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position To change the media size to other sizes move the tray Switch to CUSTOM adjust the paper guides against the paper and close the tray Use a and to highlight the media size then press v to select ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Tray X TYPE SIZE Size specified by user alternates with Tray X TYPE SIZE To change type press v TRAY X EMPTY TYPE SIZE alternates with Ready For menus press v TRAY X OPEN For help press alternates with Ready For menus press v TRAY X SIZE lt XXXX SIZE For help press alternates with TRAY X SIZE lt XXXX SIZE To change move switch in tray XX ENWW Event log error message Description The pr
67. are driven by the drum motor The developing disengaging motor drives the developing disengaging block which causes the developing cylinder to engage with or disengage from the photosensitive drum The DC controller uses an LED and a photo diode to monitor the level of toner inside the cartridge It stores this information on a memory tag built into each cartridge The primary charging roller and the toner charging roller are cleaned at the start of each print operation to avoid image defects Image formation system 149 Memory tag The memory tag is an EEP ROM built into the print cartridge It stores information about the amount of toner in the cartridge and estimates the remaining life Figure 5 15 Memory tag describes how the memory tag operates Memory tag Cartridge The DC controller reads information from the memory tag whenever the printer is turned on whenever the top cover is closed and whenever it receives a READ command from the formatter DC controller PCB E Memory controller PCB Antenna Memory data Figure 5 15 Memory tag The DC controller writes information to the memory tag at specified times during a print operation and whenever it receives a WRITE command from the formatter If the DC controller is unable to either read to or write from the memory tag four times in a row the DC controller alerts the formatter of a memory tag abnormality Toner level dete
68. clearing the jam Press 4 and to step through the instructions Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Clean the feed roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Replace the Tray 3 or Tray 4 pickup clutch Replace the Tray 3 or Tray 4 pickup motor Replace the Tray 3 or Tray 4 paper feeder PCB Check the cassette lifter mechanism for proper operation Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur Reduce the complexity of the print job to avoid this error Adding memory to the printer may allow printing of more complex pages Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 22 SERIAL UO The printer s serial buffer has Press v to resume printing BUFFER OVERFLOW overflowed during a busy state To continue press v A loss of data will occur 40 BAD SERIAL A serial data error parity framing Press v to resume printing or line overrun has occurred while the printer was receiving data Note TRANSMISSION To continue press v A loss of data will occur 40 EIO X BAD A connection with the card in EIO
69. detection switches sssssssssssssseeemeeeene 219 Powersupply e 220 Internal components rear ssssssesssseeneeeeneeeneneeenn nennen nere enne nnne 222 Formatter M X 222 Low voltage power supply sssssssssssssseeneneenen enne nnn nn nnne nennen 223 Formatter EE 225 Laser scanner units essesssssssssssssssesseseee nennen eret nnn n nnne EEEE ernst nnn nnne 227 Internal components right side EE 233 High voltage power supply PCB ssssesseeneeneeen nennen nennen 233 Toner level detection PCB entries rne nde dee nee doe dn e na nd EEN 234 High voltage contact blocks sssssssssesesss eene rennen eren 235 Berol EET 236 Internal components rop 238 Discharging PCB o 238 Fuser power Supply PCB 000 cccccceceeseeneecee cee ee eee ee eee e cea eaaeaaeseeeeeeeeeeeseesecscncesaeeeeeeeneees 239 gione m 240 Fuser inlet paper sensor sssssssssssesesseeeeeeeeemerennen ener erre ener e nnne 243 Fuser delivery sensor and output bin full sensor sss 244 vii viii Static discharge COMD EEN 246 Formatter fan NEE 247 legea 247 Optional 500 sheet paper feeder ssssssssssssssssssesseese nennen nenne 249 Paper feeder left Cover 249 Paper feeder ri
70. disengaged black engaged used during black only printing e Tray 1 solenoid Tray 2 clutch This test activates and releases the Tray 1 solenoid and the Tray 2 clutch Tray 2 must be installed or the Tray 2 paper length sensors the rear set of sensors must be activated for this test to operate Print Stop test This diagnostic test can be used to isolate the cause of problems such as image formation defects and jams within the engine This test allows you to stop the paper anywhere along the printer s paper path The test can be programmed to stop printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position The test can also be programmed to stop from 0 to 60 000 mS If the timer is set to a value that is greater than it takes to print the job there are two ways to recover the printer e After the print job completes press CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stop HP Color LaserJet 5550 to return to the diagnostic menu before the timer times out e After the timer times out press CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stor HP Color LaserJet 5550 You will have to cycle the door switch to restart the engine and return it to a normal state When the timer trips the display shows the message Printing stopped Press v To continue Pressing v will print the previously selected job If you do not want the previous job to print press CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stop HP Color LaserJet 5550 fi
71. down and with the top of the page to the left in Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only In Tray 1 load letterhead face up with the top of the page to the left DC controller PCB gt 65 SR Step 1 E O amp Z PS7 Ba O w O _ C o De zo O Es S a x N oz a uw a ns D PS7 p Vo Step 2 to Output bin Fuser sleeve Duplex feed CR Pressure roller unit Duplex switch back PS7 180 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW 500 sheet paper feeder Figure 5 42 ENWW The HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn and HP Color LaserJet 5550dtn printers are equipped with an additional 500 sheet paper feeder The HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn is equipped with two additional 500 sheet paper feeders and the HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn is equipped with three additional 500 sheet paper feeders The 500 sheet paper feeder is optional on the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5500n 5500dn and the HP Color LaserJet 5550 5550n and 5550dn With the HP Color LaserJet 5500 models the maximum optional 500 sheet paper feeders that can be installed is two Tray 3 and Tray 4 With the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models the maximum optional 500 sheet paper feeders that can be installed is three Tray 3 Tray 4 and Tray 5 These optional 500 sheet paper feeders operate the same as Tray 2 Figure 5 42 Additional 500 sheet paper feeder shows the paper path with one additional
72. down on the separation pad holder and unhook the two tabs on the separation pad callout 2 4 Rotate the separation pad forward and remove it Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray separation pad Color registration detection unit Use the following steps to remove the color registration detection unit To remove the color registration detection unit 1 Open the top cover and the front cover 2 Remove the ETB To protect the ETB from damage always remove the ETB when removing the color registration detection unit 3 Remove the control panel See Control panel 4 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 208 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Liftup slightly on the color registration detection unit shown in callout 2 and remove it CAUTION Do not touch the lens for the color registration detection unit Figure 6 31 Removing and replacing the color registration detection unit ENWW Internal components front 209 Internal components left side Use the following steps to remove and replace the left side internal components of the printer DC controller shield Use the following steps to remove the DC controller shield To remove the DC controller shield 1 2 3 ceo N o i 3 Remove the print cartridges and the ETB Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover Rear top cover Remove the left cover See Left cover Re
73. duplexing HP Color LaserJet 5550dtn printer model The HP CLJ 5550Gtn printer contains all of the number Q3716A features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620N print server network card automatic 2 sided printing duplexing an additional 500 sheet feeder This model has 256 MB of DDR SDRAM plus 32 MB of additional memory on the formatter board for a total of 288 MB of memory HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn printer model The HP CLJ 5550hdn printer contains all of the number Q3717A features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620N print server network card automatic 2 sided printing duplexing and three addtional 500 sheet feeders This model has 256 MB of DDR SDRAM plus 32 MB of additional memory on the formatter board for a total of 288 MB of memory ENWW Model Configurations 3 Performance memory and other printer features This printer series combines the quality and reliability of Hewlett Packard printers with the features listed in Table 1 2 Features Table 1 2 Features Performance User interface Supported printer personalities Storage features 4 Chapter 1 Printer description HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Up to 22 pages per minute ppm for A4 size paper and up to 21 ppm for letter size paper HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Up to 28 pages per minute ppm on A4 size paper and up to 27 ppm for letter size paper Also prints on transparencies and glossy paper HP Color LaserJet 55
74. ener nennen nnns 2 The HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer sssssssssssssssssseeeeee 2 Performance memory and other printer features A identification EE 6 Model and serial numbers 2 ccccecceceeeeeeeecaeceeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeeeeeeseesesenaeceeeseeeesetenseaaeees 6 HP Color LaserJet 5500 models ihrer terna te deese edad 8 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models sssssssssssssseeee enne 9 Sue ee e EE 10 Supply storage requirements HP Color LaserJet 5500 series ssssssuuss 12 PROGUCE d fene EUM 13 Product information cccccccccceeeeeeeececenaceeeeeeeeeeeeeececaaaaaeceeeeeeeeseteccsecaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenaees 13 Electrical Specifications HP Color LaserJet 5500 models sss 13 Electrical specifications HP Color LaserJet 5550 models sssssssssse 14 Media requirements est nitet a Od nente cube PE NX EE geet AMARI Ke EN 16 Selectng print media EE 16 Media SpeciflcatiOns nta tod e ete Regg on Rae DR ERRORI REX ER e aM edd Seed 16 Supported media weights and sizes HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 16 Supported paper weights and sizes HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 19 Media specifications for 2 sided duplex printing s 22 MCA tO AVOID ER 22 Media that may cause damage to the printer 0 0 00 ec eeeeeeeeeenceeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaaes 23
75. eo aseo i ed mte de a Rode 77 IEEE 802 11b standard de Ete pente shan legge pe mnn rib red ea ge tug de seaside TT s zelo PC 77 Printer GIVel EEN 78 Avallable drivers oir tropa a o eel o rada e rd dba era ei rta Pd 78 Additional drivers sssesssssesseeeeneenn nennen nennen nennen eer r nennen nennen nnns 79 Select the right printer driver for your needs sssssse em 79 Printer driver Help sssssssssssssssessesseseenenne ener nne s nns n nennen terrere nnns nnne 80 Software for Macintosh computers eene emere nennen nnne 81 PPS nieto tirer Satire tuu etna estate ated tute eat Setanta dee PU e RT ARR eta ARES 81 HP LaserJet Utility M 81 Installing the printing system software ttre eet eee emend 82 Installing Windows printing system software for direct connections 82 45 Installing Windows printing system software for networks seeeene 83 To set up Windows sharing to use the printer on a network sssssssssssss 83 Installing Macintosh printing system software for networks eeeeeee esse eeeeeeenteeeeeeeaes 84 Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections USB HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 85 Installing the software after the parallel or USB cable has been connected 86 Network conflgufationi 222 creer tiet epi ie teet d
76. excessively humid or dry conditions Verify that the printing environment is within specifications Print quality problems associated with jams e Make sure that all media is cleared from the paper path e The printer recently jammed Print two to three pages to clean the printer e The media does not pass through the fuser causing image defects to appear on subsequent documents Print two to three pages to clean the printer However if the problem persists see the next section Print quality troubleshooting pages The print quality troubleshooting pages provide information on aspects of the printer that affect print quality 1 Press v Menu to enter the MENUS for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 or press Menu to enter the MENUS for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 Press e to highlight DIAGNOSTICS Press v to select DIAGNOSTICS Press to highlight PQ TROUBLESHOOTING 5 Press vto select PQ TROUBLESHOOTING The message Printing PQ troubleshooting appears on the display until the printer finishes printing the print quality troubleshooting information The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the print quality troubleshooting information ZS ON The print quality troubleshooting information includes one page for each color cyan magenta yellow and black printer statistics related to print quality instructions on interpreting the information and procedures to solve print quality problems If following the procedures recom
77. factory set PIN Stop Jos button on HP Color LaserJet 5550 models or the Cancel Jos button on HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Setting network security on the printer 97 Note 98 Use HP Web Jetadmin software HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh or an ASCII escape sequence to set security HP software which comes on the software CD ROM is easier to use than an ASCII escape sequence For instructions about locking the control panel by using either HP Web Jetadmin software or the HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh go to the online Help for that software Using an ASCII PJL escape sequence to set network security If you decide to use the ASCII escape sequence you must use an MS DOS or Windows ASCII editor to create the commands The commands must also be sent to the printer by using a DOS COPY command or an ASCII file download utility The PJL Technical Reference Manual is located on CD ROM part number 5961 0976 Order a copy of this manual from the HP website http www hp com In the following examples EC represents the escape character For more information on using escape characters see the PUL Technical Reference Manual e Tolock or unlock the printer control panel if a password has not been set send the following ASCII sequence to the printer EC 12345X PJL JOB PJL DEFAULT CPLOCK NONE or MINIMUM MODERATE or MAXIMUM PJL EOJ EC 12345X e To set the password send the following ASCII sequence to the printer EC 12345
78. for HP LaserJet Tough paper Preprinted forms and letterhead Observe the following guidelines for best results with preprinted forms and letterhead e Forms and letterhead must be printed with heat resistant inks that will not melt vaporize or release hazardous emissions when subjected to the printer s fusing temperature of approximately 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second e Inks must be non flammable and should not adversely affect any printer rollers e Forms and letterhead should be sealed in a moisture proof wrapping to prevent changes during storage e To load preprinted forms and letterhead into Tray 1 load them face down with the top edge of the page to the left e Before you load preprinted paper such as forms and letterhead verify that the ink on the paper is dry During the fusing process wet ink can come off of preprinted paper e When simplex printing load pre printed forms and letterhead into trays 2 3 4 and 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models face up with the top edge of the page to the left To load pre printed forms and letterhead into Tray 1 load them face down with the top edge of the page to the left e When duplex printing load preprinted forms and letterhead into Trays 2 3 4 and 5 Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models face down with the top edge of the page to the left Load preprinted forms and letterhead into Tray 1 face up with the top edge of the page to the left Recycled paper This printer suppo
79. frequency of how often the HP Toolbox checks for printer alerts Three settings are available e Less often every 15000 milliseconds e Normal every 8000 milliseconds e More often every 4000 milliseconds If you want to reduce network I O traffic reduce the frequency that the printer checks for alerts ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 387 Documentation tab The Documentation tab contains links to these information sources e User Guide Contains the information about the printer usage warranty specifications and support that you are currently reading The user guide is available in both HTML and PDF format e Install Notes Contains installation information about the printer Device Settings button Clicking the Device Settings button connects you to the printer s embedded Web server HP Toolbox links The HP Toolbox links at the left of the screen provide links to the following options e Select a device Select from all HP Toolbox enabled devices e View current alerts View the current alerts for all set up printers You must be printing to view current alerts e Text only page View HP Toolbox as a site map linking to text only pages Printer Status and Alerts software Printer Status and Alerts is supported only for Windows 95 and later versions The Printer Status and Alerts software is available to users of both networked and directly connected printers To use Printer Status and Alerts software with a directly conne
80. generation boot circuit 1 i pog Attaching roller i r 2 1 TRS i TEE Transfer TRI 04 high voltage TR2 i generation TR3 i 1 1 circuit 1 TRA High voltage power supply circuit 138 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 8 ENWW Low voltage power supply The low voltage power supply circuit converts the AC voltage that is input from the electrical outlet to DC power and delivers it to each load in the printer Figure 5 8 Low voltage power supply circuit shows the low voltage power supply circuit including the amount of voltage supplied to each component The AC power is supplied to the low voltage power supply by turning on the power supply switch SW301 The AC power is converted to the DC power that the printer requires e 24 V goes to the motors solenoids clutches and the high voltage power sup e 5V goes to the laser driver PCB the beam detect PCB and the formatter ply circuit e 3 3V goes to the formatter the sensors and the ICs in the DC controller PCB 24 V is divided into 24 VA which is constantly sent from the low voltage power supply circuit and 24 VB which stops power supply when the top cover or the front cover is opened 24 VB goes to the fuser power supply circuit high voltage power supply circuit the clutch and the motors and solenoid 24 VB also functions as the door open detection signal IDOPEN The CPU detects the door open with the s
81. is empty and the printer is set to AUTO CONTINUE BLACK the printer will continue printing using the black toner only for a maximum of 500 pages JOB STORAGE LIMIT 1 100 Sets the limit for the maximum number of jobs stored on the hard disk at the printer JAM RECOVERY AUTO Sets whether the printer will ON attempt to reprint pages after a jam OFF LANGUAGE A list of available languages Sets the default language appears UO menu AUTO CONTINUE The I O menu allows you to configure the printer s I O options Table 7 44 I O submenu UO TIMEOUT 5 300 Allows you to select the I O timeout in seconds Control panel troubleshooting 379 Table 7 44 UO submenu continued bem o ue pem PARALLEL INPUT HIGH SPEED Allows you to select the speed ADVANCED FUNCTIONS at Which the par llel port communicates with the host and to enable or disable the bi directional parallel communication EIO X Possible values are Allows you to configure EIO devices installed in slot 1 2 or Where X 1 2 or 3 TCP IP 3 IPX SPX APPLETALK DLC LLC SECURE WEB HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only RESET SECURITY HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only LINK SPEED HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Resets menu The Resets menu allows you to reset factory settings disable and enable PowerSave and update the printer after new supplies are installed Table 7 45 Resets submenu een quee ee RESTORE FACTORY Allow
82. menu under System Setup When the printer is in PowerSave mode the control panel backlight is turned off but the printer retains all printer settings downloadable fonts and macros The default setting is Powersave on with a 30 minute idle time You can turn PowerSave off in the Configure Device menu under Resets 140 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Note ENWW The printer exits PowerSave mode and enters the warm up cycle when any of the following OCCUIS e A print job valid data or a PML or PJL command is received at the parallel port FIR port for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 models EIO card or the USB 1 1 for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models e A control panel button is pressed e The top cover is opened HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only e A paper tray is opened HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only e The engine test button is pressed Printer error messages override the PowerSave message The printer enters PowerSave mode at the appropriate time but the error message continues to appear Input Output This section contains information about input and output devices supported by the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series models Parallel interface The formatter receives incoming data through its bidirectional interface IEEE 1284 The I O provides high speed and two way communication between the printer and the host allowing the user to change printer settings and monitor printer status from the host computer The
83. models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN TRAY X A page is jammed in Tray 3 or Press for detailed Tray 4 information about clearing the jam a For help press Press a and e to step through the instructions Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Clean the feed roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Replace the Tray 3 or Tray 4 pickup clutch Replace the Tray 3 or Tray 4 pickup motor Replace the Tray 3 or Tray 4 paper feeder PCB Check the cassette lifter mechanism for proper operation Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 13 XX YY JAM IN DUPLEX A duplex job was interrupted by Press for more information JOB INTERRUPTED For help press alternates with 13 XX YY JAM IN DUPLEX JOB INTERRUPTED Discard top sheet and press v or 13 XX YY JAM IN DUPLEX JOB INTERRUPTED Discard top two sheets and press v ENWW interference as media passed through the output bin during duplexing 3 Remove one or two pages from the output bin as directed by the display Press v to continue printing Note If Jam Recovery OFF some pages will not be reprinted Re send the missing pages Numerical printer messages 317 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control pa
84. oeh Sd jejonuoo abpuueg Ke led josues jeded we Aanja fuewjep Buixi4 S refi e e e SN JO OW Buxa 4 co xu o Dog ver EBIEEESESSEIRIEESE D yun Jeuueos Hase 9 ese leie vsio Liser DEISEEEIEISEIEGEISE Jeuueos Hasel A elei asior osir eler our yun Jeuueos nase Ww ostor TE asir EI Ert Eur Hun Jeuugas jase yg ere s io feof astovr 18Sd General circuit diagram 1 5 Figure 7 41 HP Color LaserJet 5550 only 433 Diagrams ENWW 500 sheet paper feeder circuit diagram CO Bo EU l z E DC controller PCB I I v m 2 9 J4049L 4 4 4 L_ J4049LB J4049LA l a l 4 4 J4049DB J4049DA J4049D CX X XX uo OCOONSt PEPESE Qz290a gt CH c 4 op ZS H TE AAA S E Ozooo s3 g zo 0 PF MOT B 3 A 9 222 E S2 o PF MOT JB 3 5 of EES EJ SGND PF MOT A 3 z 23 S 8 S J S1 o PF MOT A S Bo emt T Q 7N bd o 2 o 4 L lt F 5 5 S E 3 S A w 24v 33 2 2v UR PICK SOL S Hi 9o SIS S 8 a 8 o 4 Wi c L 2 7 9 T T T T gt w O el m Figure 7 42 500 sheet paper feeder circuit diagram 434 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Jopee jaded ENWW Parts and diagram
85. of media is not what the tray is configured to hold A job cannot be stored because of a memory disk or configuration problem The printer is offering a selection of alternate media to use for the print job Recommended action To change media type press v Use a and to highlight the type then press v to select To change the media size to Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 x 17 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position To change the media size to other sizes move the tray switch to CUSTOM adjust the paper guides against the paper and close the tray Use a and to highlight the media size then press v to select To change media type press v Use a and to highlight the type then press v to select Install additional memory in the printer or install a disk drive into the printer If a disk drive is installed delete previously stored print jobs Highlight the media with and e Press v to select a choice Note Not all messages are described in the tables those messages that are not listed are self explanatory 294 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Numerical printer messages Note Many of the procedures in this section instruct you to replace the DC controller PCB the ETB the formatter the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner unit After replacing one of these items you must access the Print Quality
86. of the vertical the circumference lines Fuser sleeve has grooves around the Replace the fuser circumference White vertical lines Table 7 29 Causes for white vertical lines Causes for white vertical lines Developing cylinder has grooves going around Replace the print cartridge for the color in which the circumference the white lines appear Image defects 361 Table 7 29 Causes for white vertical lines continued Causes for white vertical lines mme mer Photosensitive drum has grooves going around Replace the print cartridge for the color in which the circumference the white lines appear Laser is blocked by a foreign substance Inspect the laser source for the affected color and remove any debris that might be blocking it Mirror in the laser scanner unit is dirty Replace the laser scanner for the color in which the white lines appear Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate now The fuser sleeve has vertical scars All colors Replace the fuser are affected Horizontal lines Table 7 30 Causes for horizontal lines Causes for horizontal lines Photosensitive drum has scars running from end Replace the print cartridge for the affected color to end The fuser sleeve has scars running from end to Replace the fuser end White horizontal lines Table 7 31 Causes for white horizontal lines Causes for white horizontal lines Photosensitive drum has scars r
87. on page 455 cable fan Table 8 9 on page 459 cable fuser power supply RG5 6827 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 cable intermediate RG5 6826 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 cable left side RG5 6818 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 cable paper size RG5 6821 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 cable pickupunit cable pickupunit unit RG5 6829 000CN 6829 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 8 9 on Table 8 9 on page 459 459 cable upper crossmember 5550 only d Table 8 18 on page 477 cable upper crossmember 5500 only RG5 6823 000CN Table 8 18 on page 477 camgea66T camgea66T RS7 0302 000CN 0302 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 8 8 on Table 8 8 on page 457 457 cartridge inlet assembly HM Table 8 12 on page 465 cassette Tray 2 RG5 6647 150CN Table 8 19 on page 479 cassette casetlesenorPCB casetlesenorPCB RG5 6807 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 cassette sensor PCB RG5 6807 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 cassette 500 sheet feeder RG5 6770 140CN Table 8 25 on page 501 cassette 500 sheet feeder see Figure 8 29 500 RG5 6770 140CN Table 8 23 on page sheet paper feeder cassette 1 of 2 495 471 508 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 28 Alphabetical parts list o ee Description Table and page clutch assembly 500 sheet feeder RG5 6761 000CN Table 8 24 on page 497 color registration detection unit RG5 6688 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 connector 6 pin J39 VS1 6760 006CN Table 8 13 on pa
88. or dents from handling and that the media is not contaminated with visible fingerprints or other foreign substances Print the Print Quality Troubleshooting Pages see Image formation troubleshooting and follow the diagnostic procedure listed on the first page to help isolate the defect to a particular component 352 Chapter Troubleshooting Loose toner Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Make sure to use supported media Make sure that the media type and size for the tray are set correctly in the control panel for the media that you are using Make sure that the media is loaded correctly the size guides are touching the edges of the stack of media and the custom media switch is set appropriately Make sure that the media you are using does not have any wrinkles or dents from handling and that the media is not contaminated with visible fingerprints or other foreign substances ENWW Smeared toner White areas dropouts on e Make sure to use page supported media e Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met A paper fragment was left in the printer when clearing a jam Make sure to use Remove any paper supported media fragments see Image formation troubleshooting Make sure that the media you are using does not have any wrinkles or dents from handling and that the media is not contaminate
89. page that was involved in a paper jam Since no memory is used to store the most recent pages performance might be optimal 332 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW To set jam recovery response 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press 4 to highlight SYSTEM SETUP Press v to select SYSTEM SETUP Press 4 to highlight JAM RECOVERY Press v to select JAM RECOVERY Press or to select the appropriate setting Press v to set the selection 2 D D Jo mF o bh 0 Press Menu Avoiding paper jams Table 7 7 Common causes of paper jams lists common causes of paper jams and suggests solutions for resolving them Table 7 7 Common causes of paper jams Common causes of paper jams Print media does not meet HP recommended Use only media that meets HP specifications media specifications See Table 1 16 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications A supply item is installed incorrectly causing Verify that all print cartridges the ETB and the repeated jams fuser are correctly installed You are reloading paper that has already passed Do not use media that has been previously through a printer or copier printed on or copied An input tray is loaded incorrectly Remove any excess media from the input tray Press media down in the input tray so it fits below th
90. parts list meu Description Table and page paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6748 050CN Table 8 24 on page 497 paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6748 050CN Table 8 27 on page 507 paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder see Figure RG5 6748 050CN Table 8 23 on page 8 32 500 sheet paper feeder paper pickup assembly 495 paper size detection assembly 500 sheet feeder RG5 6769 000CN Table 8 24 on page 497 photo interrupter WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 12 on page 465 photo interrupter TLP 1241 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 photo interrupter TLP 1241 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 17 on page 475 photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 18 on page 477 power supply assembly 100 127 v power supply assembly 220 240 v RG5 6809 060CN Rear top cover assembly 5550 only RG5 7732 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 Right cover assembly RG5 6783 020CN Table 8 4 on page 449 rod spring RB2 8213 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 roller assembly MP tray pickup RG9 1529 000CN Table 8 19 on page 479 roller cassette feed RF5 3338 000CN Table 8 20 on page single roller 483 RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see second note on the next page roller cassette pickup RF5 3340 000CN Table 8 20 on page single roller 483 RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see second note on the next page 514 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 28 Alphabetical par
91. print cartridges and ETB in a safe place while they are out of the printer Use a screwdriver to rotate the ETB supports callout 1 and the ETB pressure gears callout 2 up and into the printer This allows the front cover to close completely so you can remove other components Figure 6 2 ETB supports and pressure gears CAUTION Grasp the print cartridges by the blue handles to avoid accidentally touching the photosensitive drum inside each cartridge CAUTION Do not place any items on the ETB If the belt is punctured or otherwise damaged print quality problems will result For instructions on removing the print cartridges see Changing print cartridges For instructions on removing the ETB see Replacing the transfer unit ETB ENWW Supplies 189 Covers and external components Figure 6 3 WARNING This section contains instruction for removing and replacing printer covers and external components Rear cover Use the following steps to remove the rear cover of the printer To remove the rear cover 1 Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 2 Pull out slightly on the bottom of the rear cover and slide it toward the right side of the printer to remove it Removing and replacing the rear cover Top cover Use the following steps to remove the top cover of the printer To remove the top cover 1 Liftthe top cover and remove the fuser See Replacing the fuser for instructions on removing the fus
92. printer continues to function properly throughout its life periodic cleaning is necessary The two areas that need periodic cleaning are the following e Static discharge comb discharging unit e Horizontal registration transparency OHT sensor Cleaning the static discharge comb Clean the static discharge comb at the top of the printer with the brush that is stored inside the front cover You should clean the static discharge comb whenever you change the black print cartridge whenever you replace the ETB or whenever print quality defects occur Note If you are replacing the black print cartridge clean the static discharge comb first and then replace the black print cartridge Toner might fall onto the black print cartridge during cleaning Be careful not to get toner on your clothes If you are replacing the ETB clean the static discharge comb with the new cleaning brush included with the replacement ETB To clean the static discharge comb 1 Liftthe top cover of the printer Grasp the front cover and pull down Remove the cleaning brush stored inside the front cover KE KEES ERSSNUWENIICI Ey SI Gi CH AVI y D ERU ATTEI Pi re Fs j Jl 7 e 102 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW 3 Rubthe cleaning brush back and forth four times over the static discharge comb at the top of the printer to remove excess toner Shake the brush over a waste receptacle to dispose of the excess toner CAUTION If
93. printer features For general office printing the PCL 6 driver is recommended to provide optimum performance and print quality e Use the PCL 5c driver available on the CD using Add Printer if backward compatibility with previous PCL printer drivers or older printers is necessary e Use the PS driver if you are printing primarily from PostScript specific programs such as Adobe and Corel for compatibility with PostScript Level 3 needs or for PS font DIMM support The printer automatically switches between PS and PCL printer languages Printer drivers 79 Printer driver Help Each printer driver has Help screens that can be activated by using the Help button the F1 button on the computer keyboard or a question mark symbol in the upper right corner of the printer driver depending on the Windows operating system used These Help screens give detailed information about the specific driver Printer driver Help is separate from your program Help 80 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Software for Macintosh computers Note ENWW The HP installer provides PostScript Printer Description PPD files Printer Dialog Extensions PDEs and the HP LaserJet Utility for use with Macintosh computers The embedded Web server can be used by Macintosh computers if the printer is connected to a network PPDs Use PPDs in combination with the Apple PostScript drivers to gain access to the printer features and to allow the comp
94. reference designator or part number are not field replaceable and cannot be ordered Supplies and accessories The items listed in Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories are available through your local authorized HP dealer To find a dealer near you or if your local dealer is temporarily out of stock call the HP Customer Information Center at 800 752 0900 Note See Chapter 2 for documentation part numbers Supplies and accessories are available directly from Hewlett Packard at the following numbers e US 800 538 8787 e Canada 800 387 3154 Toronto 416 671 8383 e United Kingdom 0734 441212 Contact your local HP Parts Coordinator for other local phone numbers Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number Accessories JetDirect 620N 620N 5500 only 5500 only Ligen 61003 ELM Jetdirect None e 69001 connectivity card FFIRpod FFIRpod 5500 only 5500 only cam 03A Printer cabinet None E stand Optional 500 None C7130A C7130 67901 sheet paper feeder and Tray 3 assembly ENWW Ordering parts 437 Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories continued Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number IEEE 1284 None C2946A compliant parallel cable 3 m approximately 10 feet long with 25 pin male micro 36 pin male c type connector Macintosh DIN 8 None 922158 printer cabl
95. region THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED THE HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL INDIRECT PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS FROM ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE In the event that your product proves to be defective please return to place of purchase with a written description of the problem Limited warranty for print cartridge life 29 Transfer unit and fuser warranty 30 This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one year or until the printer control panel indicates a low life message whichever occurs first This warranty does not cover products that have been modified refurbished remanufactured misused or tampered with in any way This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights You may have other rights which vary from state to state province to province and country region to country region THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED THE HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPL
96. registration roller and the print cartridge cavity ETB attaching roller Clean with lint free cloth Paper pickup rollers Clean with lint free cloth If dirt cannot be removed dampen the cloth with water Color registration detection unit Clean with lint free cloth If dirt cannot be removed dampen the cloth with water Cleaning spilled toner Defective print cartridges can develop leaks Also after a paper jam has occurred some toner might remain on the rollers and guides inside the printer The pages that print immediately after the jam can pick up this toner When cleaning the printer do not touch the ETB with the damp cloth or with your fingers Vacuum specifications Do not vacuum the printer or any spilled toner using a conventional vacuum Toner particles used in this product might be too fine for effective vacuuming and could result in damage to conventional vacuums Slowly sweep the material into a bag or other sealed container Clean remainder with a damp cloth or toner vacuum If a toner vacuum is used the motor must be rated as dust explosion proof Fine powder can form explosive dust air mixtures Dispose of waste toner in accordance with local requirements 100 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW A vacuum specifically designed for cleaning toner can be used if it is capable of filtering fine particles 5 microns in diameter ENWW Cleaning the printer and accessories 101 Periodic cleaning To ensure the
97. roller S Lifting plate Sw1 ENEE PS802 SW jo SW5 oc Separation roll r SW3 e0 SW6 Paper length detection switch Figure 5 33 Pickup feed system Paper width detection switch Cassette pick up roller Feed roller Multi purpose tray pick up roller The pickup feed system has the following physical components e M5 fuser motor e MG ETB motor e PM2 pickup motor e PMs3 lifter motor e CL1 cassette pickup clutch e SL1 multi purpose tray pickup solenoid e PS6 output bin full sensor 170 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW PS7 fuser delivery paper sensor PS8 fuser inlet paper sensor PS9 pickup sensor IS1 horizontal registration transparency sensor light receiver PS801 top of page sensor PS802 multi purpose tray paper sensor PS901 cassette paper sensor PS902 paper stack surface sensor PS903 paper feed sensor SW1 SW2 SW3 paper length detection switches SW4 SW5 SW6 paper width detection switches Figure 5 34 Pickup feed system illustrates the pickup feed system which can be divided into three units pickup feed unit from the point the paper is picked from the tray until it reaches the fuser fuser delivery unit from the fuser to the output bin duplex feed unit from the output bin to the registration shutter at the bottom of the ETB Fuser delivery unit rt Duplex feed unit
98. roller is dirty worn or Clean the fuser sleeve or pressure roller If it is damaged damaged replace the fuser Fuser delivery sensor or sensor lever is defective Make sure the fuser delivery sensor lever moves smoothly and is set in place Replace the lever if itis damaged Replace the sensor if it is defective Fuser delivery roller is worn Replace the fuser Fuser delivery roller drive gears are worn or Replace the fuser damaged Face down delivery roller is defective Replace the fuser Fuser nip width is does not meet specification Replace the fuser DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Table 7 13 Jams in the duplex path Causes for jams in the duplex path Media does not meet specifications Make sure the media meets specifications for duplex printing and that the media has been stored correctly Duplex feed guides or duplex feed rollers are Clean the rollers with a damp lint free cloth dirty Remove any debris from the duplex feed guide Paper path troubleshooting 339 Table 7 13 Jams in the duplex path continued Causes for jams in the duplex path mer Duplex feed rollers are worn or damaged Replace the ETB unit Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now Duplex feed roller drive gears are worn or Replace the ETB unit Calibrate the printer after damaged replacing the ETB See
99. s s sssssssesseeitterrttnsttstrtttttn tnr nn ns nnnst ttnt nn nnana nennen nt 48 Printer stand dimensions sesser hanini a a AS Unpack the printer ecce anaa Pa ha qe a E aa aaa a RE 49 lees Eu CEET 49 Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer for base models 5500n ANG SOUOGM ETC 50 Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550dtn and 5500 5550hdn models 54 Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers ssss 58 Installing print cartridges HP Color LaserJet 5500 series models 58 Installing paper trays HP Color LaserJet 5500 series porter 60 Installing accessories HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers ssss 62 Installing optional printer stand HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 65 Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 5500 models sssessss 66 Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 67 Testing the printer operation sssssssssssssssssseeneeene ener nnns 69 Using PowerSave ee eeENEEEEEEEENESEEEENEENEEEN EE ai aiiai iaeiiai i ianiai 69 Connecting tO a computer etie teen aE ad Parallel connections sescrieroriiiireriniieirii reiri ieaie N EEA 71 USB configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 72 Auxiliary connection configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 mode
100. slot 1 Press vto continue 2 Turn the printer off and then back on Press Cancet Jos If the problem persists replace the DIMM card in the slot indicated ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Event log error message Control panel message 54 XX PRINTER ERROR ENWW Description X Description 1 temperature 3 image density sensor 5 color plane registration sensor 6 image density sensor 7 yellow drum home position sensor 8 magenta drum home pos sensor 9 cyan drum home position sensor 10 black drum home position sensor 11 yellow density sensor 12 magenta density sensor 13 cyan density sensor 14 black density sensor 19 ETB speed control sensor 20 color plane registration sensor 21 yellow toner level sensors 22 magenta toner level sensors 23 cyan toner level sensors 24 black toner level sensors 1E or 30 Half tone calibration error Numerical printer messages Recommended action Turn the printer off and then back on then check items in the order listed 54 1 error Check the fuser See 50 X fuser error 54 30 error Wipe sensor lens clean Run a full calibration and the error should go away 54 3 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 5 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 6 error Check the connections Replace the c
101. software for networks eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 84 Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections USB HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 85 Installing the software after the parallel or USB cable has been connected 86 Network configuration sss nennen enne nennen nnne en enn nennen nnne 88 Configuring Novell NetWare frame type parameters sssseee 88 HP Web Jetadmin E 89 Up cc E 89 UU 89 Embedded Web server teiei ic detected de ges eaa etra Gode Ea d qur deis 90 Configuring TCP IP parameters mene enne 91 Setting network security on the printer ssesssessseeeeenm emm emen 97 Locking the cornitrol panel 2 ACERO 97 Using an ASCII PJL escape sequence to set network security seessssssss 98 4 Printer Maintenance Cleaning the printer and accessories sssssssseeeeeeem eene 100 Cleaning Spilled Ke 100 Vacuutrmi SpecifICatlOns titt rte x deed etude d n dod dena eegenen L I zelo C SR m l Cleaning the static discharge combi 102 Cleaning the ORT sensor eet itae tian re saa dee enn eade ruta etin dn 103 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items ssssssssseeeeeeees 105 ETB life under differ
102. software on Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or Windows XP make sure that you have administrator privileges 2 Make sure that the HP Jetdirect print server is configured correctly for the network by printing a configuration page On the second page locate the printer IP address You might need this address to complete network installation Close all software programs that are open or running 4 Insert the printer CD ROM into the CD ROM drive If the welcome screen does not open start it by using the following procedure e On the Start menu click Run e Type the following x setup where x is the letter of the CD ROM drive e Click OK When prompted click Install Printer and follow the instructions on the computer screen Click Finish when the installation has been completed You might need to restart the computer aN pm m Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed If installation fails reinstall the software If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 for help or more information To set up Windows sharing to use the printer on a network If the printer is directly connected to a computer with a parallel cable you can share the printer on the network so that other network users can print to it See your Windows docu
103. speed sensor HP Color LaserJet 5500 models PS10 12 Cartridge home position sensors PS1 2 3 and 4 13 Developing disengaging sensor PS5 14 Environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 5550 models TEMPSNS HUMSNS OO JO om ob 410 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 25 Sensors on the paper pickup unit the sensors are on the back side of the PCA Cassette paper sensor PS1 Multipurpose tray paper sensor PS2 Paper leading edge sensor PS3 Overhead transparency sensor PS4 WD A Figure 7 26 Fuser sensors and output bin full sensor 1 Fuser inlet paper sensor PS8 2 Fuser delivery sensor PS7 3 Output bin full sensor PS6 ENWW Diagnostics 411 Table 7 50 Sensors LONE NN er esten pe Reemi LEE T NNNM PS10 ETB speed sensor HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only Tempsns Humsns Environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Table 7 51 Sensors LONE RN PS10 ETB speed sensor HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only 412 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW Table 7 51 Sensors continued Fuser inlet paper sensor Component test special mode test The component test allows you to exercise individual parts independently to isolate problems Each component test can be exercised once or repeatedly If CONTINUOUS is selected as the repeat option the test will cycle the component on and off This process will repeat for 2 minutes and then the test will terminate
104. startup error 4 fuser motor rotation error 5 print cartridge motor startup error 6 print cartridge motor rotation error 9 ETB motor startup error A ETB motor rotation error B developing disengaging motor startup error C developing disengaging motor rotation error Y Description 0 no color K black C cyan M magenta Y yellow One or more printer settings saved in the non volatile storage device is invalid and has been reset to its factory default Pressing the v button should clear the message Printing can continue but there may be unexpected behavior X Description 0 onboard NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard Recommended action Turn the printer off and then back on This message might also appear if the transfer unit is missing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the transfer unit is correctly installed ETB motor error 1 Clean the ETB unit intermediate connector J36 If the connector is damaged replace it Reconnect the connetors J38 for the ETB motor and J1111 on the DC controller PCB Replace the ETB motor Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Fuser motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J18 for the fuser motor and J1101 on the DC controller PCB Replace any damaged parts Replace the fuser drive assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC contro
105. status page for HP Color LaserJet 5500 OO Om E oh Black print cartridge information Cyan print cartridge information Magenta print cartridge information Yellow print cartridge information Image transfer kit ETB information Image fuser kit information Usage page The usage page lists a page count for each size of media that has passed through the printer This page count includes the number of pages that were printed on one side the number that were printed on two sides duplexed and totals of the two printing methods for each media size It also lists the average percentage of page coverage for each color To print the usage page 1 2 3 4 5 Press v to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight MENUS Press v to select MENUS Press e to highlight PRINT USAGE PAGE Press v to select PRINT USAGE PAGE 392 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 ENWW The message Printing USAGE PAGE appears on the display until the printer finishes printing the usage page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the usage page hp color LaserJet 5500 printers Bisch Coverage 4 670 Cyan Coverage 10 519 Magenta Coverage 7 310 Yellow Coverage 7 481 Usage page for HP Color LaserJet 5500 1 2 3 Printer identification information Usage totals Historical printer coverage by color hp color LaserJet Usage Totals equivalent I Print Modes amp Paper Path Usage
106. supply PCB removing and replacing 239 replacing 113 sleeve function 136 fuser drive unit partnumbers 476 fuser kit count resetting 420 life span 106 fusing process 159 temperature specifications 24 G general circuit diagram 433 glossy paper printing 24 grayscale printing 347 H hard disk adding 141 file directory printing 395 initialization 417 heavy paper printing 24 Help drivers 80 high voltage contact blocks removing and replacing 235 high voltage power supply circuit 138 function 138 removing and replacing 233 horizontal registration adjusting 177 HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer models 2 HP customer care 41 HP Distribution Center 42 HP ImageREt 3600 346 HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE 41 HP Jetdirect print server card configuring 385 HP Jetdirect print servers installing 123 models including 2 wireless printing 77 528 Index HP LaserJet Family Print Media Guide 16 HP LaserJet Utility Macintosh 81 84 HP Support Assistant 41 HP Toner Cleaning Cloth 100 HP Toolbox features 90 ordering supplies 40 HP toolbox using 385 HP Web Jetadmin 89 humidity environment sensor operations 5550 166 site requirements 47 storing supplies 12 IO expanded 141 flash 141 hard disk 141 parallel interface 141 printer management language 143 processor 142 image defects 356 density calibration DMAX 166 halftone calibration DHALF 166 stabilization control 166 image formation overvi
107. the ETB passes the transfer charging roller it picks up a positive charge The negatively charged toner on the photosensitive drum is transferred to the positively charged paper Figure 5 24 Toner transfer illustrates this step This process is repeated for each color as the ETB carries the paper from the bottom cartridge to the top C Y M K 158 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 24 Figure 5 25 ENWW In four color printing as four colors of toner are piled up on the paper the holding force of the toner weakens as the transfer process progresses To counteract this effect the DC controller increases the positive DC bias applied to the transfer charging roller for each successive color Print paper ETB belt Photosensitive drum t Rot Transfer charging roller a a Z DC bias TTT Toner transfer Step 8 Separation The paper s elasticity causes it to separate from the ETB as the ETB reaches the top of its path Figure 5 25 Separation illustrates this step ETB belt ETB feed roller Print paper Fusing block The fourth part of the image formation process is the fusing block in which the toner image is fused to the paper making a permanent image that cannot be smeared This block consists of one step fusing Separation Image formation system 159 Step 9 Fusing This printer uses the induction heating method to fuse the toner to the pa
108. the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press vto select INFORMATION 4 Press to highlight PRINT CMYK SAMPLES 5 Press v to select PRINT CMYK SAMPLES The message Printing CMYK Samples appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the CMYK samples page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the CMYK samples page UA ap color LaserJet 5550 invent mples for CMYK Figure 7 19 CMYK samples page shown for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models ENWW Print the CMYK samples page HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 399 Diagnostics This section describes the procedures to be used to perform diagnostics LED diagnostics Use the following procedure to help identify the cause of high level printer problems These problems are indicated by abnormalities in the printer s power on sequence The LED that the procedure refers to is on the formatter This is a heartbeat LED that blinks on and off when the formatter is operating correctly Use Figure 7 20 Formatter LED shown is HP Color LaserJet 5500 model and Figure 7 21 Formatter LED shown is HP Color LaserJet 5550 model to locate the formatter LED 1 Does the LED blink with four fast bursts at power on If not then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the memory e Check the formatter 2 Does the LED blink at a fast steady
109. the cartridge swings down The developing cylinder disengages from the drum Figure 5 17 Developing cylinder disengaging illustrates this process Pivot Photosensitive drum Cartridge Developing cylinder Developing disengaging block Developing cylinder engaged Developing cylinder disengaged Developing cylinder disengaging The developing cylinders are disengaged only during monochrome printing or during ETB cleaning During monochrome printing the developing cylinder in all cartridges except black is disengaged During ETB cleaning the developing cylinders in all cartridges are disengaged Image formation system 153 Electrostatic transfer transport belt ETB unit The ETB unit feeds the paper through the printer and helps transfer toner onto the paper Figure 5 18 ETB unit illustrates the ETB unit Transfer charging roller DC controller PCB A Cc 7m Og SS E Z Q amp zo t mO e Oe wW Zz O J ETB belt ETB feed roller Ted ETB SPEED DETECTION signal 5500 only ETB driven roller Attaching roller Figure 5 18 ETB unit The physical components of the ETB unit are the following ETB belt ETB feed roller attaching roller transfer charging rollers four ETB driven rollers three The ETB motor drives the ETB feed roller causing the belt to rotate All other rollers are driven by the belt rotation A s
110. the four screws shown in callout 1 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 8 Remove the toner level detection PCB callout 3 Figure 6 68 Removing and replacing the toner level detection PCB High voltage contact blocks Use the following steps to remove and replace the high voltage contact blocks ENWW Internal components right side 235 To remove the high voltage contact blocks 1 Hr A v de z E E a o Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the right cover See Right cover Remove the high voltage power supply PCB See To remove the high voltage power supply PCB Remove the toner level detection PCB See Toner level detection PCB Remove the screw shown in callout 1 Unthread the wires from their guides shown in callout 2 Remove the high voltage contact block shown in callout 3 0 Repeat for each of the four high voltage contact blocks ETT Y L a Figure 6 69 Removing and replacing the high voltage contact blocks cyan indicated Door switch Use the following steps to remove the door switch 236 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW To remove the door switch Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the right cover See Right cover Remove the screw shown in callout 1 Disconnect the con
111. the fuser and check the connector J100 that connects the fuser and the printer Replace the connector if it is damaged Turn the printer off and remove the fuser Measure the resistance between the connector pins on the fuser If resistance does not meet the following guidelines replace the fuser J100LB 5 to J100LB 6 300 500 KOhms J100LB 1 to J100LB 2 less than 1 KOhm Check for continuity between connector pins J100 5 and J100 6 If there is no continuity replace the fuser Replace the fuser power supply PCB Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner J74 J77 and DC controller PCB J1106 J1109 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate now Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message 52 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 52 XY PRINTER ERROR Event log error message Description A printer error has occurred X Description 1 scanner error 2 scanner startup error 3 scanner rotation error Y Description Recommended action Pre
112. the fuser power supply PCB 2 of 2 240 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 1 of Al 241 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 2 of 3 242 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 3 of A 243 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 4 of A 243 Removing and replacing the fuser paper Sensor sssssnssssssseeertrerrnrreneseee 244 Removing and replacing the fuser delivery sensor and output bin full sensor 1 0f 2 ciun RID POMPE RD E 245 Removing and replacing the fuser delivery sensor and output bin full Sensor 2 Of 2 ione tem te teta pepe atus A 245 Removing and replacing the static discharge combi 246 Removing and replacing the static discharge eliminator unit HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only sse 246 Removing and replacing the formatter fan ssesese 247 Removing and replacing the cartridge fan ssssssesssss 248 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 1 of 2 249 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 2 of 2 250 xvii xviii Figure 6 88 Figure 6 89 Figure 6 90 Figure 6 91 Figure 6 92 Figure 6 93 Figure 6 94 Figure 6 95 Figure 6 96 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 7 9 Figure 7 10 Figure 7 11 Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 Figure 7 14 Figure 7 15 Figure 7
113. this procedure for each of the four clips 11 Remove the plate that covers the laser scanner units ATTENZIONE PRECAUCION B VARO 1 VARNING 3 ADVARSEL sl Figure 6 59 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 2 of 8 Reinstallation tip When reinserting the four wire clips insert the left end of the clip first thread the clip under the center notch and then insert the right end of the clip 12 Disconnect the four laser scanner connectors from the DC controller callout 3 228 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 13 Unwind the cables from the stays and thread the connectors through the slot so they are free of the printer frame Figure 6 60 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 3 of 8 14 On the left side of the printer remove the screw above the DC controller shown in callout 4 Figure 6 61 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 4 of 8 15 Grasp the top of the laser scanner retaining bar where indicated in callout 5 and push it towards the laser scanners to release it ENWW Internal components rear 229 16 Rotate the bar down CAUTION The scanner retaining bars are under spring tension Remove them carefully Figure 6 62 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 5 of 8 17 On the right side of the printer remove the screw shown in callout 6 Figure 6 63 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 6 of 8 18 Grasp the top of the lase
114. to an actual date A AZT Cold reset paper eder ede en e derer e o ede er re oer ede edd 421 Diagrams eM M n 422 Main o Luc M tendons 422 Re rc 424 Solenoid and ee EE 425 Motors and CC EE 426 e 427 eexeenieds AA 428 EUREN 429 500 sheet paper feeder Connectors eren 432 General circuit dIagrat 22 2c erae E ete aoc ee De esee De due ede ene vede deu pax Ree dde 433 500 sheet paper feeder circuit diagram ssssssssssseeeenene 434 8 Parts and diagrams WATHODUCUION pP U 436 SE ac M 437 Supplies and accessories ssssssssssssssssssssseeeee eene entren nennen 437 Common EE 442 Illustrations and parts lists printer A AAG Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 20 00 2022 cceceeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeceecaeeaeeeeeeeeees 494 Alphabetical parts let 508 Numerical parts E TT 517 Index ENWW ENWW List of tables Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7 Table 1 8 Table 1 9 Table 1 10 Table 1 11 Table 1 12 Table 1 13 Table 1 14 Table 1 15 Table 1 16 Table 1 17 Table 1 18 Table 1 19 Table 1 20 Table 1 21 Table 1 22 Table 1 23 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 3 1
115. toner gets on your clothes wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash your clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric 4 Close the ETB and store the cleaning brush inside the front cover If you are replacing the ETB a new cleaning brush is included Discard the old cleaning brush and store the new one inside the front cover 5 Close the front cover and then the top cover Cleaning the OHT sensor Clean the OHT sensor horizontal registration transparency sensor when the printer control panel reports paper is being used instead of the desired transparency Also clean the sensor when images on the front and back of the printed page do not align A brush to clean the OHT sensor is stored at the base of the printer underneath the cyan print cartridge To clean the OHT sensor 1 Lift the top cover of the printer Grasp the front cover and pull down and then grasp the green handles on the ETB and pull down M In P EE v y SE v JH 2 Remove the cyan print cartridge from the printer CAUTION Do not place the cyan print cartridge on the ETB while it is open If the ETB is damaged severe print quality problems might result ENWW Periodic cleaning 103 3 Remove the OHT sensor cleaning brush from the base of the printer 4 Insert the brush into the notch and brush from left to right four or five times CAUTION Do not brush back and forth over the sensor Doing so will smear dust
116. unhook the switch rod from the low voltage power supply shown in callout 3 11 Remove the two screws shown in callout 4 12 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 5 Figure 6 54 Removing and replacing the low voltage power supply right side of printer 3 of 4 13 At the left rear corner of the printer remove the screw shown in callout 6 14 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 7 15 Slide the low voltage power supply unit callout 8 out of the printer Figure 6 55 Removing and replacing the low voltage power supply 4 of 4 Formatter case Use the following steps to remove the formatter case ENWW Internal components rear 225 To remove the formatter case Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the left cover See Left cover Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield Remove the right cover See Right cover ch m QI ome Q0 OO I Disconnect the formatter ribbon cable shown in callout 1 CAUTION When removing the formatter ribbon cable be careful not to tear it Use a flat blade screwdriver to release the brown tab over the connection Do not pull on the ribbon cable without releasing this tab 8 If you have not already removed the low voltage power supply unit disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 Figure 6 56 Removing and replacing the formatter case 1 of 2 9 Att
117. user can configure the HIGH SPEED item in the control panel menu This item is found in the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu under I O menu and PARALLEL INPUT The default setting YES allows the I O to run at the higher speeds supported by most newer computers When set to NO the parallel interface runs at the slower mode that is compatible with older computers The user can also configure the ADVANCED FUNCTIONS item The default setting ON allows for two way parallel communications The OFF mode disables the advanced functionality The I O is compatible with the bidirectional parallel interface standard Expanded I O HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only The optional HP Fast InfraRed receiver enables wireless printing from any iRDA compliant portable device such as a laptop computer to the printer The printing connection is maintained by positioning the sending infrared port within operating range The connection can be blocked by objects such as a hand or paper or by direct sunlight or any bright light shining into either infrared port Flash HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only Optional flash is available in 4 MB flash memory DIMMs for storing forms fonts and signatures For HP Color LaserJet 5550 models an optional compact flash is available for storing forms fonts and signatures in different sizes Hard disk accessory The optional hard disk accessory can be mounted in one of the EIO slots on the rear of the formatter The optional
118. wrinkled or folded paper part two paper path exit to diagnose the problem If paper is not wrinkled at this stage use Table 7 15 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part one paper path entrance to diagnose the problem See Print Stop test for more information on the Print Stop test Table 7 15 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part one paper path entrance Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part one paper path entrance Registration shutter is defective Make sure the registration shutter is clean and moves smoothly If the registration shutter is worn or damaged replace the paper pickup assembly Registration roller or sub registration roller is Replace the paper pickup assembly dirty or defective Paper path has foreign substances or dirt Remove any foreign substances or dirt from the paper path If the feed guide is damaged replace the paper pickup assembly Paper transport troubleshooting 341 Table 7 15 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part one paper path entrance continued Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part one paper path entrance Cartridge shutter open close mechanism is The shutters in each print cartridge should open damaged as you close the ETB If a shutter does not open reseat that cartridge Replace the cartridge if necessary Also check for a damaged shutter mechanism in the printer This applies to jams in which paper is crumpled into an accordion fold somewhere
119. your language preference For example the Installer English folder contains the Installer icon for the English printer software Double click the HP LaserJet Installers folder Follow the instructions on the computer screen Double click the Installer icon for the desired language On your computer double click Applications Utilities and then Print Center Click Add Printer Select the AppleTalk connection type on OS X 10 1 and the Rendezvous connection type on OS X 10 2 9 Select the printer name 10 Click Add Printer 11 Close the Print Center by clicking the Close button in the upper left corner o Jm mF D Macintosh computers cannot be connected directly to the printer using a parallel port Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections USB HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Macintosh computers do not support parallel port connections This section explains how to install the printing system software for Mac OS 9 X and later The Apple LaserWriter driver must be installed to use the PPD files Use the Apple LaserWriter 8 driver that came with your Macintosh computer To install the printing system software 1 Connect a USB cable between the USB port on the printer and the USB port on the computer Use a standard 2 meter USB cable 2 Close all software programs that are open or running 3 Insert the printer CD ROM into the CD ROM drive and run the installer The CD ROM menu runs auto
120. 00 38 8 in 28 25 in 24 8 in 250 Ibs with optional Tray 3 and stand HP Color 1119 mm 718mm 630 mm 128 kg LaserJet 5500 44 in 28 25 in 24 8 in 283 Ibs with optional Trays 3 and 4 and stand Table 1 5 Physical dimensions HP Color LaserJet 5550 models HP Color 640 mm 704 mm 577 mm 60 kg LaserJet 5550 25 2 in 27 7 in 22 7 in 132 Ibs 5550n and 5550dn models HP Color 986 mm 718mm 630 mm 113 kg LaserJet 5550 38 8 in 28 25 in 24 8 in 250 Ibs with optional Trays 3 and stand HP Color 1237 mm 718 mm 630 mm 144 kg LaserJet 48 7 in 28 25 in 24 8 in 317 Ibs 5550hdn models with optional Trays 3 4 and 5 and stand Table 1 6 Acoustic emissions HP Color LaserJet 5500 Activity level Operator 1m Bystander 1m LpAm96 dB A LpAm49 dB A LwAd6 5 Bels A LpAm35 dB A LpAm33 dB A LwAd4 9 Bels A inaudible inaudible inaudible 10 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Note Note ENWW Table 1 6 Acoustic emissions HP Color LaserJet 5500 continued Activity level Operator 1m Bystander 1m LpAmN A dB A LpAmN A dB A LWAdN A Bels A These values are subject to change See http www hp com support j5500 for current information Table 1 7 Acoustic emissions HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Sound Power Level Declared Per ISO 9296 Printing 28 PPM Lwag 6 6 Bels A 66 dB A Ready Lwag 4 9 Bels A 49 dB A Sound Pressure Level Byst
121. 00 5500n 5500dn models contain 96MB of synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM Memory specification All HP Color LaserJet 5550 series printers use 200 pin SODIMM that support 128 or 256MB of RAM HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn and 5500hdn printer models contain 160MB SDRAM HP Color LaserJet 5550 5550n 5550dn models contain 160MB DDR plus 32MB of additional memory on the formatter board and an additional open DIMM slot HP Color LaserJet 5550dtn and 5550hdn models contain 288MB of SDRAM 256MB DDR plus 32MB of additional memory on the formatter board and an additional DIMM slot These printer models contain two 200 pin SODIMM slots that accept 128 or 256 MB RAM each Optional hard drive can be added via an EIO slot included with the HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn and 5550hdn models only This is optional for all other printer models Graphic display on control panel Enhanced Help with animated graphics Embedded Web server to access support and order supplies network connected printers HP Toolbox software provides printer status and alerts configure printer settings view documentation and troubleshooting information and print internal printer information pages for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only HP PCL 6 HP PCL 5c PostScript 3 emulation Automatic language switching Direct PDF support HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only XHTML support HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Job storage for printers with a hard disk
122. 00 sheet paper feeder right cover 1 of 2 250 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 6 89 ENWW 3 Remove the two screws shown in callout 3 and slide the left cover toward the back to remove it One screw is on the front of the paper feeder underneath the cover you removed in step 2 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder right cover 2 of 2 Paper feeder pickup and feed rollers The procedure for removing the 500 sheet paper feeder pickup and feed rollers is essentially the same as for the cassette Tray 2 pickup rollers See To remove the paper pickup and feed rollers for instructions Paper feeder separation roller The procedure for removing the 500 sheet feeder separation roller is essentially the same as for the cassette Tray 2 separation roller See To remove the cassette separation roller for instructions Paper feeder pickup unit Use the following steps to remove the paper feeder pickup unit To remove the paper feeder pickup unit 1 Remove the paper feeder left cover and right cover See Paper feeder left cover and Paper feeder right cover Optional 500 sheet paper feeder 251 2 Onthe left side of the paper feeder disconnect the two connectors shown in callout 1 and remove the cables from the cable clip Figure 6 90 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup unit 1 of 3 3 On the right side of the paper feeder disconnect the two connectors shown in callout
123. 122 Replace the antenna PCB Replace the memory PCB Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 295 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message 13 XX YY DUPLEX JOB INTERRUPTED For help press alternates with 13 XX YY DUPLEX JOB INTERRUPTED Discard top sheet and press v or 13 XX YY DUPLEX JOB INTERRUPTED Discard top two sheets and press v 13 XX YY JAM IN DUPLEX PATH For help press 13 XX YY JAM IN JAMS IN PAPER PATH For help press 296 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description A duplex job was interrupted by interference as media passed through the output bin during duplexing There is a jam in the duplex path There is a jam in the top cover area Recommended action Press for more information Remove one or two pages from the output bin as directed by the display 3 Press v to continue printing Note If OFF some pages will not be reprinted Re send the missing pages Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press 4 and to step through the instructions Check if the ETB rollers or gears are worn or defective Replace the ETB if they are Check the duplex feed guide which is part of the control panel crossmember assembly If the guide is worn or damaged replace the crossmember assembly Pr
124. 123 To install an HP Jetdirect print server card 1 Turn the printer off 3 Locate an empty EIO slot Loosen and remove the two retaining screws holding the cover for the EIO slot onto the printer and then remove the cover You will not need these screws and cover again 124 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW 4 Firmly insert the HP Jetdirectprint server card into the EIO slot Insert and tighten the retaining screws that came with the print server card ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 125 7 Print a configuration page see To print a configuration page In addition to a printer configuration page and a Supplies Status page an HP Jetdirect configuration page that contains network configuration and status information should also print If it does not print uninstall and reinstall the print server card to ensure that it is completely seated in the slot or try one of the other available slots 8 Perform one of these steps e Choose the correct port See the computer or operating system documentation for instructions e Reinstall the software choosing the network installation this time 126 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW Theory of operation This chapter describes how to use the engine control system laser scanner system image information system and pickup feed system for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer SE lee e Te e
125. 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in Tray 2 Press for detailed TRAY 2 um about clearing the For help press Press a and to step through the instructions Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Clean the feed roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Replace the Tray 2 pickup clutch Replace the pickup motor Replace the paper pickup assembly Check the cassette lifter mechanism for proper operation Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now ENWW Numerical printer messages 299 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in Tray 3 or Press for detailed TRAY X For help press 20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY For help press alternates with 20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY To continue press v 22 EIO X BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue press v 22 PARALLEL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW For help press alternates with 22 PARALLEL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue press v 300 Chapter7 Troubleshooting Tray 4 The printer has received more data from the computer than fits in available memory The printer s EIO card in slot X has overflowed its UO buffer during a busy state The printer s parallel buffer has overflowed during a busy state information about
126. 2 and remove the cables from the cable guides Figure 6 91 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup unit 2 of 3 4 Atthe front of the paper feeder remove the two screws shown in callout 3 252 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Slide the pickup unit forward then push it down to remove it Figure 6 92 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup unit 3 of 3 Reinstallation tip Remove the paper cassette that is above the paper feeder pickup unit that you are reinstalling While inserting the pickup unit lift up on the pickup roller to help the pickup unit seat properly Paper feeder lifter drive unit Use the following steps to remove the paper feeder lifter drive unit To remove the 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive unit 1 Remove the paper feeder right cover See Paper feeder right cover 2 Disconnect the two connectors shown in callout 1 and remove the cables from the cable clip ENWW Optional 500 sheet paper feeder 253 3 Remove the six screws shown in callout 2 and pull out the lifter drive unit Figure 6 93 Removing and replacing the paper feeder lifter drive unit Paper feeder length and width detection switches The paper length and width detection switches are located on the left side of the paper feeder next to the paper feeder PCB The length detection switch is towards the rear of the paper feeder and the width detection switch is toward the front To remove the pape
127. 2 and remove the cassette paper length detection switch by pushing it into the cassette cavity Remove the switch cover shown in callout 3 and disconnect the connector indicated in callout 4 it is behind the cover Internal components left side 219 6 Remove the paper width detection switch by squeezing the two tabs in the same manner as for the paper length detection switch Figure 6 47 Removing and replacing the cassette paper size detection switch Power supply fan Use the following steps to remove and replace the power supply fan To remove the power supply fan 1 Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield 2 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 3 Unhook the three tabs shown in callout 2 and remove the power supply fan 220 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the power supply fan be sure that the arrow marked on the fan holder and the arrow marked on the fan are pointing in the same direction Figure 6 48 Figure 6 49 Removing and replacing the power supply fan 2 of 2 ENWW Internal components left side 221 Internal components rear Use the following steps to remove and replace the rear internal components of the printer Formatter Use the following steps to remove the formatter To remove the formatter 1 Remove the eight screws shown in callout 1 222 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Graspthe black d
128. 2 V or 24 V replace the power supply fan Replace the low voltage power supply Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 58 X None A memory tag error was detected Tur the printer off and then PRINTER ERROR X Description pack on Replace the memory PCB For help press 3 CPU p H 4 Replace the DC controller alternates with power supply PCB Calibrate the printer 58 X after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 308 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message 59 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 59 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on ENWW Event log error message Description A printer motor error has occurred X Description 0 motor error 1 motor startup error 2 motor rotation error 3 fuser motor startup error 4 fuser motor rotation error 5 print cartridge motor startup error 6 print cartridge motor rotation error 9 ETB motor startup error A ETB motor rotation error B developing disengaging motor startup error C developing disengaging motor rotation error Y Description 0 no color K black C cyan M magenta Y yellow Numerical printer messages Recommended action Turn the printer off and then back on This message might a
129. 3 RAS 11 x 17 BA JIS B5 JIS Double post card JIS 16K 8K Executive JIS 12 x 18 8 5 x 13 A6 JIS B6 Statement 10 envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope Monarch Envelope Tray 1 has no automatically detectable standard sizes Plain paper 75 to 89 g m 100 sheets 20 to 23 Ib bond 75 g m 20 Ib bond Media requirements 19 Table 1 18 Tray 1 paper sizes and types continued Weight or thickness Capacity 60 to 74 g m 100 sheets 16 to 19 Ib bond Tray 1 Light paper Intermediate paper Heavy paper Extra heavy paper Cardstock Glossy paper Heavy Glossy High Gloss Images Transparency Tough Paper Envelopes Labels 90 to 104 g m 24 to 27 Ib bond 105 to 119 g m 28 to 31 Ib bond 120 to 164 g m 32 to 43 Ib bond 163 to 200 g m 44 to 53 Ib bond 75 to 105 g m 20 to 28 Ib bond 106 to 120 g m 29 to 32 Ib bond 120 to 120 g m 32 to 32 Ib bond 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick 0 10 to 0 13 mm thick 4 to 5 mils thick 75 to 105 g m 20 envelopes 20 to 28 Ib bond Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4
130. 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message NON HP CARTRIDGE IN USE alternates with Ready For menus press v NON HP CARTRIDGE DETECTED ORDER COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with To continue press ORDER COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with XXXX PAGES LEFT ENWW Event log error message Description The printer has detected that a non HP print cartridge is currently installed A new cartridge has been installed that is not made by HP This message is displayed until an HP cartridge is installed or until Stop is pressed The identified print cartridge is nearing the end of its useful life and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set to STOP Override by pressing v The identified print cartridge is near end of life The printer is ready and will continue for the estimated number of pages indicated Alphabetical printer messages Recommended action If you believe the cartridge is an HP cartridge please call the HP fraud hotline at 877 219 3183 Any printer repair required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not covered under HP warranty If you believe the cartridge is an HP cartridge please call the HP fraud hotline at 877 219 3183 Any printer repair required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not covered under HP warranty To continue printing press Stop The first pending job will be cancelle
131. 3 Printing on Special Meda ie tct ecce ten Pen pe cde a e Lgs ete ge odia 23 Bel Eeler T T UU UT 23 Printing On transparencles ict eee Lc Ee Eee REDE ER RR co ENNER hanes 23 Glossy PAPER exes m 24 Colored Pape fca secdecteaveahes ashi I LUTTE 24 lalzzWdv ulqgee 24 Printing images HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 25 suu 25 Labelen Mega 9 25 HP LaserJet Tough paper nennen nennen tnnt enses nenne 26 Preprinted forms and letterhead ssssssssssssssseeee eene ern 26 Recycled paper EE 26 Weighlitequivalence e E 27 Hewlett Packard warranty Statement 28 Limited warranty for print cartridge life ssse mem 29 Transfer unit and fuser warranty sssssssssssseeeeeeeene nenne enne nnne nnns 30 Declaration of Conformity ssssssssssssssseeeeneenenn mener ener ener nens 31 Safety informalo e H 32 Laser safety statement ssssssssssssesseenene eene nennen enne nennen eren nnne 32 Canadian DOC regulations reiner ebd e ea aee gc 32 EMI statement Korea sssssssseeeeneeeneen emere nennen nennen 32 VCCI statement Japan EE 33 Laser Statement for Finland emere 34 IECUR ETE 35 Model Configurations This printer combines the quality and reliability of Hewlett Packard printing with the features listed below For more infor
132. 302 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RS7 0320 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RS7 0320 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RS7 0321 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RS7 0321 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RS7 0323 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RS7 0326 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 VD7 0648 001CN Table 8 7 on page 455 VD7 1732 002CN fuse 250 v 20 amp 100 127 v fuse 250 v 4 Table 8 7 on page 455 VD7 0644 001CN amp 220 240 v VS1 6760 006CN Table 8 13 on page 467 WC4 5188 000CN Table 8 12 on page 465 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 12 on page 465 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 17 on page 475 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 18 on page 477 WG8 5362 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 XA9 1162 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 XA9 1329 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 XA9 1330 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 ENWW Numerical parts list 523 524 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Index Symbols Numerics 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder locating 9 2 sided printing jams 339 operation 180 500 sheet paper feeder locating 8 9 model configurations 2 A access denied 97 accessories cleaning 100 installation 62 ordering 39 partnumbers 437 adhesive labels printing 25 alerts e mail 384 alienation motor component test 414 removing and replacing 212 ammonia based cleaners avoiding 100 ASCII escape sequence 98 assemblies remanufactured 40 replacing 38 atmospheric pressure 12 attaching rollers locating 154 AUTOEXEC BAT 369 auxiliary connection 72 au
133. 50 only The Tray 5 paper width detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the front set of sensors Q Remove the left cover of Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 only The Tray 5 paper length detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the rear set of sensors R The door switch is located on the right front of the printer frame underneath the right cover HP Color LaserJet 5550 only Manual sensor test special mode test HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Use this test to test paper path sensors and the door open switch manually The following illustrations and tables show the locations of these sensors 1 oc Roo N Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or MENU HP Color LaserJet 5550 to open the MENUS Press e to highlight DIAGNOSTICS Press v to select DIAGNOSTICS Press w to highlight MANUAL SENSOR TEST Press v to select MANUAL SENSOR TEST Diagnostics 409 6 Open and close doors or move sensor flags to see the sensor status change on the control panel display Figure 7 24 Location of sensors Cassette paper sensor PS901 Paper stuck surface sensor PS902 Paper feed sensor PS9 Multi purpose tray paper sensor PS802 Top of page sensor PS801 Horizontal registration transparency sensor IS1 Pick up sensor PS9 Fusing paper sensor PS8 Fusing delivery paper sensor PS7 10 Delivery tray paper full sensor 11 ETB
134. 50 only Table 8 22 on page 491 volt new Q3984 69001 110 volt exchange Q3985 67901 220 volt new Q3985 69001 220 volt exchange Q3984 69001 fuser 100 127 v 5550 only fuser 220 240 v Table 8 8 on page 457 exchange 5550 only Q3985 69001 exchange RB2 8213 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 RB2 8246 000CN Table 8 7 on page 455 RB2 9066 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 RB2 9145 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 RB2 9146 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RB2 9147 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RB2 9150 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RB2 9151 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 ENWW Numerical parts list 517 Table 8 29 Numerical parts list continued RB2 9152 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RB2 9350 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 RB2 9358 020CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RB2 9359 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RB2 9378 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 RB2 9379 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 RB2 9390 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 RB2 9391 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 RB2 9392 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 RB2 9393 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 RB2 9475 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 RB2 9478 020CN Table 8 7 on page 455 RB2 9561 030CN Table 8 14 on page 469 RB3 1305 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 RB5 1305 00 Table 8 9 on page 459 RF5 3338 000CN roller pickup Table 8 27 on page 507 single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit RF5 3338 000CN roller separation Table 8 25 on page 501 single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit See second note below
135. 50dtn model The HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn has two optional 500 sheet stackable feeders and the HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn has three optional 500 sheet stackable feeders Installing optional printer stand HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 1 Place the printer stand in the prepared location CAUTION The prepared location must be level sturdy and must support all four corners of the printer stand 2 lttakes four people to lift and move the printer Grip the printer at the four corners and move it to the prepared location ENWW Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 65 3 Use the guide pins on the printer stand to align the 500 sheet paper feeder as you lower it onto the printer stand 4 Insert an attachment screw into each of the four alignment holes Using your fingers or a coin tighten the screws to attach the printer to the 500 sheet paper feeder Note This is true for each device sheet feeder and or a printer stand E 5 Gently lower the printer onto the 500 sheet paper feeder CAUTION Avoid bending the guide pins while lowering the printer Note The above graphic represents the HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn model The HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn has three 500 sheet stackable sheet feeders Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Some printer models are shipped without the control panel overlay installed or you mig
136. 5500 or www hp com support clj5550 Installing Windows printing system software for direct connections Only the HP LaserJet 5550 models support the USB cable connection described in this section This section explains how to install the printing system software for Microsoft Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 and Windows XP When installing the printing software in a direct connect environment always install the software before connecting the parallel or USB cable If the parallel or USB cable was connected before the software installation see Installing the software after the parallel or USB cable has been connected Either a parallel or USB cable can be used for the direct connection However you cannot connect both the parallel and USB cable at the same time Use an IEEE 1284 C cable or a standard 2 meter USB cable Windows NT 4 0 does not support USB cable connections To install the printing system software 1 Close all software programs that are open or running 2 Insert the printer CD ROM into the CD ROM drive If the welcome screen does not open start it by using the following procedure e On the Start menu click Run e Type the following x setup where x is the letter of the CD ROM drive e Click OK When prompted click Install Printer and follow the instructions on the computer screen Click Finish when the installation has been completed You might need to restart the computer ER
137. 6848 150CN 110 volt new C9656 69012 110 volt exchange RG5 6701 000CN 220 volt new C9656 69002 220 volt exchange fuser assembly 5550 only Q3984 67901 110 volt new Q3984 69001 110 volt exchange Q3985 67901 220 volt new Q3985 69001 220 volt exchange sensor flag assembly RG5 6842 000CN sensor flag assembly RG5 6842 040CN Illustrations and parts lists printer 491 Figure 8 25 Fuser assembly 2 of 2 Note Table 8 22 Fuser assembly lists parts shown in Figure 8 24 Fuser assembly 1 of 2 and Figure 8 25 Fuser assembly 2 of 2 If you order a replacement fuser you will receive all the parts shown in both figures 492 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 493 Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder The following illustrations and parts tables list the field replaceable units FRU for the 500 sheet paper feeder on this printer Figure 8 26 500 sheet paper feeder assembly location diagram 494 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 23 500 sheet paper feeder assemblies optional 500 sheet paper feeder and Tray 3 C7130 67901 or Tray 4 assembly paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6748 050CN 1 see Figure 8 32 500 sheet paper feeder paper pickup assembly lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6753 030CN see Figure 8 31 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly cassette 500 sheet f
138. 7 8164 U S only e HP Distribution Center HPD 661 257 5565 Fax 805 257 6995 Note In other regions contact your local sales office Table 2 2 Related documentation and software HP LaserJet Family Print Media Guide 5963 7863 HP JetDirect Print Server Administrator s Guide 5971 3257 PCL PJL Technical Reference Package 5021 0377 42 Chapter 2 Service approach ENWW Table 2 2 Related documentation and software continued Description Part Number HP Color LaserJet 5500 Series Getting Started C9656 90925 Guide HP Color LaserJet 5500 Series Service Manual Q3713 90942 HP Color LaserJet 5500 Series Printer Service Q3713 60112 and Support CD ROM ENWW Parts and supplies 43 HP maintenance agreements HP has several types of maintenance agreements that meet a wide range of support needs Maintenance agreements are not part of the standard warranty Support services may vary by area Check with your local HP dealer to determine the services available to you On site service agreements To provide you with the level of support best suited to your needs HP has on site service agreements with three response times Priority on site service This agreement provides 4 hour service response to your site for calls made during normal HP business hours Next day on site service This agreement provides support by the next working day following a service request Extended coverage hours and extended travel beyond HP s desi
139. 8 9 setting up 71 ENWW part numbers accessories 437 cables 438 cassette 478 control panel overlays 439 covers 448 developing disengaging assembly 474 drum drive unit 472 ETB 486 fuser 490 fuser drive unit 476 media 438 memory 439 paper feeder 496 paper feeder cassette 500 paper feeder lifter drive unit 504 paper pickup drive unit 470 paper pickup unit 482 PCBs 445 reference material 441 supplies 441 part numbers internal components 468 internal components lt startrange gt 452 parts compact disc information 41 ordering 39 437 passwords network 384 service 420 setting 97 PCBs locating 427 partnumbers 445 PCL font lists printing 396 perforations 22 phone numbers Commercial Service and Support Organizations 39 HP Distribution Center 42 phone support 41 photosensitive drum locating 149 pickup motor function 135 pickup feed system overview 169 pickup feed unit overview 172 PIN service 420 PJL Printer Job Language commands 370 overview 143 Technical Reference Manual 98 placement requirements 47 48 ports connecting to 71 locating 8 9 Index 531 postcards printing 24 power consumption 11 13 rating information 6 power supply fuser 135 high voltage 138 low voltage 139 power supply fan function 135 power switch locating 8 9 PowerSave disabling 70 overview 140 power consumption 11 13 PPDs Macintosh 81 84 preprinted forms loading 26 pressure atmospheric 12 primary charging r
140. ANENT STORAGE FULL For help press alternates with 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL To continue press v 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE WRITE FAIL To continue press v 79 XXXX PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 8X YYYY EIO ERROR ENWW Event log error message None None None None Description A non volatile storage device is full Pressing the v button should clear the message Printing can continue but there may be unexpected behavior X Description 0 onboard NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard A non volatile storage device is failing to write Pressing the v button should clear the message Printing can continue but there may be unexpected behavior X Description 0 onboard NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard A critical hardware error has occurred The EIO accessory card in slot X has encountered a critical error Numerical printer messages Recommended action Press v to continue For 68 0 errors turn the printer off and then back on If a 68 0 error persists execute an NVRAM inititialization See NVRAM initialization For 68 1 errors use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the disk drive If a 68 1 errors persists reinitialize the hard disk See Hard disk initialization Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on If the problem persists initialize NVRAM See NVRAM initialization Reinitialize the hard di
141. Aen ssodndumm io Ez T EYEE sve fo Ces ovser sreg Da 3oNvud D ZE 39Nvua Qc cel aser aser os ss TIN cat to czser SINON 3Nnov INTV kee vaser fvezur ZF 89d Aiddns somod Buixiy 09 ian PHS SPY hians 100w I T i QNOd BE al NDS uwen D S HINN uas 813 z z e bae z poou Gs emsodxe 8 A anos pfs epi onos yas CH saver emer I Se T t MS LG wnup Lead 9 8 zinoad QN9d KUER Ge I 1 Ki wer aver soot ya vsizer ozzer zour 6 2 GESS dn yoid eyes SCH of Hie H rer AST EI ZA anoa PE I i esse dod 2 wu oem 9 Y v oer goer eur ivdids Tc L L ser e SE MSS ert E euuejue 9 taag e S L4 pure D I he E T vaeer DE Quos Lars E EE 2 ez lol I 18VLS9 zoor S S nos 42 e aoisyo 39 Gal emsodxe 8 E z S E we SNSBLB ort mega qood iE Haa934 rice Ce Arewud A ovaer I S Rra mm o jeuondo Y LEE soo uur I LE uomas 44 4 too of 23 Laser o Piesi ANOS pes Japa iadeg OLH ee 1 l spons van Aee i dod of 2 No ovear sip PSNSNOL Bl H LS var lI HOTHYd d S 6 euuajue EE er SNSNOL ONS 10SdO I v Sr 3v9 z Ue A v Li z iusso uS S SCH HSNI n D E veer Sarpy Seng Liz be Je gaser g SeuojMs uonoejep OHNIVO3H rg 09f ISNSNOL Otl8lO e ke S agean idees I Enc 3 Nosy we Pap ET S auos civaogv B B 5 ganned up d L as anes neet Arer Loon a31 ensodxe E ViPS weg lvdOQ ES z ZE NONG i n I H Hanay zur Arewud W z ED vivan Oe H vL NONSSd 6 OT 0434 lpsizar oer Pe zi AS EPH asnasa H md I er STEEN gue iud Doo DG in ELS
142. Alternating oi SUITE 34 2 WDGIK 9 ASIC i i combiner IC116 Fuser power supply PCB Heater temperature control circuit The two thermistors that are attached to the fuser sleeve TH101 and TH102 detect the surface temperature of the fuser sleeve The main thermistor TH101 controls the fuser temperature and the sub thermistor TH102 detects overheating at the end of the fuser sleeve When the surface temperature of the fuser sleeve increases resistance of the two thermistors is reduced and the voltage of the main thermistor detection signal MAINTH and the sub thermistor detection signal SUBTH drops The main CPU IC101 on the DC controller monitors the voltage of the MAINTH and SUBTH signals The CPU sends the fuser temperature control signal TMPCON according to the voltage level 136 Chapter 5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW The CPU sends the amperage control signal PRANGE to control the amperage of the fuser sleeve Heater temperature control HP Color LaserJet 5550 models The fixing target temperature for the printer is as follows During STBY 170 C 338 F when power is ON This shifts to 155 C 311 F later on During printing Varies according to the print mode commanded by the formatter Engine control system 137 Figure 5 7 Failure detection HP Color LaserJet 5550 models The main CPU determines an abnormally high temperature when the main thermis
143. B connector are automatically operated With covers removed you must manually perform these steps Diagnostics from the control panel The following sections explain in more detail how to operate the various diagnostics properly Print the event log page The event log lists printer events including jams service errors and other printer conditions Diagnostics 403 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 to open the MENUS 2 Press v to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press vto select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press v to highlight PRINT EVENT LOG 5 Press v to select PRINT EVENT LOG The message Printing EVENT LOG appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the event log The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the event log View the event log on the control panel display The show event log lists the last 50 printer events on the control panel display The most recent event is listed first 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Menu HP Color LaserJet 550 to open the MENUS 2 Press to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press vto select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press to highlight SHOW EVENT LOG 5 Press v to select SHOW EVENT LOG PQ troubleshooting This item prints a series of print quality assessment pages that help troubleshoot print quality problems 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS 2 Pre
144. Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW Installing DDR memory DIMMs for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 1 Turn the printer off ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 119 4 Using a 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the eight screws holding the board in place and set them aside 6 Toreplace a DDR DIMM that is currently installed spread the latches apart on each side of the DIMM slot lift the DDR DIMM up at an angle and pull it out 7 Remove the new DIMM from the antistatic package Locate the alignment notch on the bottom edge of the DIMM ASO PAN 120 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW 8 Holding the DIMM by the edges align the notch on the DIMM with the bar in the DIMM slot at an angle and firmly press the DIMM into the slot until it is fully seated When installed correctly the metal contacts are not visible Note If you have difficulty inserting the DIMM make sure the notch on the bottom of the DIMM is aligned with the bar in the slot If the DIMM still does not go in make sure you are using the correct type of DIMM ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 121 10 Align the formatter board in the tracks at the top and bottom of the slot and then slide the board back into the printer Replace and tighten the eight screws removed in step 4 12 If you installed a memory DIMM go to Enabling memory HP C
145. Check if the attaching roller is damaged If it is damaged replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now The shutters in each print cartridge should open as you close the ETB If a shutter does not open reseat that cartridge Replace the cartridge if necessary Also check for a damaged shutter mechanism in the printer Inspect the cartridge drive assembly in each print cartridge If any are damaged replace the assembly for that print cartridge Make sure the attaching roller is clean and the spring is in place If the roller is damaged replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now Replace the multi purpose tray sensor PCB ENWW ENWW Table 7 11 Jams in the paper path continued Causes for jams in the paper path DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Table 7 12 Jams in the top cover Causes for jams in the top cover Fuser paper sensor or sensor lever is defective Make sure the fuser paper sensor lever moves smoothly and is set in place Replace the lever if itis damaged Replace the sensor if it is defective Fuser sleeve or pressure roller does not rotate If the fuser drive gears are worn or damaged smoothly replace the fuser Fuser inlet guide is dirty or has built up toner Clean the fuser inlet guide Fuser sleeve or pressure
146. DA C cartridge Attaching roller 989 eo Discharging high voltage PCB Memory controller PCB es PRI High voltage ATT power supply pev PCB Print command VIDEO signal DC controller PCB TR Image formation system 146 Chapter5 Theory of operation Photosensitive drum Transfer charging roller ETB belt ENWW ENWW Image formation process The image formation process consists of eleven steps divided among five functional blocks electrostatic latent image formation block developing block transfer block fusing block cleaning block Image formation system 147 Figure 5 13 Figure 5 13 Image formation process illustrates the process The next sections describe the print cartridges and the ETB in detail followed by a description of each functional block The image formation steps are numbered consecutively through the blocks p 2 2 2 4 E S en K Photosensitive drum C 7 Transfer X 10 ETB cleaning A EE I I I l I i I M Photosensitive drum I U U I U l I l I I I I I I 7 Transfer Y Photosensitive ELLA Rete i drum C 7 Transfer X 10 ETB cleaning Electrostatic latent image formation block ERES Preconditioning exposure 2 Primary charging Cleaning block 3
147. E 188 Print cartridges and ETB ier cise e e dd dea 189 Covers and external components sssssssssssssssssseseeeeerenen eene rnnt nnne 190 Rear COVEN E estan 190 MOD COVER ics LEA 190 tear top COVEN EE 191 uge ee 192 egeo E 193 R installation tip EE 194 Multi purpose tray Tray 1 194 eler 195 Control Panel M 196 Cassette COVER p S 198 Internal components front eene nennen nennen enn 199 aper PICKUP Unit rA ESIS Cassette sensor POB tarta e tete et eus dee aene e AEN 200 Multi purpose tray sensor DCH 200 sf le igie Te UToNe AUi EE 201 Bizgen su EUIS 202 Cassette Tray 2 paper pickup and feed rollers sssessssssssses 204 Solenoid AMG ele cL 205 Cassette separation roller 206 Multi purpose tray pickup roller nennen 207 Multi purpose tray separation pad sssssssssssssseeeeeeen enne 208 Color registration detection unit assesses einen nnne nn nnne nan 208 Internal components left e DOE 210 DC controller shield te e d i en aa a a aa eode e Rex NER e RE des 210 Environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 210 Memory tag antenna PCBS asserire retiene EE EAE e AEE 211 E label memory controller PCB ssssssssseeeeenm nennen rennen 217 DC controller POB pe EUER 218 Cassette paper size
148. ERROR For help press alternates with 64 PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE ERROR For help press alternates with 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE ERROR To continue Press v 310 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting No system was found Scan buffer error One or more printer settings saved in the non volatile storage device is invalid and has been reset to its factory default Pressing the v button should clear the message Printing can continue but there may be unexpected behavior X Description 0 onboard NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard Developing disengaging motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J16 for the developing disengaging motor and J1100 for the DC controller PCB Replace the developing disengaging drive assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Turn the printer off and then back on Reseat the firmware DIMM making sure it is in the 168 pin slot J1 Turn the printer off and then back on Perform a cold reset See Cold reset for instructions If the message persists replace the formatter or firmware DIMM Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Check the printer settings to determine which settings have been changed ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message 68 X PERM
149. ETB 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 1 4 PM1 Developing Separates the Stepping motor No disengaging motor photosensitive drums and the developing cylinders 134 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Nes ro s 5 2 Function of motors and fans continued PM2 Lr up motor Drives the pickup roller Stepping motor 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 and feed roller 1 4 PM3 Lifter motor Lowers the pickup Stepping motor roller and raises the lifter FM1 Power supply fan Exhausts heat around DC motor 2 speed full half the DC controller and the low voltage power supply FM2 Formatter fan Exhausts heat around DC motor 2 speed full half the formatter FM3 Cartridge fan Exhausts heat around DC motor 2 speed full half the fuser and cartridges Fuser power supply circuit This printer uses an induction heating method to heat the fuser Figure 5 5 Fuser power supply circuit shows the configuration of the fuser power supply a Main thermistor TH101 Sub thermistor TH102 Fiver power DC controller rint paper supply PCB PCB Pressure roller i d Fuser sleeve CURRENT Current CONTROL control signal circuit l IC101 CPU FUSER SLEEVE N Safety TEMPERATURE metto DETECTION ae signal circuit i 1 Thermoswitch TP 100 Fuser Figure 5 5 Fuser power supply circuit ENWW Engine control system 135 Figure 5 6 The fu
150. EVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press v to select PRINT QUALITY Press to highlight QUICK CALIBRATE NOW Press v to select QUICK CALIBRATE NOW Wait for the printer to calibrate Quick calibrate now HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 419 Service menu This section includes information about service menu options Accessing the Service menu The Service menu is PIN protected for added security Only authorized service people have access to the Service menu When you select SERVICE from the list of menus you are prompted to enter your 8 digit PIN number The PIN for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer is 04555502 and the PIN for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer is 09555004 1 Press A or until the first digit of the PIN is displayed 2 Press vto save the digit The display will replace the digit with an asterisk 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all eight digits are entered 4 Press v at any time to move to the previous digit Clear event log This item allows you to clear the printer s internal event log Total page count The page count stored in NVRAM and printed on the configuration page represents the number of pages that the formatter has formatted not including engine test prints If you install a new formatter when repairing a printer use this menu item to reset the page count to the previous value In this way the page count reflects the number of pages printed by the
151. ElO based hard disk is used for creating multiple original prints mopies and storing forms fonts and signatures Engine control system 141 CPU The HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer formatter incorporates a 400 MHz RISC processor and the HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer formatter incorporates a 533 MHz RISC processor Printer memory If the printer encounters difficulty managing available memory a clearable warning message will appear on the control panel Some printer messages are affected by the auto continue and clearable warning settings from the Configure Device menu under System Setup If CLEARABLE WARNING JOB is set on the control panel warning messages appear on the control panel until the end of the job from which they were generated If CLEARABLE WARNING ON is set warning messages appear on the control panel until v is pressed If an error occurs that prevents printing and AUTO CONTINUE OFF is set the message appears until v is pressed Read only memory Besides storing microprocessor control programs the read only memory ROM stores dot patterns of internal character sets fonts Random access memory The random access memory RAM contains the page I O buffers and the font storage area It stores printing and font information received from the host system and can also serve to temporarily store a full page of print image data before the data is sent to the print engine Memory capacity can be increased by addin
152. Figure 5 37 Paper lifting operation illustrates the components of the cassette paper lifting operation Lifter motor Pick up arm Paper lifting operation Pickup feed system 175 Figure 5 38 Multiple feed prevention The separation roller prevents multiple sheets of paper from entering the paper path If the pickup roller picks only one sheet of paper a clutch in the separation roller allows the paper to feed by rotating in the same direction However if the pickup roller picks multiple sheets the separation roller rotates in the opposite direction from the feed roller pushing the extra sheets back into the cassette Only the top sheet of paper is fed into the printer Figure 5 38 Multiple feed prevention illustrates this procedure Normal feed Feed roller Pick up roller Paper SE 2 KS Rotational force transmitted from the feed roller ke ee Rotational force transmitted through the clutch Separation roller Multiple feed Multiple feed prevention Overhead transparency detection In order to prevent print quality problems the printer prints on overhead transparencies OHT at a slower speed than on plain paper The printer has a horizontal registration transparency sensor in the pickup unit that detects an OHT and signals the DC controller to slow the motors accordingly This sensor also detects the side to side alignment of paper which is useful for duplex printing The horizontal re
153. G5 7711 000CN RG5 7711 000CN RG5 7718 000CN RG5 7723 000CN RG5 7723 000CN RG5 7723 000CN drum drive assembly cyan magenta drum drive Table 8 16 on page 473 cyan magenta assembly black drum drive assembly yellow RG5 7725 000CN black RG5 7724 000CN yellow RG5 7724 000CN drum drive assembly yellow Table 8 6 on page 453 drum drive assembly black Table 8 6 on page 453 RG5 7725 000CN RG5 7727 000CN fuser connector mount assembly 5550 only Table 8 10 on page 461 Rear top cover assembly 5550 only Table 8 4 on page 449 ETB assembly Table 8 8 on page 457 RG5 7732 000CN RG5 7737 000CN RG5 7737 000CN ETB assembly Table 8 21 on page 487 new C9656 69003 exchange RG5 9485 000CN Rear cover Table 8 4 on page 449 roller assembly MP tray pickup Table 8 19 on page 479 cable flat Table 8 7 on page 455 cable flat Table 8 9 on page 459 RG9 1529 000CN RH2 5510 000CN RH2 5511 000CN RH7 1491 000CN fan formatter Table 8 9 on page 459 522 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 29 Numerical parts list continued Part number Table and page RH7 1526 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 RH7 1617 000CN Table 8 18 on page 477 RH7 1618 000CN Table 8 21 on page 487 RH7 1619 000CN Table 8 15 on page 471 RH7 5329 000CN Table 8 15 on page 471 RH7 5330 000CN Table 8 15 on page 471 RS5 9175 000CN Table 8 24 on page 497 RS6 2626 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RS6 2632 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 RS7 0
154. HP color LaserJet 5500 5550 Printers HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550 Printers Service Manual 2004 Copyright Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws The information contained herein is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and Services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Part number Q3713 90942 Edition 1 9 2004 Trademark Credits Adobe Adobe Photoshop and PostScript amp are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett Packard Company under license Corel is a trademark or registered trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel Corporation Limited Linux is a U S registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Microsoft is a U S registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation PANTONE Pantone Inc s check standard trademark for color UNIX is a registered trademark of the Open Group Windows is a U S registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation ENWW Table of contents 1 Printer description Model Configurations sssrinin arra RARA ra nn nennt
155. ICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL INDIRECT PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS FROM ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE In the event that your product proves to be defective please return to place of purchase with a written description of the problem Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Declaration of Conformity Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Company Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP Color LaserJet 5500 series Including 500 sheet paper feeder Regulatory Model Number BOISB 0202 00 Product Options All conforms to the following Product Specifications Safety IEC 60950 1991 A1 A2 A3 A4 EN60950 1992 A1 A2 A3 A4 A11 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 EN 60825 1 A11 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 1995 EMC CISPR 22 1993 A1 A2 EN 55022 1994 A1 A2 Class B EN 61000 3 2 1995 A14 EN 61000 3 3 1995 EN 55024 1998 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class B ICES 003 Issue 3 GB9254 1998 AS NZS 3548 1995 A1 A2 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and carries the CE Marking accordingly 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett
156. ION 3 Press vto select INFORMATION 4 Press to highlight PRINT FILE DIRECTORY 5 Press vto select PRINT FILE DIRECTORY The message Printing FILE DIRECTORY appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the file directory page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the file directory page Note The file directory page for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models contains the same file directory page information as the page shown below Device Type CARD SLOT Device Location CARD slot 1 Device Capacity 4080 KB Free Space 3797 KB Write Protect DISABLED Permissions ner File Size Directory File Name drwxrwxrwx Directory 0 irwxrwx Directory 0 PermStore v ps SP FF rst 416 ps 1F 12 dat 52 ps 1F 13 dat Directory 0 PostScript Directory O PUL Figure 7 15 File directory page for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models ENWW Print the file directory page 395 Print the PCL font list page The PCL font list page list the PCL fonts that are available on the printer 1 2 3 4 5 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS Press vw to highlight INFORMATION Press v to select INFORMATION Press v to highlight PRINT PCL FONT LIST Press v to select PRINT PCL FONT LIST The message PRINTING PCL FONT LIST appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the PCL fonts list page The printer
157. M initialization For 68 1 errors use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the disk drive If a 68 1 errors persists reinitialize the hard disk See Hard disk initialization Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on If the problem persists initialize NVRAM See NVRAM initialization Reinitialize the hard disk See Hard disk initialization Turn the printer off and then back on If the problem persists reseat the firmware DIMM Reseat the formatter Replace the firmware DIMM Replace the formatter Calibrate the priner See Calibrate now Turn the printer off and then back on If the problem persists reseat the EIO card Replace the EIO card Turn the printer off and then back on Perform a cold reset See Cold reset for instructions If the message persists replace the formatter or firmware DIMM Numerical printer messages 327 Replacement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 models When the following parts are replaced perform the procedures shown in this section e Both the formatter and the DC controller e Formatter new or previously installed in another printer e DC controller new or previously installed in another printer Note The HP Color LaserJet 5550 models store printer configuration information in the flash memory card Always print a configuration page before and after wait five minutes after the printer power is tu
158. N Illustrations and parts lists printer 461 Internal components 6 of 9 Figure 8 10 ENWW 462 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 11 Internal components 6 of 9 DREES emma Jee o __ Pconcireca ssw Jemen o Illustrations and parts lists printer 463 ne d Internal components 7 of 9 Figure 8 11 ENWW 464 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 12 Internal components 7 of 9 cartridge inlet assembly RG5 6726 000CN contact assembly RG5 6844 000CN EN fan power supply RH7 1491 000CN Illustrations and parts lists printer 465 Internal components 8 of 9 Figure 8 12 ENWW 466 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 13 Internal components 8 of 9 DREES Cc a CC Illustrations and parts lists printer 467 Internal components 9 of 9 Figure 8 13 ENWW 468 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Table 8 14 Internal components 9 of 9 static discharge comb 5500 only RG5 6846 000CN static discharge comb 5550 only Q3713 67901 static discharge PCB assembly RG5 6845 000CN static discharge cleaning brush RB2 9561 030CN ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 469 Paper pickup drive assembly 14 Figure 8 ENWW 470 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Table 8 15 Pape
159. N correctly After three incorrect PIN entries the printer will return to Ready Press v and then press for help Follow the instructions on the display to locate and replace the incorrect supply Press 4 and to step through the instructions Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message INSTALL COLOR The cartridge is either not installed Insert the cartridge or make CARTRIDGE or not correctly installed in the sure the cartridge is fully printer seated alternates with Press for detailed For help press information Press a and to step through the instructions If the error persists replace the cartridge Verify that the connectors between the memory tag antenna memory controller board and the DC controller are seated properly Replace the antenna PCB for the indicated color Replace the memory controller PCB Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now INSTALL FUSER The fuser is either not installed or Insert the fuser or make sure not correctly installed in the printer the installed fuser is fully For help press seated Press for detailed information Press a and to step through the instruction
160. Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This product includes LAN Local Area Network options When the interface cable is attached to LAN connectors the product meets the requirements of EN55022 Class A in which case the following applies Warning This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Boise Idaho 83713 USA 30 June 2004 For regulatory topics only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard Gmbh Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Stra e 130 B blingen D 71034 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product Relations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise ID 83707 0015 USA 208 396 6000 ENWW Declaration of Conformity 31 Safety information WARNING Figure 1 7 Laser safety statement The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products ma
161. Pee eed 363 Causes for distortion or blurring senes 364 Causes for smearing iine Mo oct eq tpa ete Rhet e ir pde 365 Causes for a misplaced image sssssssssee eene 365 Repetitive defect spacing ssssssssssssssssseeseseereenene enin 366 Communications check 369 Information menu descriptions sssssssssssssseeeeenen eene 373 Printing menu values and descriptions 000 02 ee eee eeeeete eee eeeeeeeeteeeaaeeeeeeenaees 375 Print quality SUBMeNUS edet trol ced Ded 376 System setup Submersion ea sees ene etn tnnt tnn nnne tnn nnns 377 VO SUDMENU NET 379 Resets submenu sss eene nnn tnnt eerte nnns 380 Diagnosticsmenu deed eee de ee dee Pe b i Pee ERR ER e ege 381 Service menle ee tero tA PER A REEF T RA RR E ERE R RR RAS 382 Sensor test letter codes eem had deceit ENEE ORE IRR AUN 406 Tray 2 paper size codes nennen 407 S6nSOIS EE 412 iSi o 55252 ocr HET 412 Motors andas tabe en a ttai aient eec Ad areis adds 426 Supplies and accessories ssssssssssssssssssssee enne 437 Common fasteners 5o t eddie deuten a 442 PGEB locatloris ee ee EES 447 External covers and panels 1 of 2 sssssssssss e 449 External covers and panels 2 of 2 451 Internal components 1 of 90 453 Internal components 2 of 90 455 Internal components 3 of 90 457 ENWW ENWW Table 8 9 Table 8 10 Table 8 11 Table 8 12 T
162. Press v to resume printing TRANSMISSION slot X has been abnormally broken zeng To continue press v A loss of data will occur Check that all cables are connected to the EIO ports and that the EIO board is seated properly If possible print to another network printer to verify the network is working properly 41 3 UNEXPECTED Media is loaded which is longer or Ifthe incorrect size was shorter in the feed direction than selected cancel the job or SIZE IN TRAY X the size configured for the tray press to access help For help press Press 4 and to step alternates with through the instructions LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE For help press 41 5 UNEXPECTED The printer senses a different Ifthe incorrect type was TYPE IN TRAY X EE e For help press Press 4 and to step alternates with through the instructions LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE For help press ENWW Numerical printer messages 301 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 41 X A printer error has occurred Press v to continue or PRINTER ERROR X Description press for more information If the message persists turn the printer off and then back alternates with 2 beam detect misprint error on For help press 1 unknown misprint error 41 X 3 media feed error size PRINTER ERROR 4 no VSYNC error To continue press
163. Press v to select EIO X 94 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 8 Press v to highlight IPX SPX 9 Press vto select IPX SPX 10 Press v to highlight ENABLE 11 Press v to select ENABLE 12 Press v to highlight ON or OFF 13 Press v to select ON or OFF 14 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state To disable DLC LLC 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight UO 2 3 4 5 Press v to select UO 6 Press v to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3 7 Press v to select EIO X 8 Press v to highlight DLC LLC 9 Press vto select DLC LLC 10 Press e to highlight ENABLE 11 Press v to select ENABLE 12 Press e to highlight ON or OFF 13 Press v to select ON or OFF 14 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state ENWW Network configuration 95 Setting the idle timeout 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press v to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to highlight UO 2 3 4 5 Press vto select I O 6 Press v to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3 7 Pres
164. Printing On speclal media 2 ete Rte aap ve ea ene dene ater edd 23 ThAMSPANCNCIOS cc EE 23 Printingron transparercles idees o ree EG n e ER ze ek eI ER SEKR SEENEN 23 Glossy e Ee EE 24 Gio e i o Meo RTI UT UM 24 Heavy papi cisi c desea 24 Printing images HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 25 Bee 25 LAD ONS NH T 25 HP LaserJet Tough paper sess nemenrtr nnana enses nnne 26 Preprinted forms and letterhead AA 26 Recycled pap r e H 26 Weight equivalence table 2 1 rien eedi Gne AANEREN EES 27 Hewlett Packard warranty statement enne 28 Limited warranty for print cartridge life ssses m 29 Transfer unit and fuser warranty sssssssssssseeee eene eene nennen nennen nnns 30 Declaration of Conformity ssssssssssssssseeeeneeeen mener ener nennen ens 31 Safety Information cete nete teca eta du e eR A Reha a eae entail 32 Laser safety statement sssssssssssseseeee ener nennen enne enne 32 Canadian DOC regulations nein ciceeedi cea enean o e ERR EL e a RR RE EEEE 32 EMI statement Korea ssssesssseeeeene mener nennen nennen 32 VCCI statement Japan cnet hed co DEENEN RENE ENEE 33 Laser Statement for Finland enne nennen nnns 34 Toner Safely ceiistesietseecchiegietatuielenitetebonatedi EA EEE age hace aadetiaaediies 35 2 Service approach Chapter Content
165. RD DISK DEVICE A device failure has occurred on Printing may continue for jobs the specified drive that do not require access to FAILURE the disk drive alternates with To clear the message turn Ready the printer off and then back on For menus press v If the message persists remove and re install the EIO disk drive If the message persists replace the EIO disk drive 268 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED alternates with Ready For menus press v DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready For menus press v DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED alternates with Ready For menus press v DOORS OPEN TEST ABORTED EIO DISK X NOT FUNCTIONAL For help press FLASH DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready For menus press v FLASH FILE OPERATION FAILED alternates with Ready For menus press v ENWW Event log error message Description The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to perform an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system but was unsuccessful because the file system is full The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it A printer door has been opened d
166. RE edd 359 257 All blacksor solid colot 5 2 nico i cta det tee en uetus 359 Dots in vertical lines uereg emere ees 360 Dirt on back Of EE 360 Dirt on front of paper pelos eee il ee ee ee eesti 361 Ae NEE 361 White vertical lines etant tte tienne e teet ecc nde ov ded 361 elei ere Une 362 White horizontal lines eor dde dece f eate eate ee e e dedo 362 MISSING Color x oti etr rg peo t deti io te lumine 363 Blank Spots oce een Ehe en ee 363 POOR En te 363 Distortion or bl rring d 364 LST WEE 365 Misplaced image eterne tee il eed ete tede ete e aire e ed ud idc d ed edem 365 Repetitive defects troubleshooting ssssessseee eene nnns 366 Interface troubleshooting eec eed eene ntn de nae eed dns 369 Communications Checks sue nr eet et Pre o p t EREN 369 EICH troubleshootinig x Ene ized atte e Ee e n egeo 369 AUTOEXEC BAT standard configurations sseesse em 369 Printer Job Language PJL commands 370 Control panel troubleshooting eraasi i eem nennen nnne nnns 372 Printing menu Map iier ele eel ee qu eee peel etta Dd cu e Eod ded 372 lte en Hu TEE 373 Paper handling Menu deed 374 Configur device EE 374 Printing Men ac sateen al ee ellen hee eel elena 375 Print quality ment zs he ete cte re ES RR UEM aan Rep enc ee deua 376 System set p men NEEN eeu eet ae eget ee eue epe use ramp dde ppc uut 377 Jeu ITIN 379
167. RG5 6815 000CN RG5 6816 000CN RG5 6818 000CN RG5 6820 000CN RG5 6821 000CN RG5 6823 000CN RG5 6826 000CN RG5 6827 000CN RG5 6829 000CN RG5 6834 000CN RG5 6836 000CN RG5 6842 000CN RG5 6842 040CN RG5 6844 000CN RG5 6845 000CN RG5 6846 000CN RG5 6848 150CN 110 volt new C9656 69012 110 volt exchange RG5 6701 000CN 220 volt new C9656 69002 220 volt exchange RG5 6850 070 RG5 6850 070CN RG5 6850 070CN RG5 6850 070CN RG5 6850 070CN RG5 7681 000CN RG5 7684 000CN RG5 7684 000CN Table 8 29 Numerical parts list continued cassette sensor PCB Table 8 20 on page 483 power supply assembly 100 127 v power supply Table 8 7 on page 455 assembly 220 240 v fuser assembly 5500 only Table 8 22 on page 491 Numerical parts list 521 Table 8 29 Numerical parts list continued Description DC controller PCB 5550 only DC controller PCB 5550 only DC controller PCB 5550 only cable upper crossmember 5550 only fuser drive assembly 5550 only fuser drive assembly 5550 only paper pickup assembly 5550 only paper pickup assembly 5550 only paper pickup drive assembly 5550 only paper pickup drive unit 5550 only paper feeder PCB 5550 only drum drive assembly cyan magenta drum drive assembly cyan magenta Table 8 6 on page 453 Part number RG5 7684 000CN RG5 7684 000CN RG5 7684 000CN RG5 7687 000CN RG5 7700 000CN RG5 7700 000CN RG5 7709 000CN RG5 7709 000CN R
168. Rede Ine RE Ic ER SEENEN AE 131 Motors and fans AA Fuser power SUPPLY CIFCUIL iret reed nero ree ede ea et beret eines aedes eese OO Heater temperature control sssssssssssssssseeseeeeee nennen nnns 136 Heater temperature control HP Color LaserJet 5550 models ssssssssl 137 Failure detection HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 138 High voltage power SUpply emen emere nennen enne 138 Low voltage power supply sssssssssssesssee nennen ennnnen nennen nnne nnrnn nnne nen 139 FOrimatter SYStOM ieiccccceivencces L 140 We RET N S AE EE E E A A T A A 140 Printer Memory P 142 Read only Memory EE 142 Random access memory sssssssssssssee eene nn eren nennen nnne etnr rennen 142 Firmware DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5500 models ssssee 142 Firmware compact flash HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 142 Nonvolatile memory euer ne uel 42 Bal R 143 PNE tetti etoile tette utr A Ed A EA LTEM 143 Control Panel mE 143 Easer scanner SyStOrt iiec exeo uet Ave vb va ASNA 144 Scanner motor COMMON E 145 Image tormation SySterm uceiad aec bee pacc ERR xt pe ded pice sb AEKA anion 146 Image formation process Reeder agam Fea ERE AE EENEG 147 auer e M 149 Toner level detection eet itte p rette nt bea eiecerunt RR Eee none dE 150 Electrostatic transf
169. Remove Tray 2 The Tray 2 paper length detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the rear set of sensors e Remove Tray 3 The Tray 3 paper presence sensor flag is the black lever in the middle center of the paper tray cavity e J Remove the left cover of Tray 3 The Tray 3 paper width detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the front set of sensors e K Remove the left cover of Tray 3 The Tray 3 paper length detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the rear set of sensors e L Remove Tray 4 The Tray 4 paper presence sensor flag is the black lever in the middle center of the paper tray cavity e M Remove the left cover of Tray 4 The Tray 4 paper width detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the front set of sensors e N Remove the left cover of Tray 4 The Tray 4 paper length detection switches are located on the left side of the paper tray cavity They are the rear set of sensors e O The door switch is located on the right front of the printer frame underneath the right cover HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only 408 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW O Remove Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 The Tray 5 paper presence sensor flag is the black lever in the middle center of the paper tray cavity P Remove the left cover of Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 55
170. S 129 Operation sequence 2002 2 cceceeeeeeeceeceee cette eee eaaecaeeeeeeeee se ner ern nnne n nnne terere nr ses enses 129 Engine control system rae ene ice eae EEEE MERE cede 131 DC controller Circuit NEM 131 Motors and Tans CEN ES Fuser power supply circuit e AEN Heater temperature control tret de en tte eu RR deed 136 Heater temperature control HP Color LaserJet 5550 models ssssss 137 Failure detection HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 138 High voltage power SUPPI y ennemi 138 Low voltage power supply ssssssssesessssese eene enhn en aa aa a aaa 139 l ormiatter SySterm teuer eti esr o eet De adele etri eden ieee wade 140 ee 140 Printer Momo EE 142 Read Only MOEIMORY EE 142 Random access memory cceceecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesaneeeesaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseaaeeeseeneneseeeennees 142 Firmware DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5500 models sss 142 Firmware compact flash HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 142 Nonvolatile Memory cc cies E 142 aC EE 143 PM cadit ttai deu uidet ide uti d dius 143 renum 143 Laser scanner Systen p c roc ep peto ce ue De EROR Perdu ee deu ue une Dex dede 144 Scanner motor comio aniatra Mo zt eege EEN 145 image tee e EE 146 Image formation prOGC8SS EE 147 Print cartridges TE 149 Toner leveldetectlOm iiio cette ee sa Ete reg linet Dd Ede EE SE ad 150 Electrostat
171. SB 1 1 connection The port is located on the back of the printer as shown in Figure 3 6 USB connection You must use an A to B type USB cable The network USB can be used at the same time Note USB support is not available for computers running Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 You cannot use the parallel connection and the USB connection at the same time Figure 3 6 USB connection 1 USB connector 2 USB port Auxiliary connection configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 models This printer supports an auxiliary connection for paper handling input devices The port is located on the back of the printer as shown in the auxiliary connection Figure 3 7 Auxiliary connection 1 Auxiliary connection port Network connections You may connect the printer to a network in several ways 72 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 ENWW Direct to network Connect one end of the network cable to the RJ 45 port Connect the other end to the network Direct to network connection Network print server Connect one end of a network cable into the server Connect the other end to the network Connect one end of another network cable to the printer and the other end to the network Network print server connection Connecting to a computer 73 Peer to peer direct to network Connect one end of a network cable to your computer Connect th
172. Since there is a remainder add 1 to 9 to get 10 which represents October The remainder in step 2 is 17 so that is the date 4 The complete date is 17 October 2002 A 6 day grace period is built into the date system Cold reset paper When you perform a cold reset the paper size stored in NVRAM is reset to the default factory setting If you replace a formatter board in a country region such as Europe that uses AA as the standard paper size use this menu to reset the default paper size to A4 LETTER and A4 are the only available values Service menu 421 Diagrams This section contains diagrams for printer part and assembly locations Main parts Figure 7 28 Location of main parts Fuser assembly ETB assembly Paper pickup assembly Cassette Paper pickup drive assembly Disengaging drive assembly Drum drive assembly cyan magenta Drum drive assembly yellow Drum drive assembly cyan magenta Drum drive assembly black Fuser drive assembly OO OO JO Om P GA A Lo 422 Chapter Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 29 Mechanical system main unit Laser Scanner unit Fuser unit ETB unit Drum drive unit CMYK Pick up unit Pick up drive unit Lifter drive unit Fixing drive unit Developing disengaging drive unit Color misregistration detection unit Static eliminator unit HP Color LaserJet 5550 SB A OO JO Om P GO A Lo ENWW Diagrams 423 Switches Figure 7 30 Loc
173. Specifications Electrical surface resistivity 2 to 15 x 10 10 ohms per square inch Media requirements 23 Table 1 21 Printing on transparencies continued Description Specifications Fusing compatibility Materials must not discolor melt offset or release hazardous emissions when heated to 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second Caliper thickness 0 12 mm 0 0048 in to 0 13 mm 0 0052 in Glossy paper e In either the software application or the driver select Glossy or Heavy Glossy as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for glossy paper Select Glossy for media weights up to 105 g m 28 Ib bond Select Heavy Glossy for media weights of 105 g m 28 Ib bond and heavier e Use the control panel to set the media type to GLOSSY or HEAVY GLOSSY for the input tray being used Note Hewlett Packard recommends using HP Color LaserJet Soft Gloss paper with this printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results If HP Color LaserJet Soft Gloss paper is not used with this printer print quality may be compromised Colored paper e Colored paper should be of the same high quality as white xerographic paper e Pigments used must be able to withstand the printer s fusing temperature of 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second without deterioration e Do not use paper with a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced e The printer creates colors by printing patterns of dots
174. Standard position to the Custom position Once a custom size is set for a tray that size will be retained until the switch is moved back to the Standard position Figure 5 32 Custom Standard paper size switch in cassette shows this switch Four motors a clutch and a solenoid drive the various feed rollers Photo sensors are able to detect the progress of paper along the paper path If paper does not reach or pass one of these sensors within a specified time the DC controller determines there is a paper jam and notifies the formatter Figure 5 33 Pickup feed system on the next page illustrates this system Custom Standard paper size switch in cassette Pickup feed system 169 DC controller PCB A A A A 4A A A4 A VM VM D x Lu w E e e 72 5 e 5 a ao Lr c o ac o m e NIN 2 5 OE 2 S 3 5 g zl el 2 3 2 8 8 3 218 2 4 9 2 3 8s GN U amp E ess ua Zz a ed ea a Q a 9 o Q O E as E Z Z O az Z e 8 8 uu U O 5 5 5 5 O O Z Q uw im 2 E JBE ws VU Z a E Sha d Eeler Z cl T ps6 Y Ov Ps7 lt ch a g a C Pse J e user unit i d S imm e Z S T l QO A AM cartridge Y cartridge n PS801 C cartridge Registration 3i shutter gt PM ea e EI ME de o E p Ee 3 Z Registration Tor ei se
175. TB assembly see Figure 8 22 ETB assembly 1 of 2 Paper pickup assembly see Figure 8 20 Paper pickup assembly 1 of 2 Cassette see Figure 8 18 Cassette 1 of 2 Paper pickup drive assembly see Figure 8 14 Paper pickup drive assembly Disengaging drive assembly see Figure 8 16 Disengaging drive assembly Drum drive assembly cyan magenta see Figure 8 15 Drum drive assembly Drum drive assembly yellow see Figure 8 15 Drum drive assembly Drum drive assembly cyan magenta see Figure 8 15 Drum drive assembly Drum drive assembly black see Figure 8 15 Drum drive assembly Fuser drive assembly see Figure 8 17 Fuser drive assembly n PIENE O NTI 7 nl DAN DE Figure 8 2 PCB locations d0 0 JO Om P GO 320 A ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 445 446 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Note ENWW Table 8 3 PCB locations EE Fuser power supply PCB RG5 6801 000CN 100 127 volt RG5 6802 000CN 220 240 volt DREES 5 Ro eemeren 0 eemeen 0 emeng semen D DREES 17 DC controller PCB 5500 ony controller PCB 5500 DC controller PCB 5500 ony EL M E Formatter simplex 5500 only C9660 69011 exchange C9660 67911 new Formatter duplex C9661 69001 exchange C9661 67901 new Formatter Assembly 5500 only Q3713 69001 exchange Q3713 67902 new 9 static stMicdischargePCB stMicdischar
176. The icon on the desktop will appear to be generic All the print panels appear in the PRINT dialog box in a program Installing the software after the parallel or USB cable has been connected Only the HP LaserJet 5550 model supports the USB cable connection described in this section If you have already connected a parallel or USB cable to a Windows computer the New Hardware Found dialog box appears when you turn on the computer To install the software for Windows 98 or Windows Me 1 In the New Hardware Found dialog box click Search CD ROM drive 2 Click Next 3 Follow the instructions on the computer screen 4 Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed If installation fails reinstall the software If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 for help or more information To install the software for Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows 2003 1 In the New Hardware Found dialog box click Search 2 Onthe Locate Driver Files screen select the Specify a Location check box click to clear all of the other check boxes and then click Next Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 3 Type the letter for the root directory For example X where X is the letter of the root directory on the CD ROM drive Clic
177. The photosensitive drum might cause a low message when low coverage documents are printed frequently Tracking drum life is essential because of drum wear and the potential for overflow from the waste toner hopper if the photosensitive drum life is extended past its useful life Image formation system 151 Figure 5 16 Toner level detection illustrates the toner level detection system Toner level detection PCB N5 Zo PEF n Nn Om Ge o fen e Yo av Se mE Sol x Light guide z uU BO Z 9 Y DC controller PCB uli y Wi z Light receiver Light receiver Light emitter Stirrer lt High toner level gt lt Low toner level gt Figure 5 16 Toner level detection 152 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 17 ENWW Developing cylinder disengaging control Whenever the developing cylinder is in contact with the photosensitive drum toner is passed onto the drum At certain times such as during ETB cleaning or during monochrome printing toner should not pass onto the drum and the developing cylinder should not be in contact with the drum The bottom half of the print cartridge can pivot up and down causing the developing cylinder to either come in contact with or move away from the photosensitive drum A small block inside the printer causes each cartridge to pivot When the block is pushed up the rear of the cartridge is pushed up and the front of
178. To change type Press v 292 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description The printer is executing a Component test and the component selected is Fuser Motor The printer is executing a Component test and the component selected is Transfer Motors The tray is loaded with media longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size configured for the tray The printer is reporting the current configuration of tray XX The tray switch is in the STANDARD position Recommended action Press Stop when ready to stop this test Press Stop when ready to stop this test Adjust the side and rear media guides against the paper If the media used is Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 x 17 or Legal sized the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the Size can be selected from the control panel Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu To change media type press v Use a and to highlight the type then press v to select To change the media size to Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 x 17 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position To change the media size to other sizes move the tray Switch to CUSTOM adjust the paper guides against the paper and close the tray Use a and to highlight the me
179. Troubleshooting process 263 Figure 7 2 Troubleshooting flowchart continued Information Pages Will it print a Configuration Page A Show Event Log to display information on the current error and correct it B Print Configuration Page and verify information C After verifying Configuration Page go to Step 5 o Image Quality Does the print quality meet customer requirements A Print the PQ troubleshooting pages to identify the problem B Perform corrective actions C After meeting print quality requirements go to Step 6 Can the customer YES print successfully Interface from the host system A Run a print job from the host system B Perform corrective actions Troubleshooting flowchart continued Troubleshooting power on When you turn on the printer if it does not make any sound or if the control panel display is blank check the following items 1 N Oa F ON Verify that the printer is plugged into an active electrical outlet with the correct voltage Verify that the on off switch is in the ON position Make sure the rear fan is running indicating the system is operational Verify that the firmware DIMM and the formatter are seated and operating properly Remove any HP Jetdirect or other ElO cards then try to turn the printer on again Make sure the control panel display is connected Check the fuses in the power su
180. X Press v to highlight TCP IP 9 Press v to highlight MANUAL SETTINGS 10 Press v to select MANUAL SETTINGS 11 Press v to highlight SYSLOG SERVER 12 Press v to select SYSLOG SERVER oN Oa Fo bh The first of four sets of numbers are the default settings Each set of numbers represents one byte of information and has a range from 0 to 255 13 Press the or arrow to increase or decrease the number for the first byte of the default gateway 14 Press v to move to the next set of numbers Press gt to move to the previous set of numbers 15 Repeat steps 13 and 14 until the correct subnet mask is entered 16 Press v to save the syslog server 17 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state Setting the local and default gateway 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS 2 Press v to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 3 Pressv to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Network configuration 93 o Noc R 10 11 12 13 Press e to highlight UO Press v to select UO Press to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3 Press v to select EIO X Press e to highlight TCP IP Press v to select TCP IP Press to highlight MANUAL SETTINGS Press v to select MANUAL SETTINGS Press to highlight LOCAL GATEWAY or DEFAULT GATEWAY Press v to select LOCAL GATEWAY or DEFAULT GATEWAY
181. X PJL JOB PJL DEFAULT PASSWORD numeric password 0 to 65535 PJL EOJ EC 12345X e To lock or unlock the control panel if the password has been set send the following ASCII sequence to the printer EC 12345XGPJL JOB PASSWORD numeric password PJL DEFAULT CPLOCK NONE or MINIMUM MODERATE or MAXIMUM PJL EOJ EC 12345X Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW Printer Maintenance This chapter contains information for the following maintenance topics Cleaning the printer and accessories ssssssssseeeeeneeneemeenennemennn nn 100 Cleaning spilled We 100 Vacuum specifications UU Periodic Cleaning RESET HEP Cleaning the static discharge combi 102 Cleaning the OFT Sansor ia tres ie oie e Aa ae deeg 103 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items ssssssssseeeeeenes 105 ETB life under different circumstances eene 107 LOCALNG supplies ccce a a aia ia a EE A EES 108 Replacing Supply tems EET 109 Changing print cartridges sccretari E a AAR 109 Replacing the transfer unit EIB 111 Replacing the transfer unit when it is not at end of life sss 112 Replacing the Tuse HR 113 Replacing the fuser when it is not at end of life essene 114 Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models seen 116 To print a configuration page oce ime rna ctas nde dne 116 Installing memory and font DIMMs for HP Color LaserJet 5500 model
182. a special diagnostics mode The special diagnostics mode allows the printer to perform actions that it normally could not because the printer would enter an error state Always follow the control panel directions in the Diagnostic menu to properly exit the special diagnostics mode and return the printer to a normal state Diagnostics that put the engine into the special diagnostics mode There are three diagnostic tests that put the engine into a special state e Disable cartridge check e Sensor test e Component test While the printer is in the special diagnostics mode the display should read Ready Diagnostics mode To exit press CanceL Jos for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stor for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 When the printer is in the special diagnostics mode the three tests listed above appear in the menu and are available to be run To access other diagnostic tests or to leave the special state press the Cancel Jos button HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stor HP Color LaserJet 5550 and then select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS The printer will reset itself and then return to the normal state 402 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Note Note WARNING Figure 7 22 Note ENWW To access the main menu and get to the diagnostics menu when the engine is in an error state such as when a cartridge is missing you do not have to turn the printer off and then on again or resolve the error state before proceeding with the diagnostics tests
183. able 8 13 Table 8 14 Table 8 15 Table 8 16 Table 8 17 Table 8 18 Table 8 19 Table 8 20 Table 8 21 Table 8 22 Table 8 23 Table 8 24 Table 8 25 Table 8 26 Table 8 27 Table 8 28 Table 8 29 Internal components 4 of 90 459 Internal components 5 of 90 461 Internal components 6 of 90 463 Internal components 7 of 90 465 Internal components 8 of 90 467 Internal components 9 of 90 469 Paper pickup drive assembly sssssssssssssseeeeneeees 471 Drum ele El EE 473 Disengaging drive assembly ssssssseeeee emm ee 475 Fuser drive assembly ii chine teet tane a eed e aas ien f E EE 479 Paper pickup assembly 1 of 21 483 ET BsaSSembly six eebe ee eege retorno titer d edu n 487 Fuser assemlbly 2 2 atten erba eee edes eed eei dba Ue qeu EEN 491 500 sheet paper feeder assemblies sssssssssssssseeeees 495 500 sheet paper feeder internal components ssssssssssssss 497 500 sheet paper feeder cassette sssssssssssseseeeeeeee 501 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly sssssssssssi 505 500 sheet paper feeder paper pickup assembly ssesssssss 507 Alphabetical parts listin noin iecore ed te eee deed 508 Numerical parts St 2 tt et itp eerte t e P Pt C pus 517 xiii xiv ENWW ENWW List of figures Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 1 5 Figure
184. acing parts or supplies not supplied by HP c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country region to country region state to state or province to province HP s limited warranty is valid in any country region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards HP will not alter form fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons HP will be liable for damage to tangible property per incident up to the greater of 300 000 or the actual amount paid for the product that is the subject of the claim and for damages for bodily injury or de
185. administration server It can be installed and run on Red Hat Linux Suse Linux Windows NT 4 0 Server and Workstation Windows 2000 Professional Server and Advanced Server and Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 systems To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems visit HP Customer Care Online at www hp com go webjetadmin When installed on a host server any client can open HP Web Jetadmin through a supported Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 and 6 0 or Netscape Navigator 7 0 HP Web Jetadmin has the following features e The task oriented user interface provides configurable views saving network managers significant time e Customizable user profiles let network administrators include only the function that is viewed or used e Instant e mail notification of hardware failure low supplies and other printer problems can be routed to different people e Remote installation and management is available from anywhere by using only a standard Web browser e Advanced autodiscovery locates peripherals on the network without manually entering each printer into a database e The software accommodates simple integration into enterprise management packages e You can quickly find peripherals based on parameters such as IP address color capability and model name e You can easily organize peripherals into logical groups with virtual office maps for easy n
186. after turning the printer on measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J1133 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 12 V or 24 V replace the power supply fan Replace the low voltage power supply Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 58 X A memory tag error was detected Tur the printer off and then PRINTER ERROR X Description pack on Replace the memory PCB For help press 3 CPU p H Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer 58 X after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now alternates with 4 power supply PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 62 NO SYSTEM No system was found Turn the printer off and then To continue back on Reseat the firmware DIMM making sure it is in the 168 pin slot J1 turn off then on ENWW Numerical printer messages 325 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message 64 PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 59 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE ERROR For help press alternates with 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE ERROR To continue press press v 326 Chapter Troubleshooting Event log error message Description A printer motor error has occurred X Description 0 motor error 1 motor startup error 2 motor rotation error 3 fuser motor
187. age see the troubleshooting section of the HP Jetdirect Print Server Software Installation Guide If the host system and printer are still not communicating replace the formatter PCB and the EIO card and reconfigure the printer If the problem persists a protocol analyzer might be needed to find the source of the problem HP LaserJet printers are not designed to work with mechanical switch box products without proper surge protection These devices generate high transient voltages that cause permanent damage to the formatter PCB This circumstance is not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty AUTOEXEC BAT standard configurations Use the following standard command Parallel DOS commands Ensure that the AUTOEXEC BAT file contains the following statements for parallel interface communications Interface troubleshooting 369 MODE LPT1 P For MS DOS version 4 0 and above MODE LPT1 B Note This example assumes that you are using parallel printer port LPT1 If you are using LPT2 or LPT3 replace LPT1 in the example with the appropriate printer port Printer Job Language PJL commands See the HP Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual for a complete description of PJL commands This manual is available with the HP PCL PJL Reference Set on CD ROM part number 5021 0337 PUJL Enter This command enables the specified printer language If the printer does not receive this command it enables the default langu
188. age This ensures the correct operation applications that do not support PJL The command syntax is PJL Enter LANGUAGE PCL PostScript lt CR gt lt LF gt UEL universal exit language This command also referred to as the universal exit language command terminates the current printer language and returns control to PJL It performs the following actions e Prints all data received before this command e Performs a reset lt esc gt E in PCL ecntr1 D in PostScript e Turns control over to PJL This command is also a valid HP GL 2 terminator The UEL command must be immediately followed by the PJL command prefix Characters or control codes other than QPJL such as CR or LF enable the default language and process the print job in that language All jobs must begin and end with the UEL command Besides entering PJL the UEL command has the same effect as the lt esc gt E command However the lt esc gt E command should always be included to ensure backward compatibility PJL COMMENT This command designates the current line as a comment which is ignored The syntax is PJL COMMENT words CR lt LF gt PJL INFO CONFIG This command solicits a response to describe the installed options and allows the printer to configure the installed options automatically as the applications require PUJL INFO ID This command identifies the printer type to the host for reference when selecting printer
189. age number of pages per job or job length is a factor in how fast the ETB will wear out The shorter the average job the faster the ETB will wear out Figure 4 1 ETB total page count according to average job length shows how many pages an ETB will print given various average job lengths 250000 200000 150000 Pages ETB 100000 50000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Average Job Length ETB total page count according to average job length The printer assumes an average print job length of three pages to estimate how many pages are remaining on the ETB For an average job length of three pages the ETB will print 120 000 pages If all print jobs are exactly three pages long for each page printed the number of estimated pages remaining would decrease by one beginning with the maximum 120 000 pages If the job s length is less than three pages the estimated pages remaining number decreases more quickly than the rate at which the number of pages actually printed increases If the job s length is greater than three pages the number of pages remaining decreases less quickly than the rate at which the actual number of pages printed increases Approximate replacement intervals for supply items 107 Locating supplies Figure 4 2 Location of supplies illustrates the location of each supply item Figure 4 2 Location of supplies 1 Fuser 2 Print cartridges 3 Transfer unit ETB 108 Chapter4 Printer M
190. aintenance ENWW Replacing supply items This section contains instructions for replacing supply items including print cartridges the transfer unit ETB and the fuser Changing print cartridges Replace a print cartridge when the printer control panel displays a REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE message The control panel display will also indicate the color that should be replaced unless a genuine HP cartridge is not currently installed 1 Lift the top cover of the printer Grasp the front cover and pull down and then grasp the green handles on the ETB and pull down CAUTION Do not place anything on the ETB while it is open If the ETB is punctured print quality problems may result 2 Remove the used print cartridge from the printer 3 Remove the new print cartridge from the bag Place the used print cartridge in the bag for recycling See the enclosed recycling guide in the new toner cartridge box for replacing instructions ENWW Replacing supply items 109 4 Grasp both sides of the cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the cartridge from side to side 6 Remove the inside sealing tape by pulling the orange loop on the end and pulling the tape completely out Discard the tape 7 Grasp the blue handles on the sides of the print cartridge Align the print cartridge with the tracks inside the printer and insert the cartridge until it is completely seated 110 Chapter4 Printer Maint
191. al L 34Ov2d L3ziSMO SS Ges Sa z Sod W Get i ab avons z S T A and S E sai 13838AH Nos Y Imm zi Z euusjue BEJ 9 6 sour soir our zyzewo b i aver aver fave I asnaa a Ww SUN EC S 8 Z 8 aon eazismo 42 1 vL SEA NOS E GE 8 Zp SUL S 1H oanivoay NLIV 4 2 EI waves BO as E ST SE iowvesu 8 9 Gs d ra ZE Gong skj Nos caso 36 E zt Coen SESCH S oszer 5 Z I SUA roovi Y vL Nod t Y Ur I a Sod fans Bd o rone EE ZE Suz CH AEE sour aeer er fuer ee Gem PU E yg YOL ONE ON9d SR auos 1 I 3 z leuuejue yg ynag 0088r rr T nie z b e sayouims uonoeop M l SU lascoer meer kum Kc ujbue aded Josuas uoneJsiDeusiu 10 00 so9r 892d Ajddns samod e6ejoA u6i4 Nos soir mur LR OSC o 9 Oe i Bees m Od oquo 9q g 8 Noirs n EZE Wad 3 8 S8 55 z 2 zog FE 28 298 de m DEES SEO QgAN3Sd Bo 33 ao o_o o0 z oo bf an Sus S aam D oz 53 59 2o025oz2 7g523 Nos Wa T 28222838 EE EE 3283 223 330 3888 2829323 ESS8G2R838 e Kidd seur 98000285 853598899696 oo22ooQQoodauoon622699305 2666 2622962 538622 DEER FESS6S555 rwnogdd aS sour zosir our zur zour seur BOL EEBBEBEEEBREERES 3353358153533 551533 rcr GESEIS mmm KREE EEEEEEEE ki z SES aei S Ek 9 1 HO ees si ase tells olo ilo aur ihe GE aor YI vorr j wr Jer FH Se wr M L REF d DZ Hu hhkkk iid ELS FES SESS SERB RE BR EIS Bm eI ee laja J o koe E SI j lro fea fa tn lofo Lei i Z8Sd KN zer ver mer oer Josues 10l Eng ews eT aT i Gd Jeljouoo 08PA jueuuoju3 Toued uone1edo ue ue 9Sd
192. alibration timing and duration Calibration occurrence Duration Type of calibration When you turn the printer on 75 seconds for calibration but DMAX DHALF because of other initialization Warm 1 10 HP Color activities the printer takes a LaserJet 5550 models total of 2 minutes to be ready for printing Cold 2 10 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models When you install one or more 150 seconds 2 minutes 30 DMAX DHALF color plane print cartridges that have not seconds registration CPR Ber been installed in the CPR DMAX DHALF 2 25 i HP Color LaserJet 5550 models After 50 pages have printed 75 seconds DMAX DHALF since installing a print cartridge The printer will finish printing the current job before calibrating After 1000 pages have printed 75 seconds DMAX DHALF anes the last calibrauon lu 60 seconds HP Color printer will finish printing the h AM LaserJet 5550 models current job before calibrating After 8 hours since the last 75 seconds DMAX DHALF calibration but not while the 60 seonds to ready 70 printer is in PowerSave mode ER seconds to belt stop HP Color Typically this calibration occurs LaserJet 5550 models on the first job or control panel interaction after an overnight idle period Image formation system 161 60 seconds HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Table 5 3 Calibration timing and duration continued Calibration occurrence Duration Type of calibration When you reques
193. alternates with controller PCB J1124 for 59 XY cyan J1126 for magenta J1125 for yellow and J1127 PRINTER ERROR for black To continue Replace the drum drive turn off then on assembly for the indicated print cartridge Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Developing disengaging motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J16 for the developing disengaging motor and J1100 for the DC controller PCB Replace the developing disengaging drive assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 10 XX YY SUPPLIES None Note Tur the printer off and then back on ERROR The printer cannot always determine whether the error lies Swap the cartridge for the with the cartridge or with the color indicated with a printer reader writer cartridge in another slot to determine whether the error The printer cannot read or write to follows the cartridge or stays at least one print cartridge with the slot If the error memory tag or at least one follows the cartridge replace memory tag is missing that cartridge Otherwise continue with step 3 For help press XX Description Reseat the connectors between the memory PCB 10 memory tag missing J601 J605 and the antenna PCBs J903 the memory PCB and the DC controller 00 black print cartridge PCB J1122 00 memory error on supply item YY D
194. alue measured for color and monochrome printing using all standard voltages 3 Default time from Ready Mode to Sleep 2 30 minutes Heat dissipation in Ready Mode 318 BTU Hour Supply storage requirements HP Color LaserJet 5500 series The life of supplies is greatly affected by their storage environment Use to determine the shelf life of stored supplies Table 1 10 Supply storage requirements Somgetim Somgetim Storage condition Temperature Normal maximum of 2 5 years Normal maximum of 2 5 years of 2 5 years 0 to 35 C 32 to 95 F Severe maximum of 18 days High 35 to 40 C 95 to 104 F Low 0 to 20 C 32 to 4 F Maximum temperature change 40 to 15 C 104 to 59 F within 3 minutes rate 20 to 25 C 4 to 77 F within 3 minutes Humidity Normal maximum of 2 5 years 35 to 85 RH Severe maximum of 18 days High 8596 to 9596 RH Low 10 to 35 RH Atmospheric pressure 460 to 760 mmHg 18 1 to 29 9 in Hg 11 The average storage time includes use time Use cartridges within 2 5 years of the date code on the cartridge 12 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Product information ENWW Product information The specifications for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 and HP Color LaserJet 5550 are described in this section Table 1 11 Printer functions Printer function HP Color LaserJet 5500 HP Color LaserJet 5550 Print speed up to 22 pages min in A4
195. and print jobs disconnect all cables to the printer that connect it to the network or PC Turn the printer off Remove all memory DIMMs or third party DIMMs from the printer Do not remove the firmware DIMM in slot J1 Remove all EIO devices from the printer Turn the printer on If the error no longer exists install each DIMM and EIO device one at a time making sure to turn the printer off and back on as you install each device Replace a DIMM or EIO device if you determine that it causes the error Remember to reconnect all cables that connect the printer to the network or computer Ifthe error persists replace the firmware DIMM Replace the formatter and calibrate the printer See Calibrate now ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 50 X FUSER ERROR For help press 51 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 51 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on ENWW A fuser error has occurred X Description 1 low fuser temperature 2 fuser warmup service 3 high fuser temperature 4 faulty fuser 5 inconsistent fuser 6 open fuser 8 low fuser temperature sub thermistor 9 high fuser temperature sub thermistor A printer error has occurred X Description 1 beam detect error 2 laser error Y Description 0 no color
196. and that the perceived color will change as the light changes e Long term color variations occur as paper ages Use high quality paper and protect the paper from sunlight to help minimize discoloration e Environmental changes can cause color variation The development process places a high potential across an air gap to attract toner to the imaging drum Changes in relative humidity vary the point at which the toner travels to the imaging drum e Al consumable components have a finite life span As these components reach the end of their useful life their ability to produce consistent print quality diminishes e Paper roughness can cause colors to look different Use standard paper Image formation troubleshooting 345 Color selection process The user selects the color in the application but the operating system might convert or modify some characteristics of the color before sending the information to the printer driver The printer driver might also modify color characteristics depending upon the selected output mode Any color characteristics not addressed by the printer driver or applications are set to the printer default The default color might not match the color the user selected Matching colors The user can match colors using Pantone color matching systems or swatch book color matching PANTONE color matching PANTONEQG has multiple color matching systems PANTONE Matching System is very popular and uses soli
197. ander Position Declared Per ISO 9296 Printing 28 PPM Lpam 490B A Ready Lpam 33 dB A 1 Values current as of January 25 2004 Values subject to change see http www hp com support clj5550 for current information Configuration tested Base unit printing A4 monochrome from standard tray Table 1 8 The electrical specifications table lists the electrical specifications required to run the printer safely fen Ieren memes Minimum recommended circuit 10 1A 5A capacity When the printer is in standby mode it continues to consume a minimal amount of energy This information is preliminary and might not be current Please see http www hp com support lj5500 or http www hp com support 1j5550 for current information Table 1 9 Power Consumption average in watts HP Color LaserJet 5550 models cd Power Consumption average in watts Printer specifications 11 Table 1 9 Power Consumption average in watts HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Product Model Printing 28 PPM Ready4 PowerSave Off Sleep 2 HP Color 611 W 93 W 23 W 0 3 W LaserJet 5550 HP Color 614 W 93 W 24 W 0 3 W LaserJet 5550n HP Color 630 W 93 W 24W 0 3 W LaserJet 5550dn HP Color 630W 93 W 24W LaserJet 5550dtn HP Color 632W 93 W LaserJet 5550hdn 1 Values current as of February 2 2004 Values subject to change see http www hp com support clj5550 for current information Power reported is the highest v
198. aper non supported 22 partnumbers 438 preprinted 26 recycled 26 selecting 16 speed control 178 supported sizes 16 18 paper feed roller cassette 204 paper feeder additional 181 circuit diagram 434 feed roller removing and replacing 251 jams 337 ENWW left cover removing and replacing 249 length detection switch removing and replacing 254 lifter drive unit part numbers 504 lifter drive unit removing and replacing 253 paper path 181 part numbers 494 496 PCB removing and replacing 256 pickup clutch removing and replacing 255 pickup roller removing and replacing 251 pickup unit removing and replacing 251 right cover removing and replacing 250 separation roller removing and replacing 251 width detection switch removing and replacing 254 paper handling menu 374 paper jams avoiding 333 duplex path 339 paper path 338 persistent 334 top cover 339 Tray 1 336 Tray 2 336 Tray 3 337 Tray 4 337 troubleshooting 330 paper lifting 175 paper path 500 sheet paper feeder 181 alignment 177 jams 338 overview 169 paper pickup drive unit partnumbers 470 removing and replacing 201 paper pickup roller cassette 204 paper pickup rollers multi purpose tray 207 paper pickup sensor PCB removing and replacing 200 paper pickup unit overview 172 part numbers 478 482 removing and replacing 199 paper size detection 173 detection switch removing and replacing 219 supported 16 parallel interface 141 parallel connection locating
199. apping and adaptive halftoning 348 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW RGB Color Two values are available for the RGB Color setting Default instructs the printer to interpret RGB color as SRGB sRGB is the accepted standard of Microsoft and the World Wide Web Organization www Vivid instructs the printer to increase the color saturation in the midtones so that colored objects appear more colorful Printed blues and greens will likely appear darker than on your monitor This option is good for business graphics or for producing colors similar to the HP Color LaserJet 4550 Device instructs the printer to print RGB data in raw device mode To render photographs properly with this selection you must manage image color in the application or operating system Adjusting color balance This printer features automatic color calibration to provide high quality color output In situations that require critical color control you can manually adjust the density balance of the printer s four toner colors The available range for each color is from 5 to 5 The default value is 0 CAUTION This procedure should only be performed by your network administrator Performing this procedure changes the color balance of the printer by altering halftones and affects all print jobs To adjust color density 1 22 D D Jo mF o bh 0 1 ENWW Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 to enter the MENUS Press e to hi
200. arts list 515 Table 8 28 Alphabetical parts list EEN Description Table and page static discharge PCB assembly RG5 6845 000CN Table 8 14 on page 469 support left ETB RB2 9147 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 support right hinge RB2 9475 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 support right ETB RB2 9146 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 Switch cover safety WC4 5188 000CN Table 8 12 on page 465 toner sensor PCB RG5 6805 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 toner sensor PCB RG5 6805 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 Top cover assembly RG5 6778 060CN Table 8 5 on page 451 516 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Numerical parts list Table 8 29 Numerical parts list C7130 67901 optional 500 sheet paper feeder and Tray 3 or Table 8 23 on page 495 Tray 4 assembly C9144 60001 UO daughter card 5500 only Table 8 3 on page 447 C9156 67910 Firmware DIMM 5500 only Table 8 3 on page 447 C9656 69012 fuser 100 127 v 5500 only fuser 220 240 v Table 8 8 on page 457 exchange 5500 only C9656 69002 exchange C9660 6901 1 Formatter simplex 5500 only Table 8 3 on page 447 exchange C9660 67911 new C9661 69001 Formatter duplex Table 8 3 on page 447 exchange C9661 67901 new C9734 69001 ETB assembly Table 8 21 on page 487 Q3713 67901 static discharge comb 5550 only Table 8 14 on page 469 Q3713 69001 Formatter Assembly 5500 only Table 8 3 on page 447 exchange Q3713 67902 new Q3984 67901 110 fuser assembly 55
201. as been stored correctly If the jam does not occur with this media then the customer s media might be causing the problem If the jam occurs from when the printer is turned on check the paper path for small torn pieces of paper Also check for broken sensors or flags and check for loose or defective connections If the paper is torn folded or wrinkled typically along the leading edge inspect the paper path for items that could be causing the damage If the customer is using non HP supplies try replacing those supplies with genuine HP supplies to see if the problem goes away If necessary instruct the customer on proper media storage correct loading technique and printer operation Make sure the customer knows not to grab paper in the output bin during duplex printing Paper path checklist Verify that media is correctly loaded in the input trays and that all length and width guides are set correctly Clean the printer Toner and paper dust in the paper path can inhibit free movement of media through the printer and can block the sensors Use the paper path test in the Diagnostic menu to vary the input selections of the printer to determine if the problem is associated with a particular area of the printer Paper path troubleshooting 335 Worn rollers or separation pads can cause multifeeds Check the condition of the pickup rollers and separation pads Bent separation tabs on the front corners of the input trays ca
202. at meets specifications See media that is too thick causes poor fusing Supported media weights and sizes on page 24 ENWW Image defects 363 Table 7 34 Causes for poor fusing continued Causes for poor fusing Fuser is not within nip width specifications Fuser sleeve is scarred or damaged Pressure roller is scarred or damaged Thermistor is deteriorated Replace the fuser DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Distortion or blurring Table 7 35 Causes for distortion or blurring Causes for distortion or blurring Cause Color plane registration is out of specification Calibrate the printer from the Print Quality menu See Calibrate now ETB is defective If the ETB belt does not rotate smoothly replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now ETB motor drive gear is worn or damaged Replace the ETB motor Drum motor drive gear is worn or damaged Replace the drum motor for the affected color Color registration detection unit is defective Replace the color registration detection unit Laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner for the affected color Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate now DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibr
203. ate now 364 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Smearing Table 7 36 Causes for smearing Causes for smearing Poor contact in the printer ground and cartridge Clean each printer cartridge ground contact and ground contacts the printer ground contact If they are still dirty after cleaning or if they are damaged replace the cartridge or replace the printer ground contact Fuser inlet guide is dirty or has debris Clean the fuser inlet guide Cartridge shutters are not opening Make sure the cartridge shutter bar is operating properly Misplaced image Table 7 37 Causes for a misplaced image Causes for a misplaced image Paper is skewed See Table 7 17 Paper is skewed to resolve the reason for the skew Horizontal registration transparency sensor is Clean the sensor See Cleaning the OHT sensor dirty for instructions Duplex feed rollers are worn Applies to duplex Replace the ETB printing only DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now ENWW Image defects 365 Repetitive defects troubleshooting Note CAUTION Defects on printer rollers can cause image defects to appear at regular intervals on the page Use the repetitive defects ruler on the next page to measure the distance between defects that recur on a page Use Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing to determine which roller is causing the de
204. atent image forming 155 LED formatter 400 left cover removing and replacing 192 letterhead loading 26 printing 26 levels security 97 life span ETB 105 fuser 105 print cartridges 105 lifter drive unit removing and replacing 202 ENWW lifter motor function 135 light affects on color variation 345 LocalTalk configuring 76 location requirements 47 48 locking control panel settings 97 log event 403 low voltage power supply circuit 139 function 139 removing and replacing 223 M Macintosh installing network software 84 installing software 85 software included 81 maintenance agreements 44 matching color PANTONE 346 swatch book 346 variation 344 media non supported 22 partnumbers 438 selecting 16 sizes 16 special 23 specifications 19 speed control 178 storing 26 weight 16 memory adding 116 base 2 clearable warnings 142 enabling 5500 122 part numbers 439 random access 142 read only 142 memory controller PCB removing and replacing 217 memory tag function 150 locating 150 menu map description 373 printing 372 menus diagnostics 380 information 373 paper handling 374 printing 375 menus locking 97 Index 529 messages alphabetical list 267 critical error 266 error 266 numerical list 295 Printer Status and Alerts 388 status 266 warning 266 model numbers 6 models 2 monitors affect on color 345 motor developing disengaging 134 drum 134 ETB 134 fuser 134 lifter 135 pickup 135 mot
205. ath to the extent that all such damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been directly caused by a defective HP product TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU 28 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Limited warranty for print cartridge life ENWW This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship during its useful life end of life is indicated by a printer control panel low life message This warranty does not cover products that have been modified refurbished remanufactured misused or tampered with in any way This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights You may have other rights which vary from state to state province to province and country region to country
206. ation and configuration ENWW Table 3 2 Components and utilities Software installer automates the printing system installation Online Web registration HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models PostScript Printer Description files PPDs for use with the Apple PostScript drivers that comes with the Mac OS HP LaserJet Utility available from the Internet a printer management utility for Mac OS users HP Web Jetadmin a browser based system management tool See www hp com go webjetadmin for the latest HP Web Jetadmin software HP Jetdirect Printer Installer for UNIX available for download from www hp com support HP Toolbox for Mac OS X net_printing V10 2 and later HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Configuring TCP IP parameters You can use the printer control panel to configure the following TCP IP parameters e Usage of the BOOTP file for configuration parameters the default is to use the BOOTP file e P address 4 bytes e Subnet mask 4 bytes e Default gateway 4 bytes e Idle TCP IP connection timeout in seconds To automatically configure TCP IP parameters from the printer control panel 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight UO 2 3 4 5 Press v to select I O 6 Press v to highlight EIO X where X 1
207. ation of switches 1 Door open detection switch SW 1 2 Power switch 3 Paper width detection switch SW4 SW5 SW6 4 Paper length detection switch SW1 SW2 SW3 5 Test print switch SW101 ane y it d Wi m D Ud KC we i hdd Ween Li a Figure 7 31 Door switch 1 Open door switch 2 Front cover switch 424 Chapter Troubleshooting ENWW Solenoid and clutch RA mg Sg M S Figure 7 32 Location of solenoid and clutch 1 Multi purpose tray pickup solenoid SL1 2 Cassette pickup clutch CL1 Figure 7 33 Solenoid and clutch on the paper pickup unit ENWW Diagrams 425 Motors and fans FM1 Figure 7 34 Location of motors and fans Table 7 52 Motors and fans LONE RN 426 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 35 ENWW PCBs PCB locations OO JO om ob Formatter Firmware UO daughter card High voltage power supply PCB Discharging high voltage PCB Fuser power supply PCB Toner level detection PCB Multi purpose tray sensor PCB Cassette sensor PCB Memory tag antenna PCBs Low voltage power supply Memory controller PCB DC controller PCB Diagrams 427 DC controller PCB 9 J1121 17 J1110 1 17 J1119 19 J1128 1 2 8 2 18 AR a J1107 2 J1113 20 1 J1502 19 1 4 J1133 gt 10 2 9 1 2 8 J1105 L E PJP IS Im Jg 41112 J1101 o a N o 3 N J1125 A2 A18 A1 A17 B17 B1
208. avigation e You can manage and configure multiple printers at one time For the latest information about HP Web Jetadmin go to www hp com go webjetadmin UNIX The HP Jetdirect Printer Installer for UNIX is a simple printer installation utility for HP UX and Solaris networks It is available for download from HP Customer Care Online at www hp com support net printing Utilities HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers are equipped with several utilities that make them easy to monitor and manage on a network ENWW Network configuration 89 Embedded Web server This printer is equipped with an embedded Web server that provides access to information about printer and network activities A Web server provides an environment in which Web programs can run in much the same way that an operating system such as Windows provides an environment in which programs can run on your computer The output from these programs can then be viewed in a Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator When a Web server is embedded it resides on a hardware device such as a printer or in firmware rather than being available as software that is loaded on a network server The advantage of an embedded Web server is that it provides an interface to the printer that anyone who has a network connected computer or a standard Web browser can use There is no special software to install or configure For more information about the HP emb
209. bond Standard size glossy 75 to 163 g m 200 sheets paper Letter A4 20 to 43 Ib bond Letter R A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 ee P A5 R 11 x 17 Minimum size glossy 148 by 210 mm 60 to 163 g m 200 sheets paper 5 8 by 8 3 in 16 to 43 Ib bond Maximum size glossy 297 by 432 mm 60 to 163 g m 200 sheets paper 11 7 by 17 in 16 to 43 Ib bond Standard size 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick 100 sheets transparencies Letter 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick 0 13 mm thick A4 Letter R A4 R 5 5 mils thick Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11x 17 A3 60 to 163 g m 16 to 43 Ib bond Minimum size transparencies Maximum size transparencies 148 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 3 in 297 by 432 mm 11 7 by 17 in 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick 100 sheets 0 13 mm thick 5 5 mils thick 100 sheets 0 13 mm thick 5 5 mils thick 0 10 to 0 13 mm thick 4 to 5 5 mils thick 100 sheets 0 13 mm thick 5 5 mils thick Standard size Tough paper Letter A4 Letter R A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 by 17 A3 0 10 to 0 13 mm thick 4 to 5 5 mils thick 100 sheets 0 13 mm thick 5 5 mils thick Minimum size Tough 148 by 210 mm paper 5 8 by 8 3 in 0 10 to 0 13 mm thick 4 to 5 5 mils thick 100 sheets 0 13 mm thick 5 5 mils thick Maximum size Tough 297 by 432 mm paper 11 7 by 17 in 18 Chapter
210. c to your printer e Order Supplies connects to the HP website and order genuine HP supplies such as print cartridges and paper e Product Support connects to the support site for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer where you can search for help regarding general topics Using the HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models The HP Toolbox is a Web application that you can use for the following tasks e Check the printer status e Configure the printer settings access device Web page settings e View troubleshooting information e View online documentation e Print internal printer information pages e Receive pop up status messages You can view the HP Toolbox when the printer is directly connected to your computer If the printer is connected to a network use Custom Installer The HP Toolbox software is automatically installed as part of the typical software installation You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP Toolbox However if you click a link in the Other Links area you must have Internet access to go to the site associated with the link See Other links for more information Supported operating systems HP Toolbox is supported for the following operating systems e Windows 98 2000 Me Server 2003 and XP e Macintosh OS 10 2 or later Tools for troubleshooting 385 Note Note Supported browsers To use the HP Toolbox you must have one of the following browsers e Microsoft Internet Explo
211. ckup assembly 1 of 2 lists parts shown in Figure 8 20 Paper pickup assembly 1 of 2 and Figure 8 21 Paper pickup assembly 2 of 2 If you order a replacement paper pickup unit item 1 you will receive all parts shown in both figures Note You should always replace the cassette pickup roller the cassette feed roller and the cassette separation roller at the same time The roller kit includes all three rollers 484 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 485 ETB assembly 1 of 2 Figure 8 22 ENWW 486 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Note ENWW Table 8 21 ETB assembly 1 ETB assembly RG5 7737 000CN new 1 C9656 69003 exchange ETB assembly C9734 69001 motor M6 ETB RH7 1618 000CN Table 8 21 ETB assembly lists parts shown in Figure 8 22 ETB assembly 1 of 2 and Figure 8 23 ETB assembly 2 of 2 If you order a replacement ETB item 1 you will receive all parts shown in both figures Illustrations and parts lists printer 487 a XX NN NS A N VANN AA e Ware a S3 LKE d ETB assembly 2 of 2 Figure 8 23 ENWW 488 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 489 Figure 8 24 Fuser assembly 1 of 2 490 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 22 Fuser assembly Re eedem remm fuser assembly 5500 only RG5
212. cols e Configuring Novell NetWare frame type parameters Configuring Novell NetWare frame type parameters The HP Jetdirect 615N HP Color LaserJet 5500 or the 620N HP Color LaserJet 5550 print server automatically selects a NetWare frame type Select a frame type manually only when the print server selects an incorrect frame type To identify the frame type chosen by the HP Jetdirect print server print a configuration page from the printer control panel To configure the Novell NetWare parameters from the printer control panel 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS 2 Press to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 3 Press vto select CONFIGURE DEVICE 4 Press v to highlight I O 5 Press vto select UO 6 Press v to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3 7 Press v to select EIO X 8 Press v to highlight IPX SPX 9 Press vto select IPX SPX 10 Press to highlight FRAME TYPE 11 Press v to highlight the desired frame type 12 Press v to select the frame type 13 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state 88 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW HP Web Jetadmin Use HP Web Jetadmin to manage HP Jetdirect connected printers within your intranet by using a browser HP Web Jetadmin is a browser based management tool and should be installed only on a single network
213. components top 239 6 Remove the screw shown in callout 3 and then remove the fuser power supply cover Figure 6 73 Removing and replacing the fuser power supply PCB 1 of 2 7 Remove the two screws shown in callout 4 8 Using needle nose pliers remove the four clips shown in callout 5 9 Disconnect the four connectors shown in callout 6 and remove the fuser power supply PCB Figure 6 74 Removing and replacing the fuser power supply PCB 2 of 2 Fuser drive unit Use the following steps to remove the fuser drive unit 240 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW To remove the fuser drive unit Remove the fuser See Replacing the fuser Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the left cover See Left cover Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 ES zen Sr ceo NS Remove the damper plate shown in callout 2 and remove the damper shown in callout 3 Figure 6 75 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 1 of 4 9 Disconnect the four connectors J1110 J1119 J1128 J1101 shown in callout 4 10 Disconnect the intermediate connector shown in callout 5 ENWW Internal components top 241 11 Remove the cable from the cable guide shown in callout 6 Figure 6 76 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 2 of 3 12 Disconnect the two
214. connectors on the color registration detection unit and the control panel callout 7 242 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 13 Remove the three screws shown in callout 8 and remove the fuser drive unit callout 9 Figure 6 77 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 3 of 4 Figure 6 78 Removing and replacing the fuser drive unit 4 of 4 Fuser inlet paper sensor Use the following steps to remove the fuser inlet paper sensor ENWW Internal components top 243 To remove the fuser inlet paper sensor Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the fuser See Replacing the fuser Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 Unhook the two tabs that are closest to the connector shown in callout 2 BC Srooee ONS Remove the fuser paper sensor Figure 6 79 Removing and replacing the fuser paper sensor Fuser delivery sensor and output bin full sensor Use the following steps to remove the fuser delivery sensor and the output bin full sensor To remove the fuser delivery sensor and output bin full sensor Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the fuser See Replacing the fuser Remove the screw shown in callout 1 pomo om xs Unhook the tab on the side of the sensor cover shown in callout 2 244 Chapter 6 Remo
215. controller will stop the printer after the current print is completed Pickup feed system 179 Note Figure 5 41 Duplex feed unit During 2 sided duplex printing the duplex feed unit reverses the paper direction in the fuser and sends it back through the pickup feed unit to print on the second side Figure 5 41 Duplex switch back illustrates this duplex switch back procedure The sequence of events is as follows 1 The paper with the front side printed passes through the fuser 2 The fuser motor M5 rotates counterclockwise for a specified length of time after the paper reaches the fuser delivery sensor The fuser delivery roller reverses direction and feeds the paper into the duplex feed unit 3 The duplex feed roller feeds the paper back into the pickup unit and the registration shutter detects and corrects any skew 4 The horizontal registration transparency sensor detects the left edge of the page and aligns the page properly for duplex printing 5 The paper then re enters the feed unit and is printed on the second side The paper passes through the fuser a second time and comes to rest in the output bin During duplex printing the printer prints the second side of the page first For instance if a 4 page print job is to be printed on two sheets of paper pages 2 and 4 print first then pages 1 and 3 print For this reason when duplex printing on pre printed letterhead be sure to load the letterhead face
216. could meet all of the guidelines in this chapter and still not print satisfactorily This may be a result of abnormal characteristics of the printing environment or of other variables over which Hewlett Packard has no control for example extremes in temperature and humidity Hewlett Packard recommends testing any media before buying it in large quantities Using media that does not conform to the specifications listed here and in the HP LaserJet Family Print Media Specification Guide can cause problems that require service This service is not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements Media specifications For optimum results use conventional 75 g m 20 Ib xerographic paper Verify that the paper is of good quality and is free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles curls or bent edges Avoid fanning the print media before loading it into the paper trays Supported media weights and sizes HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Table 1 16 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications and Table 1 17 Tray 2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 supported media specifications show the media types and sizes supported by the printer and the printer accessories Table 1 16 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications Media type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Standard size paper 60 to 200 g m 100 sheets cardstock Letter A4 16 to 53 Ib bond 75 g m 20 Ib bond Le
217. cted computer you must choose the Custom installation option when you install the printer driver Select the option to install Printer Status and Alerts For network connections Printer Status and Alerts is installed automatically with the Typical software installation option This software allows you to view the embedded Web server information for a particular printer It also generates messages on the computer regarding the status of the printer and print jobs Depending on how the printer is connected you can receive different messages e Networked printers You can receive regular job status messages that appear every time a print job is sent to the printer or every time the print job finishes printing You can also receive alert messages These messages appear when you are printing to a particular printer if that printer experiences a problem In some cases the printer can continue to print such as when a tray that is not being used is open or a print cartridge is low In other cases a problem may prevent the printer from printing such as when paper is out or a print cartridge is empty e Directly connected printers You can receive alert messages that appear when the printer experiences a problem but can continue printing or a problem that prevents it from printing You can also receive messages indicating the print cartridge is low You can set alert options for a single printer that supports Printer Status and Alerts or you can se
218. ction The printer monitors print cartridge life in several ways to ensure continued high print quality e The number of developer rotations measures the usefulness charge of the toner e The toner sensor monitors remaining toner and informs the user of low or out conditions e The number of photosensitive drum rotations measures the life of the photosensitive drum which degrades slightly with each rotation The cartridge life represented on the supplies status page and in the gauges on the control panel is a combination of all three of these components The lowest remaining percent is the number reported to the customer However information about which of these components is low or out is not reported During the life of a print cartridge the customer receives three different control panel messages e CLEARABLE WARNINGS The cartridge has between 15 and 100 life remaining e ORDER COLOR CARTRIDGE The cartridge has 15 life remaining In typical printing situations this represents about 2 weeks of use e REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE One of the three components listed above has reached its end of life The printer stops and printing cannot continue until the cartridge is replaced 150 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Developer rotations The developer rollers rotations are tracked on the print cartridge s memory tag e label Tracking rotations enables the printer to signal that a print cartridge is low or
219. d Order the identified print cartridge Press v to continue Press for detailed information Press and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Order the identified print cartridge Estimated pages remaining is based upon historical page coverage of this printer Printing will continue until REPLACE lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE is shown Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server 287 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message ORDER FUSER KIT The fuser is near end of life Order the image fuser kit XXXX PAGES LEFT The printer is ready and will Printing can continue until the continue for the estimated number fuser reaches end of life For menus press v of pages indicated Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER FUSER KIT The fuser is near end of life and Order the image fuser kit the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set To continue press v to STOP XXXX PAGES LEFT Press v to continue printing Printing can continue until the fuser reaches en
220. d EEA 433 500 sheet paper feeder circuit diagram ccceecccceeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeseceacaeeeeeeteeeteneeaeeeeeeeeees 434 259 Introduction This troubleshooting chapter assumes the reader has a basic understanding of the color laser printing process Explanations of each mechanical assembly printer systems and the basic theory of operation are found in Chapter 5 Do not perform any of these troubleshooting processes without fully understanding the function of each mechanism This chapter contains the following sections Troubleshooting process includes a pre troubleshooting checklist and a troubleshooting flowchart These tools contain information about common printer errors that can inhibit proper operation or create print quality problems These tools also include recommendations for solving the cause of the error Printer error troubleshooting explains each control panel display message and suggests recommendations for clearing the cause of each message When the printer message indicates a failure for which the root cause is not obvious use the printer error troubleshooting section and the troubleshooting tools section found later in this chapter to solve the problem Paper path troubleshooting provides techniques to solve feed problems Explanations regarding print media checks troubleshooting jams and the differences between jams caused by media and those caused by the printer are discussed Image formation troubleshooting
221. d inks to generate a wide range of color hues and tints See http www hp com for details on how to use PANTONE Matching System with this printer Swatch book color matching The process for matching printer output to preprinted swatch books and standard color references is complex In general you can obtain a reasonably good match to a swatch book if the inks used to create the swatch book are cyan magenta yellow and black These are usually referred to as process color swatch books Some swatch books are created from spot colors Spot colors are specially created colorants Many of these spot colors are outside of the gamut of the printer Most spot color swatch books have companion process swatch books that provide CMYK approximations to the spot color Most process swatch books will have a note on what process standards were used to print the swatch book In most cases they will be SWOP EURO or DIC To get optimal color matching to the process swatch book select the corresponding ink emulation from the printer menu If you cannot identify the process standard use SWOP ink emulation Using color This section includes information on ways to produce the best possible color prints HP ImageREt 3600 HP ImageREt 3600 is a technology that provides you with the best color print quality without having to change driver settings or make trade offs between print quality performance and memory HP ImageREt 3600 produces photorealistic i
222. d of life Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER SUPPLIES More than one supply item is low Press v to identify which supplies should be ordered For menus press v Order the identified supplies Printing can continue until supplies reach end of life Press for detailed information Press 4 and v to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER SUPPLIES More than one supply item is low Press v to identify which and the SUPPLIES LOW setting is supplies should be ordered For status press v set to STOP Order the identified supplies Press v twice to continue printing Printing can continue until supplies reach end of life Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server 288 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message ORDER TRANSFER KIT XXXX PAGES LEFT For menus press v ORDER TRANSFER KIT XXXX PAGES LEFT To continue press v Output Bin Full Remove all paper from bin Performing PAPER PATH TEST Printing PQ troubleshooting Printing REGISTRATION PAGE Processing duplex job Do not grab paper until job completes Receiving upgrade ENWW The transfer unit is near end of li
223. d with visible fingerprints or other foreign substances Make sure that the media type and size for the tray are set correctly in the control panel for the media that you are using Calibrate the printer Print the Print Quality Troubleshooting Pages see Image formation troubleshooting and follow the diagnostic procedure listed on the first page to help isolate the defect to a particular component ENWW Print quality defect chart 353 Media damage wrinkles curl creases tears e Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Make sure to use supported media Make sure that the media is loaded correctly Make sure that the media type and size for the tray are set correctly in the control panel for the media that you are using Make sure that the media you are using does not have any wrinkles or dents from handling and that the media is not contaminated with visible fingerprints or other foreign substances Make sure that the following supplies are seated correctly e fuser e transfer belt Inspect the jam areas and remove any undetected jammed or torn media 354 Chapter Troubleshooting Specks or stray toner Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Make sure to use supported media Make sure that the media type and size for the tray are set correctly in the control pan
224. damaged replace the cartridge Primary charging roller is defective Replace the print cartridge for the affected color High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB Laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner unit for the affected color Note Calibrate the printer after you replace the laser scanner See Calibrate now DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Image defects 359 Dots in vertical lines Table 7 25 Causes for vertical lines of white dots Causes for vertical lines of white dots Transfer charging roller is worn or damaged Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Dirt on back of paper Table 7 26 Causes for dirt on the back of the paper Causes for dirt on the back of the paper Rollers are dirty See Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing for information on identifying the roller s that might be dirty Clean the indicated roller If the roller is still dirty after cleaning replace the appropriate roller cartridge or assembly Pickup roller is dirty Clean the roller If the roller is still dirty after cleaning replace the pickup
225. date source the service ID will not be available and the control panel will display 000000 Restoring the Service ID If you replace the formatter the date is lost Use this menu item to reset the date to the original date the printer was first used The date format is YYDDD Calculate the date as follows 1 To calculate YY subtract 1990 from the calendar year For instance if the printer was first used in 2002 calculate YY as follows 2002 1990 12 YY 12 2 To calculate DDD use the following formula 30 calendar month 1 calendar day DDD If the calendar day is 31 use 30 instead For instance if the printer was first used on October 17 calculate DDD as follows a Subtract 1 from 10 October is the tenth month of the year 10 1 9 b Multiply 9 x 30 9 x 30 270 c Add 17 to 270 270 17 287 Thus DDD 287 Converting the Service ID to an actual date You can use the printer s Service ID number to determine whether the printer is still under warranty Convert the Service ID into the installation date as follows 1 Add 1990 to YY to get the actual year that the printer was installed 2 Divide DDD by 30 If there is a remainder add 1 to the result This is the month 3 The remainder from the calculation in step 2 is the date Using the Service ID 12287 as an example the date conversion is as follows 1 12 1990 2002 so the year is 2002 2 287 divided by 30 9 with a remainder of 17
226. des SW504 505 506 0 7 see Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes W501 502 503 0 7 see Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes SW4 SW5 SW6 0 7 see Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes 406 Chapter Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 48 Sensor test letter codes continued Sensor switch Idle value number doors closed paper in Trays 1 and 2 SW504 505 506 0 7 see Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes O HP Color LaserJet Door 5500 models only O HP Color LaserJet Tray 5 5550 models only paper presence P HP Color LaserJet SW501 502 503 0 7 see Table 7 49 5550 models only Tray 2 paper size i codes Q HP Color LaserJet SW504 505 506 0 7 see Table 7 49 5550 models only Tray 2 paper size codes 0 7 see Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes SWI1 o7 SWA joc SW2 W O SW5 z Best SW3 e9 SW6 E Oo Paper length Paper width cassette detection switch detection switch Figure 7 23 Tray 2 paper size switch arrangement Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes Paper size Paper length detection switch Paper width detection switch x 17 inches Letter off off on on on na landscape Letter on off off off portrait m Je Je ENWW Diagnostics 407 Note WARNING Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes continued Papersize Paper length detection switch Paper width detection switch waive ar m for for I1 mem m e 1m I Im 1
227. dge is not fully seated One or more cartridges are not fully seated Recommended action Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions Press v to display which cartridges are not fully seated alternates with Follow the instructions on the display to reinstall the cartridge s For status press v Press a and to step through instructions REMOVE ALL PRINT CARTRIDGES The printer is executing a Component test and the component selected is Belt only Remove all print cartridges To exit press the STOP key REMOVE AT LEAST ONE CARTRIDGE The printer is executing a Disable Remove one print cartridge cartridge check or Component test where the component selected is To exit press Cartridge Motor the STOP key REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE The identified print cartridge has reached the end of life Replace the identified print cartridge to continue printing Press for detailed information Printing will not continue until the alternates with cartridge is replaced For help press Press a and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server REPLACE FUSER KIT The fuser kit is at end of life Replace the fuser to continue printing Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web serve
228. dia size then press v to select ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Tray X TYPE SIZE Size specified by user alternates with Tray X TYPE SIZE To change type Press v TRAY X EMPTY TYPE SIZE alternates with Ready For menus press v TRAY X OPEN For help press alternates with Ready For menus press v TRAY X SIZE lt SIZE gt For help press alternates with TRAY X SIZE lt SIZE gt To change move switch in tray XX ENWW Event log error message Description The printer is reporting the current configuration of tray XX The tray switch is in the CUSTOM position The specified tray is empty and needs to be filled but the current job does not need this tray to print correctly The specified tray is open or not closed completely A non detectable media size was selected from the menu and the tray switch is set to STANDARD The size selected from the menu does not match the size detected by the tray Size detection occurs when the tray switch is set in the STANDARD position Alphabetical printer messages Recommended action To change media type press v Use a and to highlight the type then press v to select To change the media size to Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 x 17 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD posit
229. dministrator has restricted the rights to this function To view status messages and information On the left side of the window select the printer for which you want to see information Information provided includes status messages supplies status and printer capabilities You can also click the Job History clock icon at the top of the window to view a list of previous jobs sent to the printer from your computer Printer configuration page Use the configuration page to view current printer settings to help troubleshoot printer problems or to verify installation of optional accessories such as memory DIMMs paper trays and printer languages 1 Press vto enter the MENUS 2 Press v to highlight MENUS 3 Press vto select MENUS 4 Press to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION 5 Press vto select PRINT CONFIGURATION The message Printing CONFIGURATION appears on the display until the printer finishes printing the configuration page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the configuration page ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 389 Note If the printer is configured with EIO cards for example an HP Jetdirect Print Server or an optional hard disk drive an additional configuration page will print that provides information about those devices hp color LaserJet 5500 printers Figure 7 8 HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer configuration page Printer information Event log Installed personalities and o
230. duces hazardous emissions or that melts offsets or discolors when exposed to 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second e Do not use transparencies designed for use with Inkjet printers or other low temperature printers Use only transparencies that are specified for use with HP Color LaserJet printers Printing on special media Use these guidelines when printing on special types of media e For optimum results use conventional 75 g m 20 Ib xerographic paper e Verify that the paper is of good quality and free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles curls or bent edges Transparencies When printing on transparencies use the following guidelines e Handle transparencies using the edges Oils from your fingers can remain on the transparency and can cause print quality problems e Use only overhead transparencies recommended for use in this printer Hewlett Packard recommends using HP Color LaserJet transparencies with this printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results e In either the software application or the driver select Transparency as the media type Or print from a tray that is configured for transparencies e Transparencies are not supported from Tray 5 in the HP LaserJet 5550 model Transparencies not designed for LaserJet printing will melt in the printer causing damage to the printer Printing on transparencies Table 1 21 Printing on transparencies Description
231. e HP LocalTalk None 92215N cable kit Media HP Color None C2934A LaserJet Transparencies letter 50 sheets HP Color None C2936A LaserJet Transparencies A4 50 sheets HP LaserJet None 92296T Monochrome transparencies letter HP LaserJet None 92296U Monochrome transparences A4 HP LaserJet Soft None C4179A Gloss paper letter 200 sheets HP LaserJet Soft None C4179B Gloss paper A4 200 sheets HP LaserJet None Q1298A Tough paper letter HP LaserJet None Q1298B Tough paper A4 HP Premium None HPU1132 Choice LaserJet paper letter 438 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories continued Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number HP Premium None CHP410 Choice LaserJet paper A4 HP LaserJet None HPJ1124 paper letter HP LaserJet None CHP310 paper A4 Memory Compact Flash 5550 only Q2635 67951 32MB Firmware 4 MB Flash DIMM 5500 only 5550 C4287A C4287A NA 64 MB memory 5500 only 5550 C7848A C7848 67901 DIMM SDRAM NA 128 MB memory 5500 only C7850A C7850 67901 DIMM SDRAM 128 MB memory 5550 only Q2630 67951 DIMM SDRAM 256 MB memory 5500 only C9653A C9653 67901 DIMM SDRAM 256 MB memory 5550 only Q2631 67951 DIMM SDRAM Control panel overlays Assy CP Label 5550 only Q3713 60105 ES PT Assy CP Label 5550 only Q3713 60106 ES HE Assy CP Label 5550 only Q3713 60107 DE FRIIT Assy CP Labe
232. e Size can be selected from the control panel Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu 279 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message TRAY XX CONTAINS UNKNOWN MEDIA TYPE MISMATCH IN TRAY XX TYPE alternates with Ready For menus press v Unable To Store Job USE INSTEAD TRAY XX TYPE SIZE Note explanatory 280 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description The media type in the specified tray cannot be determined This warning appears after the printer has detected an overhead transparency in the paper path when the tray is configured for another type resulting in a 41 5 Unexpected Type in Tray XX error The user did not reconfigure the tray after the error message appeared so the printer determines that the type of media is not what the tray is configured to hold A job cannot be stored because of a memory disk or configuration problem The printer is offering a selection of alternate media to use for the print job Recommended action To change media type press v Use a and to highlight the type then press v to select To change the media size to Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 by 17 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position To change the media size to other sizes move the tray switch to CUSTOM adjust the paper
233. e 6 42 Removing and replacing the drum drive assemblies 4 of 4 Note Calibrate the printer after removing and replacing any of the drum drive assemblies See Calibrate now Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the developing disengaging rod be sure to rotate the white gear located between the black and magenta drum drive units fully clockwise until it comes to a complete stop as indicated in callout 6 below 216 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Note Failure to position the gear properly will result in improper printer operation and possible print quality defects Also make sure the developing disengaging rod passes through the slots in the drive clutches in the up position callout 7 in each of the four drum drive units engaging each clutch The clutch on the yellow drum drive unit is particularly difficult to see and engage properly Figure 6 43 Reinstalling the developing disengaging rod 1 of 2 Figure 6 44 Reinstalling the developing disengaging rod 2 of 2 E label memory controller PCB Use the following steps to remove the e label memory controller PCB ENWW Internal components left side 217 Figure 6 45 Note CAUTION To remove the e label memory controller PCB 1 Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield Remove the three screws shown in callout 1 2 3 Disconnect the nine connectors shown in callout 2 4 Remove the e label memory c
234. e SET REGISTRATION menu when the page is completed Paper temporarily comes into the output bin while printing a duplex job Do not attempt to remove the pages until the job is complete A firmware upgrade is in progress Alphabetical printer messages Order an image transfer kit Printing can continue until the transfer unit reaches end of life Press for detailed information Press a and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Order the transfer kit Printing can continue until the transfer unit reaches end of life Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Remove media from the output bin No action is necessary however the data is useful to help troubleshoot paper jams Follow the instructions on the printed pages Follow the instructions on the printed pages Do not grab paper as it temporarily comes into the output bin The message will disappear when the job is finished Do not turn the printer off until the printer returns to Ready 275 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message REINSTALL COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press REINSTALL SUPPLIES Event log error message Description The cartri
235. e antenna PCB for the indicated color Replace the memory controller PCB Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now INSTALL FUSER The fuser is either not installed or Insert the fuser or make sure not correctly installed in the printer the installed fuser is fully For help press seated Press for detailed information Press a and to step through the instructions If the error persists verify that the connectors J18 on the fuser and J1101 on the DC controller are good replace them if necessary Replace the fuser assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now INSTALL SUPPLIES At least one supply item is missing Press v and then press for or is not correctly seated in the help printer and another supply item is missing incorrectly placed out or low Insert the supply item or make sure the installed supply item is fully seated Press 4 and v to step through the instructions For status press v Follow the instructions on the display to locate and replace the missing or incorrect supply ENWW Alphabetical printer messages 285 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event log error message Description INSTALL TRANSFER UNIT The transfer unit is either not installed or not corr
236. e emm Clearing event log Allows you to clear the printer s internal event log TOTAL PAGE COUNT Range 0 9999999 Allows you to reset the page count after replacing the formatter The page count should reflect the number of pages printed on the print engine rather than the formatter TRANSFER KIT COUNT Range 0 9999999 Allows you to reset the page count of the current transfer s the CE i unit if the value is lost This NAMAS ON PAJSS IE Mansig item automatically resets to unit can print a zero when the transfer unit is replaced and the user selects the choice to reset the transfer count FUSER KIT COUNT Range 0 9999999 Allows you to reset the page 150 000 is the maximum count of the current fuser if the value is lost This item automatically resets to zero when the fuser is replaced and the user selects the choice to reset the fuser count number of pages the fuser can print SERIAL NUMBER Allows you to update the serial number if you replace the formatter mE SERVICE ID YYDD If you replace the formatter this item allows you to set the date to the date the printer was first used rather than the date the new formatter was installed See Service ID for information on the date format COLD RESET PAPER LETTER If the customer uses default paper size of A4 used in ES Europe this item allows you to reset the default if you replace the formatter 382 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Tools for troubleshoo
237. e is monochrome the engine will go into mono mode until a color page is detected It then it goes into color mode If three consecutive monochrome pages are detected the engine will switch back to monochrome mode again If the first page is color the engine will go into color mode until three consecutive monochrome pages are detected at which point it will switch back to monochrome mode TRAY BEHAVIOR userequestedtray Allows you to specify settings for the tray selection behavior manuallyfeedprompt This setting allows you to configure the trays to behave like trays in some previous HP printers 378 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 7 43 System setup submenu continued bem o ue pem POWERSAVE TIME Settings depend on the printer Reduces power consumption model when the printer has been inactive for an extended period PERSONALITY Sets the default personality to automatic switching PCL or PostScript emulation PS PDF HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only MIME HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only CLEARABLE WARNINGS Sets whether a warning is cleared on the control panel or ON JOB when another job is sent Determines printer behavior when the system generates an auto continuable error SUPPLIES LOW CONTINUE Sets low supplies reporting STOP options COLOR SUPPLY OUT AUTO CONTINUE BLACK Sets COLOR SUPPLY OUT HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer behavior When a color models only STOP supply
238. e other end to the network Connect one end of another network cable to the printer and the other end to the network Figure 3 10 Peer to peer connection direct to network Peer to peer parallel Connect two or more computers to the network hub using network cables Connect one end of a parallel cable to the printer Connect the other end to a computer Figure 3 11 Peer to peer connection parallel 74 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Enhanced I O EIO configuration Note Note ENWW This printer comes equipped with three enhanced input output EIO slots The three EIO slots hold compatible external devices such as the HP Jetdirect print server network cards HP EIO hard drive or other devices Plugging EIO network cards into the slots increases the number of network interfaces available to the printer EIO network cards can maximize printer performance when you are printing from a network In addition they provide the ability to place the printer anywhere on a network This eliminates the need to attach the printer directly to a server or a workstation and enables you to place the printer closer to the network users If the printer is configured through an EIO network card configure that card through the control panel Configure device menu HP Jetdirect print servers HP Jetdir
239. e printer to calibrate Use the following steps to reset the transfer unit count 1 o M o0 wD 9 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to highlight RESETS Press v to select RESETS Press e to highlight RESET SUPPLIES Press v to select RESET SUPPLIES Press e to highlight NEW TRANSFER KIT Press v to select NEW TRANSFER KIT 10 Press v to highlight YES 11 Press v to reset the transfer unit count Replacing the fuser Replace the fuser when the printer control panel displays REPLACE FUSER KIT 1 2 Turn the printer off Using the side handles open the top cover WARNING The fuser might be hot Wait 10 minutes before proceeding 3 ENWW Completely loosen the blue thumb screws on either side of the fuser Ctt REPE d SE Wwe Replacing supply items 113 4 Grasp the ends and pull straight up to remove the fuser hy comu Dose Remove the new fuser from the bag Grasp the sides of the fuser and lower it into the printer Press firmly to seat it in position CP SSW ai pq m SS oU A 8 Close the top cover and turn the printer on After a short while the control panel should display NEW FUSER KIT 9 Press v to highlight YES 10 Press v to select YES 11 Press a to reset the fuser count Replacing the f
240. e tabs and within the media width guides Print media is skewed Input tray guides are not adjusted correctly Adjust input tray guides so they hold media firmly in place without bending it If media heavier than 200 g m 53 Ib is loaded into Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 for the 5550 model the media might skew Print media is binding or sticking together Remove media flex it rotate it 180 degrees or flip it over Reload media into the input tray Do not fan media Print media is removed before it settles into the Reset the printer Wait until the page completely output bin settles in the output bin before removing it Paper path troubleshooting 333 Table 7 7 Common causes of paper jams continued Common causes of paper jams When duplexing the print media is removed Reset the printer and print the document again before the second side of the document is printed Wait until the page completely settles in the output bin before removing it Print media is in poor condition Replace the print media Print media is not picked up by the internal Remove the top sheet of media If the media is rollers from Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 heavier than 163 g m 43 Ib it may not be 5550 model picked from the tray Print media has rough or jagged edges Replace the media Print media is perforated or embossed This media does not separate easily You might need to feed single sheets from Tray 1 Printer su
241. e unit esses 253 Paper feeder length and width detection switches 254 Paper feeder pickup clutch c ccccccecceeeceeceeeeeececeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeaaaeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesensaees 255 Paper feeder PCB eege ese ehe e AE 256 184 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Introduction WARNING WARNING ENWW This chapter contains illustrations and step by step instructions to remove and replace printer parts and components Removal and replacement strategy This chapter explains how to remove and replace major printer components HP does not support repairing individual subassemblies or troubleshooting to the component level Replacement is generally the reverse of removal Occasionally directions for difficult or critical replacement procedures are included Designations for the left and right sides of the printer are as if you are facing the front of the printer The information in this section is intended for authorized service personnel only Repair notices Turn the printer off then unplug the power cord before servicing the printer Failure to completely disconnect the printer could result in severe injury Never operate or service the printer with the protective cover removed from the laser scanner assembly The reflected beam although invisible can damage your eyes Never operate the printer with any parts removed The sheet metal parts can have sharp edges Be careful not to cut yourself when handli
242. e use of HP products in this printer Use of non HP products can cause problems that require service not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements 106 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW Figure 4 1 ENWW ETB life under different circumstances Depending on the printer workload the customer will need to replace the ETB once or twice in the life of the printer In order to help plan supplies purchases the HP Color LaserJet 5500series printer calculates an estimated remaining number of pages that can be printed on the ETB and displays this on the Supplies Status page under Transfer Kit HP Part Number RG5 7737 000CN You can view the Supplies Status page by printing it from the printer s control panel If the printer is connected to the network you can also view the page in your Web browser through the HP Web Jetadmin software or the HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only The number of pages an ETB can print is a function of two factors e The number of times the belt goes from a stationary to a rotating state spins up e The number of pages printed on the belt Unless print jobs are queued back to back each print job will require the belt to spin up Think of the ETB as having a limited number of wear units It has 200 000 wear units when it is new Each time the belt spins up it uses two wear units Each time it prints a page the belt uses one wear unit Since most print jobs are not queued the aver
243. ect print servers network cards can be installed in one of the printer s EIO slots These cards support multiple network protocols and operating systems HP Jetdirect print servers facilitate network management by allowing you to connect a printer directly to your network at any location HP Jetdirect print servers also support the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP which provides network managers with remote printer management and troubleshooting through HP Web Jetadmin software Installation of these cards and network configuration should be performed by a network administrator Configure the card either through the control panel the printer installation software HP Web Jetadmin software or Embedded Web Server Refer to the HP Jetdirect print server documentation for information on which external devices or EIO network cards are supported Available enhanced UO interfaces HP Jetdirect print servers network cards provide software solutions for e Novell NetWare Network e Microsoft Windows and Windows NT networks e Apple Mac OS AppleTalk e UNIX HP UX and Solaris e Linux Red Hat and SuSE e Internet printing For a summary of available network software solutions refer to the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide or visit HP Customer Care online at http www hp com support net printing NetWare networks When using Novell NetWare products with an HP Jetdirect print server Queue Server mode provides impro
244. ectly installed in the printer For help press LOAD TRAY XX TYPE SIZE Tray XX is either empty or configured for a type and size other than specified in the job No For help press other tray is available LOAD TRAY XX TYPE SIZE Tray XX is either empty or configured for a type and size other than specified in the job For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY XX TYPE SIZE To use another tray press v Manually Feed TYPE SIZE A job sent requires a specific paper type and size that is not currently available For help press alternates with Manually Feed TYPE SIZE To continue press v 286 Chapter7 Troubleshooting Recommended action Insert the transfer unit or make sure the installed transfer unit is fully seated Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through the instructions If the error persists verify that the ETB connectors J36 and J38 on the ETB and J1111 on the DC controller PCB are good Replace connectors as necessary Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Press for detailed information Press a and to step through instructions Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions ENWW Table 7
245. edded Web server see the Embedded Web Server User Guide You can find this guide on the CD ROM that is included with the printer Features Use the HP embedded Web server to view printer and network card status and manage printing functions from your computer With the HP embedded Web server you can do the following e View printer status information e Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones e View and change tray configurations e View and change the printer control panel menu configuration e View and print internal pages e Receive notification of printer and supplies events e Add or customize links to other Web sites e Select the language in which to show the embedded Web server pages e View and change network configuration HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models The HP Toolbox is a software program that can be used for the following tasks e Check the printer status e View troubleshooting information e View online documentation e Print internal printer pages You can view the HP Toolbox when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to a network You have to perform a complete software installation before you can use the HP Toolbox Other components and utilities Several software programs are available for Windows and Macintosh users as well as for network administrators These programs are summarized in the following table 90 Chapter 3 Install
246. edia stored correctly and within environmental limits ENWW Troubleshooting process 261 Table 7 1 Pre troubleshooting checklist continued Input trays e Is the amount of media in the tray within specifications e Is the media set into the tray correctly e Are the paper guides aligned with the paper e Is the cassette properly installed in the printer Print cartridges e Is each print cartridge properly installed ETB and fuser e Arethe ETB and fuser properly installed e Are the top cover and front cover closed Condensation e Does condensation occur following a temperature change particularly in winter following cold storage If so wipe affected parts dry or leave the printer on for 10 to 20 minutes Was a print cartridge opened soon after being moved from a cold to a warm room If so allow the printer to sit at room temperature for one to two hours Miscellaneous Check for and remove any non HP components print cartridges memory modules and EIO cards from the printer If hardware or software configuration has not changed or the problem is not associated with any specific software contact the Customer Care Center Remove the printer from the network and ensure that the failure is associated with the printer before beginning troubleshooting For any print quality issues calibrate the printer See Calibrate now for instructions Troubleshooting flowchart The flowchart on these two pages highlight
247. ee EE 88 Configuring Novell NetWare frame type parameters ssssseee 88 HP VE RT el UE 89 UNIX eet ioni e eec Ed ve cet Labore fu cde boe be ee OP DE eb sd vb Zu 89 D rg c m aed ed 89 Embedded Web server oed cete dede td eden tede ee che d ede de eed ed anne 90 Configuring TCP IP parameters m eene ener nnns 91 Setting network security on the printer sssssssessee emm em enn 97 Locking the control panel toe e eter eed de entere etaient 97 Using an ASCII PJL escape sequence to set network security seessssssse 98 46 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Site requirements Environmental specifications Keep the printer within the environmental conditions shown in Table 1 4 Environmental specifications for optimum performance The printer must be kept in a proper location to maintain the performance level that has been set at the factory In particular be sure that the environment adheres to the specifications listed in this chapter Below are recommendations for the printer location and placement Make sure the printer has the following e A well ventilated dust free area e A surface that will support the particular printer model e A hard level surface not more than a 2 angle e For the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550 5500n 5550 and 5500 5550dn the surface must support up to 60 kg 132 Ib e For the HP Color Las
248. eeder RG5 6770 140CN see Figure 8 29 500 sheet paper feeder cassette 1 of 2 ENWW Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 495 500 sheet paper feeder internal components 1 of 2 Figure 8 27 ENWW 496 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 24 500 sheet paper feeder internal components 1 paper size detection assembly 500 sheet RG5 6769 000CN 2 feeder lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6753 030CN o menses esee Jee 0 Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 497 500 sheet paper feeder internal components 2 of 2 Figure 8 28 ENWW 498 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 499 Figure 8 29 500 sheet paper feeder cassette 1 of 2 500 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Note Note ENWW Table 8 25 500 sheet paper feeder cassette be eem mem m cassette 500 sheet feeder RG5 6770 140CN 2 roller separation RF5 3338 000CN single 1 roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit See second note below Solenoid and clutch lists parts shown in Figure 8 29 500 sheet paper feeder cassette 1 of 2 and Figure 8 30 500 sheet paper feeder cassette 2 of 2 If you order a replacement cassette item 1 you will receive all parts shown in both figures Whenever you replace the separation roller you should also replace the cassette
249. eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 194 Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray sssseess 195 Removing and replacing the front cover 00 0 eeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeees 196 Removing and replacing the control panel 1 of 21 197 Removing and replacing the control panel 2 of 2 197 Control panel overlay for 5500 models only sess 198 Control panel with label for 5550 models only sssssssssss 198 Removing and replacing the cassette COVED ccecccceceeeeeeeeeetteeeeeettteeeeeeetee 198 Removing and replacing the paper pickup unit 1 of 2 sssss 199 Removing and replacing the paper pickup unit 2 of 2i 199 Removing and replacing the paper pickup sensor PCB sssssssnsssesernenenneenn 200 Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray sensor PCB 201 Removing and replacing the paper pickup drive unit 1 of 2 202 Removing and replacing the paper pickup drive unit 2 of 2 202 Removing and replacing the lifter drive unit 1 Of 3 203 Removing and replacing the lifter drive unit 2 of 31 203 Removing and replacing the lifter drive unit 3 of 21 204 Removing the cassette pickup and feed rollers sssssssssss 205 Removing and replacing the solenoid and clutch n 206 Removing and replacing the cassette separation roller 206 Removing and r
250. eet metal to sheet M3x8 metal part number XA9 1330 000CN Screw self tapping To hold plastic to plastic Screw truss head To hold sheet metal to sheet metal M3x6 part number XA9 1329 000CN example formatter cage Screw machine with washer To hold plastic to metal M3x10 example printer covers part number XA9 1162 000CN 186 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Table 6 1 Types of screws continued eram oem um Retaining ring e type To hold a bolt through a slot or a gear in place ENWW Introduction 187 Supplies Note Note CAUTION The customer replaces print cartridges the fuser and the ETB unit as they are depleted Printer Maintenance explains when to replace supplies and provides instructions on replacing them The printer tracks the amount of use on the customer replaceable supplies by keeping a page count Swapping supplies between printers might cause a misrepresentation of supply life values and is not recommended If you replace either the fuser or the ETB when servicing the printer and these supplies have not yet reached the end of their estimated life you must reset the page count for these supplies through the Configure device menu on the control panel See Replacing the fuser for instructions on resetting the ETB and fuser counts Table 6 2 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items Supply item Printer message Page counts Approximate To install time period
251. efective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Table 7 9 Jams in Tray 2 Causes for jams in Tray 2 Cause Pickup roller separation roller or feed roller in If any one of these rollers is damaged replace the paper cassette is deformed all three rollers together 336 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 9 Jams in Tray 2 continued Causes for jams in Tray 2 Drive gears are damaged Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged Cassette pickup clutch is damaged Disconnect the connector J24 for the cassette pickup clutch Measure the resistance between the cable side connectors J24 1 and J24 2 If the measured resistance is NOT about 206 ohms replace the cassette pickup clutch Paper stack surface sensor is defective Replace the cassette sensor PCB Pickup motor is defective Replace the paper pickup drive assembly Paper pickup assembly is defective Replace the paper pickup assembly Lifting plate or lifter drive mechanism in the Replace the cassette or the lifter drive assembly cassette is defective Lifter motor is defective Replace the lifter motor DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Table 7 10 Jams in Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models o
252. efective Replace the paper feeder PCB DC controller PCB is defective Table 7 11 Jams in the paper path Causes for jams in the paper path Registration shutter is defective This applies to jams that occur before the registration roller Drive gears are damaged This applies to jams that occur before the registration roller Registration roller and registration sub roller are dirty worn or damaged This applies to jams that occur before the registration roller Attaching roller is damaged This applies to jams in which paper is crumpled into an accordion as it enters the ETB Cartridge shutter open close mechanism is damaged This applies to jams in which paper is crumpled into an accordion fold somewhere on the ETB belt Cartridge drive motor assembly is damaged Attaching roller is defective Top of page sensor is defective 338 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Make sure the shutter is clean moves smoothly and that the spring is in place If the shutter is damaged replace the paper pickup assembly Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged Clean the registration roller or registration sub roller if it is dirty If it is still dirty after cleaning or if itis worn or damaged replace the paper pickup assembly
253. eflected light the DC controller stops the printer and issues a density sensor abnormality warning to the formatter DC controller PCB Sensor right Color registration detection unit LED DRIVE REGLED signal IMAGE DENSITY DETEC TION DENS signal Sensor left S Light ud a D Light receiver e SE ae Detection pattern S ETB belt Image density detection 168 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Pickup feed system Figure 5 32 ENWW The pickup feed system picks paper from the input trays and carries it along the paper path The printer has one multi purpose tray Tray 1 and one 500 sheet cassette Tray 2 e Tray 3 is standard on the HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn and 5550dtn models Tray 3 and Tray 4 are standard on the HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn model Trays 3 4 and 5 are standard on the HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn model e Tray 3 and Tray 4 are optional on the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5500n and 5500dn models e Trays 3 4 and 5 are optional on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 and 5550dn models Sensors detect the presence of paper in each of these trays The paper length and width detection switches detect the size of the paper in each tray as well as the presence of each tray There are several standard paper sizes the printer can detect In addition the printer can detect custom paper sizes To use detectable custom paper sizes the user must move a switch in the cassette from the
254. el emm emen 403 258 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Tes le sme eel dei eit t dh OE 415 Engine test page EE 415 Refuge e 415 L ns UE 416 COld eebe tee e REGE I edes tre pet ee 416 NVRAM initializatlon 2 eite itte Lo ded eet eed b dud ed ae la Da 416 Harddisk initialization e eorr te ee reete td tede le ERE nexu nutre deoa ge 417 Calibration bypass Add lee EE Lco ebbe ue ee 417 Calibrate oW cc hee e tee fe be ente a RR dt ll a aie aed 417 Full calibrate now HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 418 Quick calibrate now HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 419 Service Menu es 420 Accessing th Service Menu iseia niara e DE Pe d ie Id TE e eee Fi D 420 Clear event log 2 5 2 reet an eb tee ata e ote Moanin va et eal 420 Be Nee RTE 420 Transfer kit COUNT 2e eee eel EES 420 Eeer KIEREN EE deent EE 420 i a EE 420 Service ID PME 421 Restoring the Service ID iiic dede eiii edid ele edd kg ced ced Ku 421 Converting the Service ID to an actual date All Cold reset paper o id Here e eet e ede b eei dee eae ae ql dated ede 421 BIEL TE 422 Main parts UL p 422 ee NEE 424 Solenoid ANA ClUTCH EE 425 Motors And tans eoe erdt tete a e gei tetti ate et Ehe egeta ede HE eT NRI Rene 426 eicrs I ld a a hea ete oat gee a 427 DC controller e 428 CORDectots coe ets bebes Ap det vetera i dete as gd 429 500 sheet paper feeder Connectors e eene 432 General CirCUit diagram Lageseeiai iii EEA dceebicennshentesad ceeh
255. el for the media that you are using Calibrate the printer Print the Print Quality Troubleshooting Pages see Image formation troubleshooting and follow the diagnostic procedure listed on the first page to help isolate the defect to a particular component ENWW ENWW Skewed stretched or off center page Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Make sure to use supported media Make sure that the media is loaded correctly For problems with page skew turn over the stack of media and rotate the stack 180 degrees Make sure that the following supplies are seated correctly e fuser e transfer belt Inspect the jam areas and remove any undetected jammed or torn media Print quality defect chart 355 Image defects If specific defects occur repeatedly print a Print Quality Troubleshooting page and follow the instructions on the page If you are unable to resolve the problem use the information in this section to identify the root cause of the problem Image defects fall into the categories listed in Table 7 18 Image defects Possible causes and recommended solutions for each of these categories are listed in the tables that follow In general the items are listed in order from minor repairs to major repairs Check the items in the order in which they appear Table 7 18 Image defects Light image A very light image is printed
256. ement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 328 Both the formatter and DC controller sseseee em emen 328 Formatter new or previously installed in another printer eeeeeeeeeeee 328 DC controller new or previously installed in another printer sseeesssssss 329 Paper path troubleshootlrig ii cott et rn tt ed enn ta een den Nene ted edd Nuus 330 SIMI 330 ER EE 330 Jam locations by error MESSAGE enne nennen nnns 330 TEE e Rc UE 332 AVOIGING paper LEE 333 Persistent jams de 334 Basic troubleshooting for paper jams seessssssesrresesrsnsssrnnasrsnnnarannaasennanananndatnnnaaannnaaaeenae 334 Data CONS CUON pre 334 General paper path troubleshooting sss 335 Paper path checklista sien t 335 Paper transport troubleshooting sssssssssssssseenee eene nennen nnn 341 Paper is wrinkled or folded A 341 Image formation troubleshooting sssssseeeneneene eee nennen enne 343 Print quality problems associated with media 343 Overhead transparency defects ssssssssssssssesee ene nennen ener enn 343 Print quality problems associated with the environment sssssssssssssrrerrnnssnsssesrrrrrrnnn 344 Print quality problems associated with jams see 344 Print quality troubleshooting PAGES memes 344 Understanding color variations enm emen 344 Print qual
257. en ter eee 397 Print the RGB samples page HP Color LaserJet 5550 models eneseeeererresrseeerren 398 Print the CMYK samples page HP Color LaserJet 5550 models sssssse 399 ix DIAQMOSUGCS TELE 400 RR ul le 400 ls UNE ul e 402 Diagnostics from the control panel sssssesee emm ens 403 Id 0c 415 Engine test page nce eter nee eee tton da A i epe RR dee eve qe nae veined 415 Formatter test page ccccceecseececeenteceeseneeteeeenseesecenseeseesenneeseceenseesesensesesenennesennennaede 415 L ns UnL 416 Ree E 416 NVRAM in EE Ce TEE 416 Hard disk initialization esssssssesssseeeeeeeenenennen enne rre nennen nnne 417 Calibration bypass eiecti Ere Saa coeur ere EEN a EE 417 Calibrate NOW c 417 Full calibrate now HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 418 Quick calibrate now HP Color LaserJet 5550 model 419 Rice H aia 420 Accessing the Service mem 420 Clear event 0g E 420 Total page COUNT e 420 Transfer Kit COUNE in inerte eere haer E Er E Re Ren E EA NE 420 Fuser Kit COUN E 420 Seral nuimber serere seed rene race diee len deg que evan b Coen dre a eae ade eat 420 Service JD PM 421 Restoring the Service ID i eec dines beet here haee s Ceo ea pee RA REES 421 Converting the Service ID
258. enance ENWW Note Note ENWW 8 Close the ETB the front cover then the top cover After a short while the control panel should display Ready If a cartridge is in the wrong slot the control panel displays the message Incorrect supplies 9 Installation is complete Place the used print cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions Replacing the transfer unit ETB Replace the transfer unit ETB when the printer control panel displays REPLACE TRANSFER KIT If you replace the transfer unit when it is not at the end of life for instance if it is defective you will need to calibrate the printer and reset the transfer unit count through the control panel See Cleaning the static discharge comb for instructions Clean the static discharge comb whenever you replace the ETB Use the new cleaning brush that is included with the replacement ETB See Cleaning the static discharge comb 1 Turn the printer off 2 Using the side handles open the top cover Open the front cover 3 Grasp the green handles on the transfer unit and pull down B D ped Oe Vall 0 4 Locate the blue release latches on either side of the transfer unit near the bottom of the transfer unit LSS 7 e Es j VI WE Lj Replacing supply items 111 5 Grasp the transfer unit with two hands Simultaneously pull the release la
259. engine rather than starting over for the new formatter The page count is broken into two categories total mono pages and total color pages Transfer kit count This item allows you to reset the transfer unit count if the value is lost such as when you replace the formatter This value is initially set to zero at the factory Enter a value up to 120 000 This value is automatically reset to zero when a customer installs a new transfer kit and sets NEW TRANSFER KIT to YES in the Resets menu Fuser kit count This item allows you to reset the fuser count if the value is lost such as when you replace the formatter This value is initially set to zero at the factory Enter a value up to 150 000 This value is automatically reset to zero when a customer installs a new transfer kit and sets NEW FUSER KIT to YES in the Resets menu Serial number If you replace the formatter use this item to reset the serial number of the printer 420 Chapter Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW Service ID This item allows the date that the printer was first used to be shown through the control panel eliminating the need for customers to keep paper receipts for proof of warranty Because the printer does not have an internal clock the service ID date s availability is dependent on the printer being connected to a source that can provide the date such as the installer the driver or the embedded Web server In cases where the printer is not connected to a
260. ensor at the top of the ETB unit detects the ETB s speed The DC controller maintains a constant ETB feed speed to ensure good color registration ENWW 154 Chapter5 Theory of operation Figure 5 19 ENWW Electrostatic latent image formation block The image formation process begins with the electrostatic image formation block in which an electrostatic latent image is formed on the photosensitive drum This block consists of three steps e primary exposure e primary charging e laser beam exposure After the last step is completed areas of the drum surface that have not been exposed to the laser beam retain a negative charge The areas exposed to the laser are neutralized This neutralized image is called an electrostatic latent image because it is invisible to the eye Step 1 Primary exposure To prepare for primary charging light from the primary exposure LED strikes the photosensitive drum surface This eliminates any residual charge on the drum surface in order to avoid inconsistent charge density Figure 5 19 Primary exposure illustrates this step Primary charging roller Photosensitive drum Primary exposure Image formation system 155 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Step 2 Primary charging To prepare for latent image formation a uniform negative potential is applied to the photosensitive drum surface The primary charging roller is made of a conductive rubber DC bias is applied to the primary chargin
261. ent circumstances eene 107 Locating Supplies e 108 Replacing supply items sssssssssssssssssssseesee nennen ennt nene n nn nnn nnn nene 109 Changing print Cartridges cie ed anai pn ede nue Ext Re dx oe Re gue Rue desee vede nuda 109 Replacing the transfer unit EIB 111 Replacing the transfer unit when it is not at end of life sess 112 Replacing the TUSOF ierit t i as ea e Mp d p EE edo Ey ied dee nus 113 Replacing the fuser when it is not at end of life ssssene 114 Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models eene 116 To print a configuration PAGE eene 116 v Installing memory and font DIMMs for HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 116 Installing DDR memory DIMMs for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 119 Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 model 122 Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 122 Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 123 Checking DIMM installation HP Color LaserJet 5500 model 123 Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card sssssse nne 123 5 Theory of operation Basic operation 129 Operation Sequernce TE 129 Engine control system ssssssssssssesseeeeeneeeenen nennen enne ener nenne nennen nns 131 DC controller Clreuit 2 1 etri peer Eee
262. eplacing the low voltage power supply 4 of 4 225 Removing and replacing the formatter case 1 of 2 226 Removing and replacing the formatter case 2 of 2 227 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 1 of 8 228 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 2 of 8 228 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 3 of 8 229 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 4 of 8 229 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 5 of 8 230 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 6 Of 8 230 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 7 Of 8 231 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 8 of 8 232 Removing and replacing the high voltage power supply PCB 233 Aligning the high voltage power supply DCH 234 Removing and replacing the toner level detection PCB cette 235 Removing and replacing the high voltage contact blocks cyan lee eec S 236 Removing and replacing the door switch sssseene 237 Removing the screw in the discharging DCH 238 Removing and replacing the discharging PCB ssssseess 239 Removing and replacing the fuser power supply PCB 1 of 2 240 Removing and replacing
263. eplacing the multi purpose tray pickup roller 1 of 2 207 Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray pickup roller 2 of 2 207 Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray separation pad 208 Removing and replacing the color registration detection unit 209 Removing and replacing the DC controller shield esssssssssss 210 Environment seriSQr 3 erp RHEIN ORBE 211 Removing and replacing the memory tag antenna PCBs 1 of 2 212 Removing and replacing the memory tag antenna PCBs 2 of 2 212 Removing and replacing the developing disengaging drive unit 213 Removing and replacing the drum drive gears 1 of 2 Leccese 214 Removing and replacing the drum drive gears 2 of 2 214 ENWW ENWW Figure 6 39 Figure 6 40 Figure 6 41 Figure 6 42 Figure 6 43 Figure 6 44 Figure 6 45 Figure 6 46 Figure 6 47 Figure 6 48 Figure 6 49 Figure 6 50 Figure 6 51 Figure 6 52 Figure 6 53 Figure 6 54 Figure 6 55 Figure 6 56 Figure 6 57 Figure 6 58 Figure 6 59 Figure 6 60 Figure 6 61 Figure 6 62 Figure 6 63 Figure 6 64 Figure 6 65 Figure 6 66 Figure 6 67 Figure 6 68 Figure 6 69 Figure 6 70 Figure 6 71 Figure 6 72 Figure 6 73 Figure 6 74 Figure 6 75 Figure 6 76 Figure 6 77 Figure 6 78 Figure 6 79 Figure 6 80 Figure 6 81 Figure 6 82 Figure 6 83
264. equently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package and then touch bare metal on the printer 1 Turn the printer off and disconnect all power and interface cables Locate the formatter board in the rear of the printer 116 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW 2 Remove the eight screws holding the board in place and set them aside Slide out the formatter board and set it on a clean flat grounded surface 4 Release the locks on each side of the DIMM slot 5 Remove the DIMM from the antistatic package Locate the alignment notches on the bottom edge of the DIMM gt C Cum mma mmm ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 117 6 Holding the DIMM by the edges align the notches on the DIMM with the bars in the DIMM slot Note If you have difficulty inserting the DIMM or closing the latches make sure the notches on the bottom of the DIMM are aligned with the bars in the slot If the DIMM still does not go in make sure you are using the correct type of DIMM 7 Firmly press the DIMM straight into the slot Close the locks on each side of the DIMM until they snap into place 8 Align the formatter board in the tracks at the top and bottom of the slot and slide the board back into the printer Replace and tighten the eight screws removed in step 2 9 Reconnect the power cable and interface cables and turn the printer on 118
265. equest a FULL CALIBRATE NOW using the printer control panel see Image formation troubleshooting Verify that the media does not exceed the maximum weight supported see Image formation troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Vertical lines e Printthe Print Quality Troubleshooting Pages see Image formation troubleshooting and follow the diagnostic procedure listed on the first page to help isolate the defect to a particular component Color fade in all colors e Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Calibrate the printer Repetitive defects Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Print the Print Quality Troubleshooting Pages see Image formation troubleshooting and follow the diagnostic procedure listed on the first page to help isolate the defect to a particular component Color fade in one color Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Calibrate the printer Print the Print Quality Troubleshooting Pages see Image formation troubleshooting and follow the diagnostic procedure listed on the first page to help isolate the defect to a particular component Print quality defect chart 351 Fingerprints and media dents e Make sure to use supported media Make sure that the media you are using does not have any wrinkles
266. er The fuser might be hot Wait 10 minutes for it to cool down before removing it 2 Using fingers or needle nose pliers pinch and release the white plastic clips shown in callout 1 on the damper arm on the left side of the cover It is easier to pinch these clips if you tip the top cover forward 3 Remove the screw shown in callout 2 and remove the retaining block 190 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 6 4 ENWW Pull the cover to the right to release the hinge pin on the left side Z i OTTO Removing and replacing the top cover Rear top cover Use the following steps to remove the rear top cover To remove the rear top cover 1 2 3 4 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 Insert a flat blade screwdriver between the top and side covers on the left side of the printer Lift slightly to disengage the tab shown in callout 2 on the left side of the printer Covers and external components 191 5 Pull the cover up and back to remove it Figure 6 5 Removing and replacing the rear top cover Left cover Use the following steps to remove and replace the left cover To remove the left cover Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Open the front cover Remove the two screws at the bottom of the left cover shown
267. er C9658A features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 615N print server network card and automatic 2 sided printing duplexing an additional 500 sheet feeder and 160 MB of SDRAM HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn printer model The HP CLJ 5500hdn printer contains all of the number C9659A features of the base model with an HP Jetdirect 615N print server network card and automatic 2 sided printing duplexing two additional 500 sheet feeders a hard disk and 160 MB of SDRAM HP LaserJet 5550 models HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer model number The HP CLJ 5550 printer is the base model Q3713A which includes 128 megabytes MB of dual data rate DDR synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM plus 32 MB of additional memory on the formatter board for a total of 160 MB of memory and a 500 sheet input tray The printer provides three enhanced input output EIO slots wireless connectivity an auxiliary port a universal serial bus USB connection and a standard bidirectional parallel cable interface IEEE 1284 C compliant HP Color LaserJet 5550n printer model number The HP CLJ 5550n printer contains all of the Q3714A features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620N print server network card HP Color LaserJet 5550dn printer model The HP CLJ 5550dn printer contains all of the number Q3715A features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620n print server network card and automatic 2 sided printing
268. er transport belt ETB unit sssse 154 Electrostatic latent image formation block sssseeeenm enn 155 Development b lOCK 2 tado ttn ete ed ke tete Ie RR e eee pd ee Add 157 ec gie ee m 158 FUSING e E 159 Fuser motor speed Control 160 Cleaning DIOCK qe 160 Calibration and cleaning 5 2 5 indito oot dre es unen ER Dep eek e nua ro bd exuta da 161 Color plane registration calibration ssssee een 165 Drum phase calibration sess nennen 166 Image stabilization control TE 166 Piekupfecd RE RE 169 Se tee UME eR 172 Fuser delivery Unlt eeneg tt ie Er pio E ta ede o ede redeo etg dis 179 Duplex feed unit 2 2 0 2 ccc cece cece cece eee ee cee aee ee ee eee ca aeee ce eeee cae aaaeeeeeeeeesgganeaeeeeeseseneaeeeeeeeeeensaees 180 500 sheet paper feeder t ee irre enr kde sade ie ea cevecdeddalatawicagnd tae a RR RENE RH Ea EE 181 Pickup and feed operations ssssssssssssssssssseeeeeeenen nennen nnne enrnnren nn 181 ENWW ENWW 6 Removal and replacement lniigelo ltte ilal 185 Removal and replacement strategy sss eene 185 Repair notices m 185 Caution regarding electrostatic discharge ED 185 Required tools 185 Types Of SCIeWS on de aec e d i a a e a i d d 186 SUP ON SS are E
269. erJet 5500 models The Web page for the drivers might be in English but you can download the drivers in several languages See the flyer that shipped in the box with the printer for phone contact information HP service information To locate HP Authorized Dealers call 800 243 9816 U S or 800 387 3867 Canada For service for your product call the customer support number for your country region See the flyer that shipped in the box with the printer HP service agreements Call 800 835 4747 U S or 800 268 1221 Canada For extended Service call 800 446 0522 HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only To check the printer status and settings and to view troubleshooting information and online documentation use HP Toolbox You can view the HP Toolbox when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to a network You must have performed a complete software installation to use the HP Toolbox HP support and information for Macintosh computers Visit www hp com go macosx for Macintosh OS x support information and HP subscription service for driver updates Visit www hp com go mac connect for products designed specifically for the Macintosh user Ordering related documentation and software Table 2 2 Related documentation and software shows where to order related documentation and software Telephone numbers for the various sources are e Hewlett Packard Customer Support Americas HPCS A 800 22
270. erJet 5500dtn and HP Color LaserJet 5550dtn the surface must support up to 113 kg 250 Ib e HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn and HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn the surface must support up to 128 kg 283 Ib e Forthe HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn the surface must support up to 144 kg 317 Ib e A level surface that supports all four corners of the 500 sheet paper feeder e A constant temperature and humidity Do not install near water sources humidifiers air conditioners refrigerators or other major appliances Make sure to keep the printer away from the following e Direct sunlight dust open flames or water e Direct flow of exhaust from air ventilation systems e Magnets and devices that emit a magnetic field e Areas subject to vibration e Walls or other objects There must be enough space around the printer for proper access and ventilation ENWW Site requirements 47 Space requirements The printer must have the following amounts of space above and around it FE SER ei Ai Figure 3 1 Space requirements printer only 1 628 mm 25 inches 2 1090 mm 43 inches 3 940 mm 37 inches 500 sheet paper feeder dimensions For each additional 500 sheet paper feeder installed add the height from the list below to the height of the printer e Width 578 mm 22 8 inches e Depth 662 mm 26 2 inches e Height 132 mm 5 2 inches Printer stand dimensions If the printer is on a stand add the height from the lis
271. erJet 5550 The display should show SKIP DISK LOAD 5 Press a until NVRAM INIT is highlighted 6 Press v The printer will initialize NVRAM and then continue its power on sequence 416 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Hard disk initialization A hard disk initialization will erase and reformat the printer s hard disk Perform hard disk initialization only if an error code appears on the control panel indicating an EIO disk error Always try initializing the hard disk before replacing it To initialize the hard disk 1 Turn the printer on 2 When the Memory Count appears on the display press and hold the Menu button 3 When the LED s are all on and steady release the Menu button 4 Press and release the button You should now see INITIALIZE DISKS on the control panel 5 Press and release the v button Calibration bypass During certain diagnostic procedures you will need to bypass the automatic calibration that is performed whenever the printer is turned on To bypass calibration 1 Turn the printer on and watch the control panel display 2 When the display begins showing the memory count press and hold until all three lights on the control panel are lit Press A Press Pause Resume The display should show SKIP DISK LOAD Press until SKIP CALIBRATION is highlighted Press v The printer will skip calibration and then continue its power on sequence O9 Qr m Q9 Calibrate now Use the following
272. ersists replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Replace the formatter Initialize NVRAM See NVRAM initialization Turn the printer off and then back on 57 3 Cartridge fan error FM3 1 Reconnect the connectors J10 for the cartridge fan and J1102 on the DC controller PCB Immediately after starting the print operation measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J10 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 12 V or 24 V replace the cartridge fan Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 57 4 Formatter fan error FM2 1 Reconnect the connectors J11 for the formatter fan and J1102 on the DC controller PCB Immediately after turning the printer on measure the voltage between pins 4 and 6 on the J1102 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 12 V or 24 V replace the formatter fan Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message SR Nene 57 7 Power supply fan error PRINTER ERROR FM2 To continue 1 Reconnect the connectors J1104 and J1133 on the DC turn off then on controller PCB Disconnect the connector J1133 Immediately
273. es counter clockwise causing the pickup arm to lift The separation roller eliminates any multiple fed sheets and a single piece of paper enters the feed path DC controller PCB i Paper feeder PCB gt gt gt gt CSIZEL CSIZEW PS_SENS PSUS_SENS lU SENS FEEDCL ON FS1 SENS LIFTER MOTOR CONTROL signal PICK UP MOTOR CONTROL signals n roller s SW504 o7o SW501 eco lifting plate SW505 lee db oo S8ws06le e o Paper length detection switch Paper width detection switch Feed roller Cassette pickup roller 500 sheet paper feeder pickup and feed operation 182 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Removal and replacement This chapter includes information about removing and replacing printer parts and components tree e ET 185 Removal and replacement strategy sssssssssse eee eene 185 Repair NOUCCS ii ccc Gav 185 Caution regarding electrostatic discharge ED 185 ize Rz 185 Types of BEIER dp 186 Jes 188 Printcartridges and ETB e rrt e per ede e aa geed Egedce 189 Covers and external components sssssssssssssssseseeneerenen eene nre nnne 190 Rear ee TE 190 Hem m 190 Rear LOP Bee M 191 Left COVEN 5 I
274. es not clear the values in the Service menu such as the serial number and page counts To perform a cold reset 1 Turn the printer on 2 Asthe printer performs its power on sequence press and hold v until all three lights on the control panel are lit 3 When Select A Language appears on the display press a until COLD RESET appears on the display 4 Press v The printer will perform a cold reset and then continue its power on sequence NVRAM initialization Initializing NVRAM will reset the serial number the event log the page counts the calibration settings and the EIO card Use the Service menu to restore the serial number and page counts You will also need to reconfigure any computers that print to this printer to recognize the printer Initialize NVRAM only when absolutely necessary In most situations use a Cold reset to reset printer variables but still retain the needed values in the Service menu Before initializing NVRAM print a configuration page and a supplies status page to gather the following information e Total page count and color page count e Transfer kit count e Fuser kit count e Serial number To initialize NVRAM 1 Turn the printer on and watch the control panel display 2 When the display begins showing the memory count press and hold until all three lights on the control panel are lit 3 Press a B Press Pause Resume for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 or press Stop for the HP Color Las
275. escription 01 cyan print cartridge Replace the antenna PCB 02 magenta print cartridge Replace the memory PCB 03 yellow print cartridge Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now ENWW Numerical printer messages 313 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN There is a jam in the duplex path Press for detailed DUPLEX PATH lad about clearing the a For help press Press a and e to step through the instructions Check if the ETB rollers or gears are worn or defective Replace the ETB if they are Check the duplex feed guide which is part of the control panel crossmember assembly If the guide is worn or damaged replace the crossmember assembly 13 XX YY JAM IN There is a jam in the media input Press for detailed PAPER INPUT PATH path ue about clearing the For help press Press 4 and to step through the instructions Check the registration shutter and make sure it is in place Replace the paper pickup assembly if the shutter is damaged Check the paper pickup feed rollers and replace them if they are worn or damaged Check the connectors gears solenoid clutch motors sensors and PCBs on the paper pickup assembly Replace the paper pickup assembly if necessary Check the cassette l
276. ess 297 by 431 mm otherwise noted 11 69 by 17 in Plain paper Light paper Intermediate paper Heavy paper Extra heavy paper Glossy paper High Gloss Images Transparency 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick 100 sheets 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick Tough paper 0 10 to 0 13 mm thick 100 sheets 4 to 5 mils thick The use of Extra heavy paper from Trays 2 3 4 and 5 is allowed but the performance cannot be guaranteed due to the wide variation in these papers Media requirements 21 Table 1 20 Automatic two sided printing duplexing Automatic two sided Weight or thickness Capacity printing Standard size paper 60 to 120 g m Letter Letter Rotated 16 to 32 Ib bond A4 A4 Rotated Legal Executive A3 11x17 B4 JIS B5 JIS The printer automatically prints on paper weights up to 163 g m However automatic two sided printing on weights above the maximum value noted in this table can produce unexpected results Manual two sided duplex printing Any of the supported paper sizes listed for printing from Tray 1 can be manually duplexed Media specifications for 2 sided duplex printing For automatic 2 sided printing you can use any of the following standard size paper in weights from 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib bond e Letter A4 e A3 e Legal e Executive e JIS B5 e B4 e 11x 17 inch Note The printer automatically prints on paper weights up to 163 g m However automatic 2 sided printing on weights above
277. ess for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and to step through the instructions WARNING The fuser might be hot 3 Check that the fuser paper sensor is in place If it is defective replace it Replace the fuser Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN There is a jam in the media input Press for detailed PAPER INPUT PATH path EE about clearing the For help press Press 4 and to step through the instructions Check the registration shutter and make sure it is in place Replace the paper pickup assembly if the shutter is damaged Check the paper pickup feed rollers and replace them if they are worn or damaged Check the connectors gears solenoid clutch motors sensors and PCBs on the paper pickup assembly Replace the paper pickup assembly if necessary Check the cassette lifter mechanism for proper operation ENWW Numerical printer messages 297 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN There is a jam in the media path Press for detailed PAPER PATH oo about clearing the
278. ess vto select MENUS 4 Press v to highlight PRINT MENU MAP 5 Press v to select PRINT MENU MAP hp color LaserJet Di nap co to w Figure 7 6 HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer menu map 372 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 7 HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer menu map Information menu Use the information menu to access and print specific printer information Table 7 40 Information menu descriptions Bee pmi PRINT MENU MAP Prints the control panel menu map which shows the layout and current settings of the control panel menu items PRINT CONFIGURATION Prints the printer configuration page PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS PAGE Prints the estimated remaining life for the supplies reports statistics on total number of pages and jobs processed print cartridge manufacture date serial number page counts and maintenance information SUPPLIES STATUS Displays the supplies status in a scrollable list PRINT USAGE PAGE Prints a count of all media sizes that have passed through the printer lists whether they were simplex duplex monochrome or color and reports the page count PRINT DEMO Prints a demonstration page PRINT RGB SAMPLES Prints color samples for different RGB values The samples act as a guide for color matching on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only ENWW Control panel troubleshooting 373 Note Table 7 40 Information menu descriptions continued LINE NN PRINT CMYK SAMPLES Prin
279. essage Description The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to perform an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system but was unsuccessful because the file system is full The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it A printer door has been opened during a test The test has been aborted The EIO disk in slot X is not working correctly A device failure has occurred on the specified drive The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to perform an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory Alphabetical printer messages Recommended action Printing may continue Turn the printer off and then back on If the message reappears there may be a problem with the software application Use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the EIO disk drive and try again To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on To enable writing to the disk turn off write protection using HP Web Jetadmin To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on Close the door and restart the test Remove the EIO disk from the slot indicated and replace with a new EIO disk drive Printing may continue fo
280. euedsue 8 u sb QNS zavo ies Josues Men ZE cana Ser uomnernsibo1 I ISNSSIO es d Sd Nos 1930 o0 101r I I pe ZLEJ anos zso E EA ESN mel E anea N94 l Eram I I Pupu m anos vads 42 2 v LP zana Lord I D 9 ISI E SEE ast anoa D SV F anos DE E E S iu anod Us Josuos ep vL aiea anos B r I z aA oso ou His ZE uonisod awoy wnip 4 9d z 850 ale wee KKK KK I T SCH SCH enma Dar wnup D y unup A Kp zLEd avos Orio L 9 aned nvaoow Hylla ele Se 68d rao Earp waad TU asooir e L Luvdoan IMS Josuas dead cH e z ajb ONS saama D Josues en nor ON9S FT SS youms uonoejep elo SC SU E ated a E A uonisod euiou uinup 9 L d E AS ejer TT uado 000 06 Josus aoepins Z06Sd i SU weus wons HE E Lic 11noad b HIE Be err ee Josuas yoesuedeg III p imp 9NS034 eso Di deeg SE Bees Bm paa aded zi 7 SEI SOddvd weg Uz SFY inion 6 Sses e vave Y 06Sd Juge eded Lossa K r m SIE 9 92 anod s ub aOd H SFY vegan Em T z l z anesseo S or SOEN ON9S anod Hz SBEjONUBIH GG tb now BE Hea Ue erg ETE ETE op Gp Cad auer Dez E Bu amp ieusig pe E ong voy CU Q Leer weer sir D oh EY 080334 eme 5 a 9 EAM z00v oos Od J0sues ayasseg Spy 080334 ezur Jolt wnp EJ T z930 eg ER soyow dnyotg ES SC OVO333 osoo n oner oeur ONOd EE E EZE ovosss rois 37 Aer GIS 7 Ast et EE SI were Aer H Cm bb ravo DS LN fo esas anos DNE i Or Em roam D HE 15am uis dnxod F ll 91 EPS mos C088 r 7 wun 813 oer pO or IZILO Q wooam 42 SE woen
281. ew 146 process 147 images printing 25 information menu 373 information product 13 inkjet transparencies avoiding 23 inks specifications 26 input trays capacity 16 18 configuring 374 supported media 16 installation accessories 62 connecting to a computer 71 control panel overlay 66 Macintosh network software 84 Macintosh software 85 paper trays 60 print cartridges 58 Windows network software 83 Windows software 82 83 86 Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE 41 internal components partnumbers 468 part numbers lt startrange gt 452 IP address 92 isolating problems 38 ISPE Instant Support Professional Edition 41 ENWW J jam recovery setting 332 jams avoiding 333 duplex path 339 paper path 338 paper path test 405 persistent 334 top cover 339 Tray 1 336 Tray 2 336 Tray 3 337 Tray 4 337 troubleshooting 330 Japanese VCCI statement 33 Jetadmin HP Web 89 Jetdirect print server card configuring 385 Jetdirect print servers models including 2 wireless printing 77 K Korean EMI statement 32 L label control panel 67 labels printing 25 language embedded Web server 384 printer job PUL 370 universal exit UEL 370 languages control panel 66 laser safety statements United States 32 laser scanner system overview 144 laser scanner units component test 413 removing and replacing 227 LaserJet 5500 series printer models 2 LaserJet Family Print Media Guide 16 LaserJet Utility Macintosh 81 84 l
282. f the sheet and passes this measurement to the formatter The formatter adjusts the starting position in the horizontal scanning direction accordingly and then sends a message to the DC controller to begin printing Figure 5 40 Horizontal registration adjustment illustrates this procedure Normal In misregistration range Photosensitive drum S re TY Horizontal registration Pa transparency sensor Starting position Starting position Horizontal registration adjustment Feed speed control The type of media in the paper path dictates the speed at which it is fed Table 5 6 Feed speed according to media shows the relationship between media type and feed speed Table 5 6 Feed speed according to media Normal mode Plain paper normal ur E OHT mode Overhead transparency un Thick 1 mode Thick paper Full color 1 2 speed Monochrome Thick 2 mode Thick paper Full color 1 2 speed 5500 models only Monochrome 1 3 speed 5550 models only Gloss 1 mode Glossy paper Full color 1 3 speed Monochrome 178 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Table 5 6 Feed speed according to media continued Gloss 2 mode Glossy paper Full color 1 3 speed Monochrome 1 2 speed 5550 models only Image mode high Glossy paper Full color 1 4 speed glossy mode 5550 Gloss film mode Glossy film Full color 1 3 speed 5500 models only Monochrome 1 4 speed 5550 models only Envelope mode Envelope n
283. fe The number of pages remaining for the transfer unit has reached the low threshold and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set to STOP The output bin is full and must be emptied for printing to continue The printer is performing a Paper Path test The printer is generating the print quality troubleshooting pages The printer will return to the Ready state when the pages are printed The printer is generating the registration page The printer will return to the SET REGISTRATION menu when the page is completed Paper temporarily comes into the output bin while printing a duplex job Do not attempt to remove the pages until the job is complete A firmware upgrade is in progress Alphabetical printer messages Order an image transfer kit Printing can continue until the transfer unit reaches end of life Press for detailed information Press a and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Order the transfer kit Printing can continue until the transfer unit reaches end of life Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Remove media from the output bin No action is necessary however the data is useful to help troubleshoot paper jams Follow the instructions on the printed pages
284. fect To resolve the problem try cleaning the roller first If the roller is still dirty after cleaning or if it is damaged replace the indicated part Letter codes before the roller names in Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing correspond to the letters at the top of the repetitive defects ruler Not all rollers are shown in the ruler Do not use solvents or oils to clean rollers Instead rub the roller with lint free paper If dirt is difficult to remove rub the roller with lint free paper dampened with rubbing alcohol Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing B developing cylinder 50 mm 1 97 inches defect on front of paper print cartridge C primary charging 38 mm 1 5 inches blank spots print cartridge roller D toner feed roller toner feed roller 43mm 1 7 inches mm 43mm 1 7 inches 7 inches E E media 38 mm 1 5 inches on front of paper eg attaching roller MAR F fuser pressure roller 63 mm 2 5 inches defect on back of paper poor fusing G transfer roller 82 mm 3 2 inches center to center distance between cartridges H photosensitive drum 94 mm 3 7 inches defect on front of paper cartridge blank spots J fuser sleeve fuser 107 mm 4 2 inches defect on front of paper heated roller poor fusing cassette separation 94 mm 3 7 inches defect on back of paper paper pickup roller kit roller cassette pickup roller defect on front of paper paper pickup roller kit
285. feed roller and the cassette pickup roller The roller kit includes all three rollers Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 501 Figure 8 30 500 sheet paper feeder cassette 2 of 2 502 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 503 Figure 8 31 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly 504 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 26 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6753 000CN ENWW Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 505 500 sheet paper feeder paper pickup assembly Figure 8 32 ENWW 506 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Note ENWW Table 8 27 500 sheet paper feeder paper pickup assembly 1 m paper pickup unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6748 050CN p roller feed RF5 3340 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit 1 3 roller pickup RF5 3338 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit Always replace the cassette feed roller the cassette pickup roller and the separation roller at the same time The roller kit includes all three rollers Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder 507 Alphabetical parts list Table 8 28 Alphabetical parts list Description Table and page brush cleaning RB2 9145 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 cable AC RG5 6815 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 cable DC Table 8 7
286. for jam locations 330 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 6 Error messages and associated jam locations Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 01 YY JAM IN TRAY X Jam location 5 Media is delayed in the feed area of the specified tray 1 Open the covers and the ETB 2 Pull media by both corners to remove it 13 02 YY JAM IN TRAY X Jam location 5 Media is stuck in the feed area of the specified tray 1 Open the covers and the ETB 2 Pull media by both corners to remove it 13 05 YY JAM IN TRAY X Jam location 3 Media is delayed in the paper input path or has not reached the fuser paper sensor in the expected time 1 Open the covers and the ETB 2 Pull media by both corners to remove it 13 09 YY JAM IN TOP COVER Jam location 1 Media has crumpled into an AREA accordion fold as it enters the fuser 1 Open the top cover WARNING The fuser is hot wait 10 minutes for it to cool down Pull forward on the two green handles on either side of the fuser to disengage the fuser rollers Open the fuser cover and remove the media Press back on the two green handles on either side of the fuser to re engage the fuser rollers ENWW Paper path troubleshooting 331 Table 7 6 Error messages and associated jam locations continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 0A YY JAM IN TOP COVER None Jam location 1 During a du
287. ful for previewing preliminary copies of slides and hardcopy output or for printing color documents that will be photocopied or faxed Automatic or manual color adjustment The Automatic color adjustment option optimizes the neutral gray color treatment halftones and edge enhancements used for each element in a document For more information see your printer driver online Help Automatic is the default setting and is recommended for printing all color documents The Manual color adjustment option allows you to adjust the neutral gray color treatment halftones and edge enhancements for text graphics and photographs To access the Manual color options from the Color tab select Manual then Settings Image formation troubleshooting 347 Note Manual color options Manual color adjustment allows you to adjust the Color or Color Map and Halftone options individually for text graphics and photographs Some applications convert text or graphics to raster images In these cases the Photographs settings will also control text and graphics Halftone options Halftone options affect the resolution and clarity of your color output You can select halftone settings for text graphics and photographs independently The two halftone options are Smooth and Detail e The Smooth option provides better results for large solid filled print areas It also enhances photographs by smoothing out fine color gradations Choose this option when un
288. g c cececeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeteteeeeeetieeeeeeetieeeeeee 153 ETB WE EES 154 Primary exposure 15 ode dai eet sb dete 155 Primary Charging eben alte Reina ODE 156 Laser BEAM exposure eie b e ait o ete a RR PER ain 156 Development block A 157 Attaching the paper to the EIB 158 Toner transfer soutenir ett pe REOR RARE GR UR REPAIRS 159 SepatatlOn ieitc ida a ctetu eee tilii e enis Pluie teaid 159 Xv xvi Figure 5 26 Figure 5 27 Figure 5 28 Figure 5 29 Figure 5 30 Figure 5 31 Figure 5 32 Figure 5 33 Figure 5 34 Figure 5 35 Figure 5 36 Figure 5 37 Figure 5 38 Figure 5 39 Figure 5 40 Figure 5 41 Figure 5 42 Figure 5 43 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 6 17 Figure 6 18 Figure 6 19 Figure 6 20 Figure 6 21 Figure 6 22 Figure 6 23 Figure 6 24 Figure 6 25 Figure 6 26 Figure 6 27 Figure 6 28 Figure 6 29 Figure 6 30 Figure 6 31 Figure 6 32 Figure 6 33 Figure 6 34 Figure 6 35 Figure 6 36 Figure 6 37 Figure 6 38 BUSING EE 160 RE ln WEEN 163 Drum cleaning iie eL be eB n a ted cie H edat debet und 164 Primary charging roller and toner charging roller cleaning 165 Color registration calibration eme 166 Image density detec
289. g DIMMs to the formatter Note that adding memory DIMMs might also increase the print speed for complex graphics Firmware DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5500 models To upgrade printer firmware locate and use the latest firmware at http www hp com support clj5500 com or http www hp com support clj5550 com Firmware compact flash HP Color LaserJet 5550 models To upgrade printer firmware locate and use the latest firmware at http www hp com support clj5500 com or http www hp com support clj5550 com Nonvolatile memory The printer uses nonvolatile memory NVRAM to store I O and information about the print environment s configuration The contents of NVRAM are retained when the printer is turned off or disconnected 142 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW PJL overview Printer job language PJL is an integral part of configuration in addition to the standard printer command language PCL With standard cabling PJL allows the printer to perform functions such as e Two way communication with the host computer through a bidirectional parallel connection The printer can tell the host about such things as the control panel settings and it allows the control panel settings to be changed from the host e Dynamic I O switching allows the printer to be configured with a host on each I O The printer can receive data from more than one I O simultaneously until the UO buffer is full This can occur even when the printer
290. g physical components e Four laser scanners e Four print cartridges e ETB e Fuser Before beginning image formation troubleshooting check that the media meets the specifications listed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Specifications Guide Print quality problems associated with media Some print quality problems arise from use of inappropriate media e Use paper that meets HP paper specifications See Table 1 16 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications e The surface of the media is too smooth Use media that meets HP paper specifications See Table 1 16 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications e The driver printer is set incorrectly Change the paper type setting to heavy or glossy e The media you are using is too heavy for the printer and the toner is not fusing to the media e The transparencies you are using are not designed for proper toner adhesion Use only transparencies designed for HP Color LaserJet printers e The moisture content of the paper is uneven too high or too low Use paper from a different source or from an unopened ream of paper e Some areas of the paper reject toner Use paper from a different source or from an unopened ream of paper e The letterhead you are using is printed on rough paper Use a smoother xerographic paper If this solves your problem consult with the printer of your letterhead to verify that the paper used meets the spec
291. g roller to maintain uniform potential on the drum surface Figure 5 20 Primary charging illustrates this step Primary charging roller Photosensitive drum 1 DC bias s Primary charging Step 3 Laser beam exposure As the laser beam scans the drum surface it neutralizes the negative charge This is the electrostatic latent image The remaining areas where the laser beam has not struck retain a negative charge Figure 5 21 Laser beam exposure illustrates this step ob Laser beam gt Unexposed area Laser beam exposure 156 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 22 ENWW Development block The second part of the image formation process is the development block in which toner is transferred onto the electrostatic latent image on the surface of the photosensitive drum creating a visible image This printer uses a contact development method that keeps the developing cylinder in contact with the drum pushing the toner against the drum surface for development The toner is non magnetic and consists of resins This block consists of two steps e toner charging e development Figure 5 22 Development block shows a cross section of a print cartridge and illustrates the development block Toner charging roller Print cartridge Developing cylinder DC bias Toner stirring blade DC bias I Toner feed roller
292. gal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 x 17 A3 Minimum size paper 76 by 127 mm 60 to 200 g m 100 sheets cardstock 3 by 5 in 16 to 53 Ib bond 75 g m 20 Ib bond Maximum size paper 312 by 470 mm 60 to 200 g m 100 sheets cardstock 12 3 by 18 5 in 16 to 53 Ib bond 75 g m 20 Ib bond 16 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Table 1 16 Tray 1 multi purpose tray supported media specifications continued Media type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Standard size glossy 75 to 163 g m Maximum stack paper Letter A4 20 to 43 Ib bond height 10 mm 0 4 in Letter R A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 x 17 A3 Minimum size glossy 76 by 127 mm 75 to 163 g m Maximum stack paper 3 by 5 in 20 to 43 Ib bond height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum size glossy 312 by 470 mm 75 to 163 g m Maximum stack paper 12 3 by 18 5 in 20 to 43 Ib bond height 10 mm 0 4 in Standard size 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick Maximum stack transparencies Letter 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick height 10 mm 0 4 in A4 Letter R A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 x 17 A3 Minimum size 76 by 127 mm 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick Maximum stack transparencies 3 by 5 in 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum size 312 by 470 mm 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick Maximum stack transparencies 12 3 by 18 5 in 4 7 to 5 5 mils thick height 10 mm 0 4 in Minimum size tough 76 by 127 mm 0 10 to 0 13 mm
293. ge 467 contact assembly RG5 6844 000CN Table 8 12 on page 465 control panel assembly 100 127 v control panel RG5 6781 030CN Table 8 9 on page 459 assembly 220 240 v 5500 only RG5 6794 000CN control panel assembly 100 127 v control panel RG5 6781 030CN Table 8 9 on page 459 assembly 220 240 v 5550 only RG5 6781 030CN control panel overlay 5500 only RB5 1305 00 Table 8 9 on page 459 control panel overlay 5550 only RB3 1305 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 damper assembly RG5 6786 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 DC controller PCB 5500 only RG5 6850 070CN Table 8 3 on page 447 DC controller PCB 5500 only RG5 6850 070 Table 8 6 on page 453 DC controller PCB 5500 only RG5 6850 070CN Table 8 9 on page 459 DC controller PCB 5500 only RG5 6850 070CN Table 8 10 on page 461 DC controller PCB 5500 only RG5 6850 070CN Table 8 11 on page 463 DC controller PCB 5550 only RG5 7684 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 DC controller PCB 5550 only RG5 7684 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 DC controller PCB 5550 only RG5 7684 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 DC controller PCB 5550 only RG5 7684 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 DC controller PCB 5550 only RG5 7684 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 disengaging drive assembly disengaging drive assembly assembly RG5 6719 000CN 6719 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 8 6 on Table 8 6 on page 453 453 disengaging drive assembly EE 6719 000CN Table 8 17 on page 475 disengaging plate a
294. gePCB RG5 6810 000CN Firmware DIMM 5500 only C9156 67910 B I O daughter card 5500 only C9144 60001 The formatter is available with either simplex or duplex capability Be sure to use the correct formatter for the model of printer you are servicing The HP Color LaserJet 5550 and 5550n printers do not have duplex capability Illustrations and parts lists printer 447 Figure 8 3 External covers and panels 1 of 2 448 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 4 External covers and panels 1 of 2 DREES Illustrations and parts lists printer 449 External covers and panels 2 of 2 Figure 8 4 ENWW 450 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 5 External covers and panels 2 of 2 ES Top cover assembly RG5 6778 060CN CNET Multi purpose tray assembly RG5 6780 070CN Front cover assembly RG5 6777 120CN Illustrations and parts lists printer 451 Internal components 1 of 9 Figure 8 5 ENWW 452 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Table 8 6 Internal components 1 of 9 s ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 453 JI o WELT WY P IE a 2 Internal components 2 of 9 Figure 8 6 ENWW 454 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 7 Internal components 2 of 9 fuse 250 v 8 amp 110 and 220 v VD7 0648 001CN po
295. ghlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press v to select PRINT QUALITY Press e or a to highlight ADJUST COLOR Press e or a to highlight the desired color Press e ora to highlight the correct density setting Press v to select the density setting Press 5 to set the density for the next color After setting the density for each color press Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stop HP Color LaserJet 5550 Image formation troubleshooting 349 Print quality defect chart Use the examples in the print quality defect chart to determine which print quality problem you are experiencing and then see the corresponding pages to find information that can help you troubleshoot the problem For the latest information and problem solving procedures go to http www hp com support clj5500 or http www hp com support clj5550 Note The print quality defect chart assumes the use of letter or A4 size media that has moved through the printer long edge first An image with no defects Horizontal lines or streaks 350 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Make sure that the operation and location requirements of the printer are met Print the Print Quality Troubleshooting Pages see Image formation troubleshooting and follow the diagnostic procedure listed on the first page to help isolate the defect to a particular component Misaligned colors R
296. ght COVEN eer eret en tren nen aue er E eda de e uae ge Ee eR ER 250 Paper feeder pickup and feed rollers ccccccsesessceeeeceecccececceseeeceecesesaeaeseseseaeessaeeseeess 251 Paper feeder separation roller eesssssssssssssseeenenennennnn nene 251 Paper feeder pickup unt 251 Paper feeder lifter drive Unit nnnm 253 Paper feeder length and width detection switches ssssssssssses 254 Paper feeder pickup clutebi us cet ener ide ere dee 255 Paper feeder CB EE 256 7 Troubleshooting IMLFOGUCUION pp 260 Troubleshooting process eterne cede ta d eed de deno ded aa d danh dede 261 Pre troubleshooting checklist sssee e eme ene 261 Troubleshooting flowchart eere tee tenet net a e ce 262 Troubleshooting flowchart continued ssseeeennennnnn 264 Troubleshooting pOWOF OH 2 rerit be rette eet Ei pe thao deep habe alate R dpi Ra PERI Perez 264 Printer error troubleshooting ssssssseeeeneee enne eene nnne nnne 266 otatus messages EE 266 Warning messages enne ennemi en nennen nnn nr aaa 266 DIDI 266 Critical error messages sssssssssssee eene ene ren nennen nennen nennen nnne nns 266 Alphabetical printer messages ssssssssssssssssssesseee esee emersit 267 Numerical printer messages eeeeeeseseeeenesseee eene ne enne ENEKEN esseri nnne nns nn nda EEEN e nna 295 Replac
297. gistration transparency sensor uses a light transmitter and receiver to detect the presence of plain paper When plain paper passes through the sensor the light is blocked and the OHT signal changes from low to high Consequently when the signal is not blocked but paper is detected by the paper leading edge sensor the DC controller determines the media to be an OHT and adjusts the feed speed accordingly Figure 5 39 Overhead transparency detection illustrates this process 176 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Note Avoid using transparencies that have a paper strip along the edge The sensor identifies this type of transparency to be paper and operates incorrectly HP Color LaserJet transparencies do not have a paper strip along the edge See Chapter 8 for ordering information Light receiver IS1 Light emitter LED1 Figure 5 39 Overhead transparency detection Horizontal registration adjustment The printer adjusts the image on each page from side to side so the image is placed correctly on the page This adjustment is especially important during duplex printing to align the image on the front of the page with the image on the back ENWW Pickup feed system 177 Figure 5 40 To adjust horizontal registration the printer uses the horizontal registration transparency sensor When a sheet of paper passes through the sensor the DC controller detects the position of the left edge o
298. gnated service zones are available on most on site agreements for additional charges Weekly volume on site service This agreement provides scheduled weekly on site visits for organizations with many HP products This agreement is designated for sites using 25 or more workstation products including printers plotters computers and disk drives For more information on HP service agreements call 800 835 4747 U S or 800 268 1221 Canada 44 Chapter 2 Service approach ENWW ENWW Installation and configuration This chapter contains information about the following topics Site requirements S EEE 47 Space Ee UE 48 500 sheet paper feeder dimensions sssssssesssestterttnrtttstrttttttttn rrene nannten nt nnn nn nanne ene 48 Printer stand dimensions cierre entered eek erre a e EE Unpack the printer 0 cccceeceeeecceecee cee ee eee ee eee ee cee eaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeseaeeaaaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeseesececceueaeeneeeees 49 Package contents 2 edades sve shecidietitedaieticnay ices LESSER 49 Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer for base models 5500n and WEE 50 Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550dtn and 5500 5550hdn models 54 Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers sssss 58 Installing print cartridges HP Color LaserJet 5500 series models
299. gt Figure 7 5 Repetitive defects ruler for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer 368 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Interface troubleshooting Note CAUTION ENWW This section contains information to help the user troubleshoot interface problems Communications checks Communication problems are normally the customer s responsibility Time spent attempting to resolve these problems might not be covered by the product s Hewlett Packard warranty Refer the customer to the network administrator for assistance in troubleshooting network problems If the printer is not connected to an MS DOS based host proceed to Table 7 39 Communications check Table 7 39 Communications check Eme Rm Is your computer configured to the parameters These parameters are required to communicate described in the configuration instructions with the printer Verify that the configuration of the computer s communications port matches these parameters Note If these parameters are not set properly an error might display on the control panel EIO troubleshooting If the printer contains an optional HP Jetdirect print server and you cannot communicate with the printer over the network verify the operation of the print server Print a configuration page If the Jetdirect card does not appear under Installed personalities and options on the configuration page indicated by the arrow in Figure 7 8 HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer configuration p
300. guides against the paper and close the tray Use a and to highlight the media size then press v to select To change media type press v Use a and to highlight the type then press v to select Install additional memory in the printer or install a disk drive into the printer If a disk drive is installed delete previously stored print jobs Highlight the media with and e Press v to select a choice Not all messages are described in the tables those messages that are not listed are self ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message If no paper in tray A job sent requires a specific Press for detailed Manually Feed paper type and size that is not information currently available P isisi lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt ress 4 and v to step through instructions For help press alternates with Manually Feed lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To use another tray press v Access Denied An attempt has been made to Contact the printer administrator modify a menu item while the to change settings MENUS LOCKED control panel security mechanism is enabled by the printer administrator The message will disappear shortly and the printer will return to Ready state CHOSEN PERSONALITY PJL encountered a request for a Press for detailed NOT AVAILABLE personality that did not exist in the information
301. gure 5 30 Color registration calibration illustrates this process Formatter DC controller PCB Pressure roller Color misregistration detection unit Laser scanner Drum motors M1 M2 M3 M4 Pickup motor M2 ETB motor a 4 M6 Fixing motor M5 PS1 Drum home position sensor Figure 5 30 Color registration calibration Drum phase calibration The drum phase calibration aligns all four cartridge motors and their drive gears Image stabilization control As the print cartridge ages the toner and the photosensitive drum begin to deteriorate which can cause fluctuations in image density The printer accounts for this with image stabilization control There are two kinds of image stabilization control e image density calibration control e image halftone calibration control Each control operates as necessary Environmental change control HP Color LaserJet 5550 models This control calibrates each bias to obtain the best image possible according to environmental changes The environment conditions sensor detects the temperature and the humidity The sensor sends this information to the DC controller in the form of the Temperature Detection signal TEMSNS and the Humidity Detection signal HUMSNS 166 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW The DC controller monitors the environmental conditions of the printer based on these two signals The DC controller controls
302. hange Image fuser kit 5550 only Q3985A Q3985 67901 Q3985 69001 220 volt new exchange The only difference between the print cartridges listed above is that the Europe only print cartridges have different languages on the instruction sheet inside the box Common fasteners Table 8 2 Common fasteners mee qmm qum Screw truss head To hold sheet metal to sheet M3x8 metal part number XA9 1330 000CN Screw self tapping To hold plastic to plastic Screw truss head To hold sheet metal to sheet M3x6 metal part number XA9 1329 000CN example formatter cage 442 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 2 Common fasteners continued eme Jam quem Screw machine with washer To hold plastic to metal M3x10 example printer covers part number XA9 1162 000CN Retaining ring e type To hold a bolt through a slot or a gear in place 6mm 8mm 10mm 12mm M3 M4 kl k k k oO 14 mm 16 mm 25 mm ENWW Ordering parts 443 Illustrations and parts lists printer The following illustrations and parts tables list the field replaceable units FRU for this printer At the end of this chapter are two tables listing all of the parts shown in this chapter See tables 8 28 and 8 29 Both tables list the appropriate figures in this chapter where the part can be found Figure 8 1 Assembly location diagram 444 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Fuser assembly see Figure 8 24 Fuser assembly 1 of 2 E
303. he rear of the printer remove the screws shown in callout 3 226 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 10 Remove the formatter case j ON m Figure 6 57 Removing and replacing the formatter case 2 of 2 Laser scanner units Use the following steps to remove and replace the laser scanner units To remove the laser scanner cover plate Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the left cover See Left cover Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield Remove the right cover See Right cover Remove the formatter case See Formatter case Qv N o Sr d ON c At the rear of the printer place the cardboard spacer included with the laser scanner unit underneath the V mark on the bottom of the printer frame as shown in callout 1 CAUTION Always place the spacer under the printer frame This spacer is important to support the printer and keep it from flexing when the plate that covers the laser scanners is removed If the printer frame flexes the laser beams may become skewed resulting in print quality problems ENWW Internal components rear 227 9 Remove the seven screws shown in callout 2 Figure 6 58 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 1 of 8 10 Using needle nose pliers unhook the right end of the wire clip then release the left side of the clip from the bracket Repeat
304. ht prefer using a different overlay from the one that is installed Overlays are available for several languages If you are setting up a printer for a language other than English follow this procedure 1 Open the top cover Use a small flat blade screw driver to release the locking tabs on either side of the control panel overlay and then remove the overlay 66 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 2 Position the new overlay over the top of the control panel Insert the left tab of the overlay into the slot on the printer face Line up the tab on the right side of the overlay with the slot on the right side of the control panel Set the overlay in place by pushing down on the overlay near the blue button f O LiL J Ce ooo Control panel and overlay for HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only Press v to open the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight SYSTEM SETUP Press v to select SYSTEM SETUP Press e to highlightLANGUAGE Press v to select LANGUAGE Press to highlight the desired language and then press v to select and save the language choice sO ONDA A Y eo Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Some printer models are shipped without the control panel labels installed or you might prefer to use a different label than the one that is installed Labels are available for several languages If you are se
305. ic transfer transport belt ETB unit sss 154 Electrostatic latent image formation block ssssseenn e 155 DevelopmientblOCK 5 t petite tere eie roe heigen ERES TERR EE ERE A ICE NERA SE E 157 Reie Dee LES 158 Fusing Ae eer 159 Fuser motor speed Control 160 Cleaning DICK ecc 160 Calibration and ceanimg nenne ennemi 161 Color plane registration calibration sssseee emm 165 Drum phase calibration sse ener eren nennen 166 Image stabilization control riii eere etin enata iier eeu a 166 Pickup feed system EE 169 Pick p feed WAC TEE 172 Fuser delivery unt 179 Duplexteed MITT EE 180 ENWW 127 500ssheet paper feeder e bei e eint res 181 Pickup and feed operations ssssssssssssssssssseeeeeee eren nn nnn 181 128 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Basic operation The HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer s functions are divided into four systems e engine control system e laser scanner system e image formation system e pickup feed system This chapter describes each of these systems thoroughly gt LASER SCANNER SYSTEM ENGINE CONTROL 1 on S Be IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM gt PICKUP FEED SYSTEM DP cR To external device computer etc through the formatter Figure 5 1 Basic system operation Operation sequence A microcomputer in the engine control system controls the operation sequence for the p
306. icing information can be found at the following Web site www hp com go hpparts 40 Chapter 2 Service approach ENWW ENWW HP service parts information compact disc This powerful CD ROM based parts information tool is designed to give users fast easy access to parts information such as pricing and recommended stocking lists for a wide range of HP products To subscribe to this quarterly service in the U S or Canada call 800 336 5987 In Asia Pacific call 65 740 4484 Parts identification and pricing information can also be checked via the World Wide Web at http isis tay cpqcorp net materials reference partcontracts asp HP support assistant compact disc This support tool offers a comprehensive online information system designed to provide technical and product information about HP products To subscribe to the quarterly service in the U S or Canada call 800 457 1762 In Hong Kong SAR Indonesia Malaysia or Singapore call Mentor Media at 65 740 4477 Customer care reseller sales and service support center The Customer Care Reseller Sales and Support Center is available to assist resellers and service technicians To reach this support center call 800 544 9976 HP service agreements Call 800 743 8305 in the U S or 800 268 1221 in Canada Other areas Outside of North America and Europe contact the local HP sales office for assistance in obtaining technical support for resellers and service technicians HP customer care
307. icult to remove because the front cover will not close completely make sure the ETB supports are rotated up into the printer See Figure 6 2 ETB supports and pressure gears 2 Open the multi purpose tray Tray 1 3 Unhook the two link arms shown in callout 1 194 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Flex the cover inward near the two link arms and remove the cover Figure 6 9 Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray Front cover Use the following steps to remove the front cover To remove the front cover 1 Remove the multi purpose tray See Multi purpose tray Tray 1 2 Unhook the two spring rods shown in callout 1 CAUTION The rods are under spring tension Use caution when removing them Tilt the tray up to lessen the spring tension making the rods easier to remove 3 Remove the four screws shown in callout 2 and remove the rod supporting plates ENWW Covers and external components 195 4 Remove the front cover em d Figure 6 10 Removing and replacing the front cover Control panel Use the following steps to remove the control panel and install a control panel overlay To remove the control panel Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the right cover See page Right cover Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 Lift the right side of the control panel to access the connector underneath the left side S Et
308. ifications for this printer e The paper is excessively rough Use a smoother xerographic paper Overhead transparency defects Overhead transparencies may display any of the image quality problems that any other type of media will cause as well as defects specific to printing on transparencies In addition because transparencies are pliable while in the print path they are subject to being marked by the media handling components Allow transparencies to cool at least 30 seconds before handling them e Inthe printer driver s Paper tab select Transparency as the media type Also make sure that the tray is correctly configured for transparencies e Check that the transparencies meet the specifications for this printer For more information consult the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Specifications Guide Image formation troubleshooting 343 e Handle transparencies by the edges Skin oil on the surface of transparencies can cause spots and smudges e Small random dark areas on the trailing edge of solid fill pages may be caused by transparencies sticking together in the output bin Try printing the job in smaller batches e The selected colors are undesirable when printed Select different colors in the software application or printer driver e lf you are using a reflective overhead projector use a standard overhead projector instead Print quality problems associated with the environment e The printer is operating in
309. iform and smooth area fills are top priority e The Detail option is useful for text and graphics that require sharp distinctions among lines or colors or images that contain a pattern or a high level of detail Choose this option when sharp edges and details are top priority Neutral Grays The Neutral Grays setting determines the method used for creating gray colors used in text graphics and photographs Two values are available for the Neutral Grays setting e Black Only generates neutral colors grays and black using only black toner This guarantees neutrals colors without a color cast e 4 Color generates neutral colors grays and black by combining all four toner colors This method produces smoother gradients and transitions to non neutral colors and it produces the darkest black Edge Control The Edge Control setting determines how edges are rendered Edge control has two components adaptive halftoning and trapping Adaptive halftoning increases edge sharpness Trapping reduces the effect of incorrect color plane registration by overlapping the edges of adjacent objects slightly Four levels of edge control are available e Maximum is the most aggressive trapping setting Adaptive halftoning is on for this setting e Normal is the default trapping setting Trapping is at a medium level and adaptive halftoning is on e Light sets trapping at a minimal level and adaptive halftoning is on e Off turns off both tr
310. ifter mechanism for proper operation 314 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 13 XX YY JAM IN There is a jam in the media path Press for detailed PAPER PATH oo about clearing the a For help press Press a and e to step through the instructions If paper is folding into an accordion shape check whether the shutter on each print cartridge opens as you close the ETB and if each cartridge is turning properly Replace defective print cartridges or drive motors Clean the attaching roller at the bottom of the ETB and make sure the spring is holding it in place If the attaching roller gears are defective replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now Replace the paper pickup PCB Replace the ETB if it is not moving paper properly Calibrate the printer Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 13 XX YY JAM IN There is a jam in the top cover Press for detailed TOP COVER AREA area E i about clearing the For help press Press A and to step through the instructions WARNING The fuser might be hot 3 Check that the fuser paper sensor is in place If it is defective replace it Replace the fuser Replace the DC controller PCB
311. ignal Low voltage power supply circuit low voltage power supply unit DC controller PCB accu M D E E dac CIL ME ACH 4 TEES e ACH tal Fuser power supply ez d F301 filter e gt eo circul 1 Z i i Fuse Power supply switch Power supply gt Power supply fan F302 ig gie fan drive ont 2 i EEX 1 CPU i Door switch Sw1 l Noise AC DC 24V f 12A c i filter Control IC eon SIS e ba VE SE Oo Fuser 7 I High volfage power l pog gt supply circuit l 1 i Rectifier AC DC P e 3 3V e eo P Motor smoothing 64 Control IC converter rot circuit AE 24VA L Clutch solenoid 1 45V l Regulator gt 3 3 3V i H Sensor d I i oi Kees Laser scanner unit Overvoltage gt detection circuit i i EE 1 Memory controller l Span pot low voltage p detection dedi eme K Fan 1 5V i P a Current control Lj L L Optional unt circuit 24V control g__ P24VOFF 1 1 arms See unit I i i Color registration EE EE detection unit 1 I KE
312. in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 4 in Paper up to 312 mm wide can be fed through the paper path but most drivers only support 306 mm maximum width Note when loaded in Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 20 Chapter 1 Printer description The following table lists the standard sizes of paper that the printer can automatically detect ENWW ENWW Table 1 19 Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 5550 model only paper sizes and types Weight or thickness Capacity Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 5550 model only 75 to 89 g m 500 sheets 20 to 23 Ib bond 75 g m 20 g m 60 to 74 g m 500 sheets 16 to 19 Ib bond 90 to 104 g m Maximum stack 24 to 27 Ib bond height 50 mm 2 0 in 105 to 119 g m Maximum stack 28 to 31 Ib bond height 50 mm 2 0 in 120 to 163 g m Maximum stack 32 to 43 Ib bond height 50 mm 2 0 in 75 to 105 g m 200 sheets 20 to 28 Ib bond 120 to 120 g m Maximum stack 32 to 32 Ib bond height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum stack height 50 mm 2 in Automatically detectable standard Sizes Letter Letter Rotated A4 A4 Rotated A3 11x17 Legal B4 JIS B5 JIS A5 Executive Trays 3 and 4 are optional on the HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Trays 3 4 and 5 are optional on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Nondetectable standard sizes 16K 8K Executive JIS poets Minimum Size unless 76 by 127 mm otherwise noted 3 by 5 in Maximum size unl
313. in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specified above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use The warranty period begins on the date of delivery or on the date of installation if installed by HP If customer schedules or delays HP installation more than 30 days after delivery warranty begins on the 31st day from delivery Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interf
314. in callout 1 Disengage the two tabs shown in callout 2 DUO Ur o OD ME es Tilt the top of the left cover away from the printer and remove it 192 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the left cover be sure to insert the two hooks that are along the bottom edge of the cover into the holes in the printer frame SS Figure 6 6 Removing and replacing the left cover 1 of 2 gt e SS o A m Figure 6 7 Removing and replacing the left cover 2 of 2 Right cover Use the following steps to remove and replace the right cover ENWW Covers and external components 193 Figure 6 8 Note To remove the right cover Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Open the front cover Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 Disengage the four tabs shown in callout 2 PW SE ges 0 Ne gt Tilt the top of the right cover away from the printer and remove it Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the right cover be sure to insert the two hooks that are along the bottom edge of the cover into the holes in the printer frame Removing and replacing the right cover Multi purpose tray Tray 1 Use the following steps to remove the multi purpose tray Tray 1 To remove the multi purpose tray 1 Remove Tray 2 from the printer and set it aside If the tray is diff
315. ing 8 removing and replacing 194 special media handling 25 supported media 16 18 Tray 2 capacity 18 jams 336 locating 8 supported media 18 Tray 3 capacity 18 jams 337 supported media 18 Tray 4 capacity 18 jams 337 supported media 18 trays input capacity 16 18 supported media 16 troubleshooting customer support 41 diagnostics 400 general process 262 image formation 343 overhead transparencies 343 paperjams 334 paper path 330 paper transport 341 power on 264 print quality 343 printer errors 266 repetitive defects 366 U UEL universal exit language 370 universal exit language UEL 370 UNIX support 89 534 Index Unpacking base models 50 contents 49 HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550dtn 5500 5550hdn 54 usage page description 373 usage page printing 392 USB connection locating 9 setting up 72 V vacuuming 100 variation color 344 ventilation 47 voltage operating 6 power consumption 11 13 Ww warranty customer support 41 print cartridge 29 statement 28 transfer unit 30 waste toner container 149 transfer plate 149 Web Jetadmin 89 Web sites customer support 41 drivers downloading 40 websites printer specifications 11 service part information 41 weight media 16 printer 47 Windows installing network software 83 installing software 82 86 sharing 83 wireless printing IEEE 802 11b standard 77 wrinkled paper 341 ENWW invent 2004 Hewlett Packard Develo
316. ing certain printer control panel settings When a menu is locked unauthorized users trying to change settings in the printer control panel will receive the following message Access Denied MENUS LOCKED You can use HP Web Jetadmin software the HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh or an ASCII escape sequence to perform this procedure For instructions on locking the printer control panel using either the HP Web Jetadmin software or the HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh see the online Help for these utilities Locking the control panel You can prevent users from changing printer control panel settings by establishing a password and locking the printer control panel You can choose from multiple levels of security You can lock certain control panel menus allowing users to change the rest of the menus or you can lock all of the menus and you can even lock the Stop Jos button on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 or the Cancet Jos button on the HP Color LaserJet 5500 Levels of security Table 3 3 Printer security levels Lock setting Control panel items locked Service menu locked with factory set PIN LOW UO submenu System setup submenu Resets submenu Service menu locked with factory set PIN MEDIUM Configure Device menu including all submenus Diagnostics menu Service menu locked with factory set PIN HIGH Information menu Paper Handling menu Configure Device menu including all submenus Diagnostics menu Service menu locked with
317. inter is reporting the current configuration of tray XX The tray switch is in the CUSTOM position The specified tray is empty and needs to be filled but the current job does not need this tray to print correctly The specified tray is open or not closed completely A non detectable media size was selected from the menu and the tray switch is set to STANDARD The size selected from the menu does not match the size detected by the tray Size detection occurs when the tray switch is set in the STANDARD position Alphabetical printer messages Recommended action To change media type press v Use a and to highlight the type then press v to select To change the media size to Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 by 17 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position To change the media size to other sizes leave the tray switch in the CUSTOM position adjust the media guides against the media and close the tray Select the paper handling menu from the control panel Configure the size for the tray Refill the tray at a convenient time Close the tray Adjust the side and rear media guides against the paper If the media used is Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 by 17 or Legal sized the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before th
318. ion To change the media size to other sizes leave the tray switch in the CUSTOM position adjust the media guides against the media and close the tray Select the paper handling menu from the control panel Configure the size for the tray Refill the tray at a convenient time Close the tray Adjust the side and rear media guides against the paper If the media used is Letter Letter R A4 A4 R Executive B5 JIS B5 R A5 A5 R A3 11 x 17 or Legal sized the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the Size can be selected from the control panel Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu 293 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message TRAY XX CONTAINS UNKNOWN MEDIA TYPE MISMATCH TRAY XX TYPE alternates with Ready To enter menus press Press v Unable To Store Job JOB NAME USE INSTEAD TRAY XX TYPE SIZE Event log error message Description The media type in the specified tray cannot be determined This warning appears after the printer has detected an overhead transparency in the paper path when the tray is configured for another type resulting in a 41 5 Unexpected Type in Tray XX error The user did not reconfigure the tray after the error message appeared so the printer determines that the type
319. ions 166 paper path test 405 separation pad removing and replacing 208 separation roller removing and replacing 206 serial number formatter resetting 420 locating 6 service agreements 44 approach 38 ID 421 parts information CD 41 service agreements 41 service menu accessing 420 PIN 420 settings embedded Web server 384 locking 97 network security 97 sharing Windows 83 site requirements 48 skewed images 342 ENWW software components 90 downloading 40 installing on Macintosh 85 installing on Macintosh networks 84 installing on Windows 82 83 86 installing on Windows networks 83 Macintosh included 81 ordering 42 Printer Status and Alerts 388 utilities 89 90 solenoid component test 414 locating 425 removing and replacing 205 sound intensity level 11 space requirements 48 special media printing 23 specifications electrical 11 13 14 environmental 47 media 16 19 preprinted paper 23 printer 10 13 site requirements 47 space requirements 48 speed feed control 178 spilled toner cleaning 100 washing off clothing 35 standby mode power consumption 11 13 static discharge comb removing and replacing 246 status and alerts software 383 388 status e mail alerts 384 storing media 26 printer 47 supplies 12 subassemblies 38 subnet mask 92 supplies HP 106 locating 108 ordering 39 437 partnumbers 441 replacing 105 188 status 384 status page 384 storing 12 supplies status page description
320. is offline e Context sensitive switching allows the printer to automatically recognize the personality PS or PCL of each job and configure itself to serve that personality e Isolation of print environment settings from one print job to the next For example if a print job is sent to the printer in landscape mode the subsequent print jobs print in landscape only if they are formatted for landscape printing PML The printer management language PML allows remote configuration and status readback through the I O ports Control panel The formatter sends and receives printer status and command data to and from a control panel board Engine control system 143 Laser scanner system The laser scanner system receives a signal from the formatter and forms a latent image on the photosensitive drum in the print cartridge The printer has a separate laser scanner unit for each color Each of these has the same structure which is shown in Figure 5 10 Laser scanner system l i Formatter PCB 1 DC controller PCB BDI1 D Sixsided mirror Is Collimator lens Cylindrical VIDEO signals SCANNER MOTOR SPEED CONTROL signals Scanner motor LASER CONTROL signa Scanner driver Laser driver PCB BD mirror Photosensitive drum Figure 5 10 Laser scanner system 144 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 11 ENWW Scanner m
321. isk drive lock shown in callout 2 and pull the formatter out of the printer Figure 6 50 Removing and replacing the formatter HP Color LaserJet 5550 Note Calibrate the printer after replacing the formatter See Calibrate now for instructions The formatter above represents the HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer ESD Figure 6 51 Removing and replacing the formatter HP Color LaserJet 5500 Note The formatter shown above represents the HP Color LaserJet 5500 model Low voltage power supply Use the following steps to remove the low voltage power supply ENWW Internal components rear 223 To remove the low voltage power supply Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the left cover See Left cover Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield Remove the right cover See Right cover I QI see Q0 OO IET Disconnect the two connectors shown in callout 1 i Luc Figure 6 52 Removing and replacing the low voltage power supply left side of printer 1 of 4 da e 8 Atthe rear of the printer remove the four screws shown in callout 2 9 Remove the cables from the cable clips and remove the power supply cover Figure 6 53 Removing and replacing the low voltage power supply rear of printer 2 of 4 224 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 10 On the right side of the printer
322. issing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the fuser is correctly installed ENWW Alphabetical printer messages 267 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message CPR sensor out of range The CPR Sensor is not behaving Force a calibration by properly selecting Calibrate Now from the Print Quality menu See Calibrate now If the message persists verify the cables are seated properly and the connectors J32 on the color registration detection unit and J1119 on the DC controller are making good contact If a laser scanner unit has recently been replaced make sure it has been installed properly If it is installed properly replace it again with a new one Replace the color registration detection unit If the message still persists replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller DATA RECEIVED The printer received data and is Press v to continue waiting for a form feed When the printer receives another file the message should disappear Print last page DETECTABLE SIZE A tray has been loaded with paper Press for detailed that is a standard size and the information For help press switch in the tray is set to custom Press A and to step alternates with i through instructions DETECTABLE SIZE Recommend move switch to STANDA
323. ity defect chat 350 ue ae Ee 356 rell nn Ee c 357 ENWW ENWW Eighit Color wt ai tope aerei Wen damit 357 Dark image 5 eb RB 358 BET roo EE 358 Completely blank image geed 359 All black or solid color ri e Hee tI Reb a a a 359 Dots in vertical lines iacet etienne chil cedit ced ite eed deb c ug 360 Dirt on back of paper uie cn ed eret ioter ier brea eae ena o n Hte dnd 360 Dirt onfrontof paper ree uA ene ei e dec do d desea dod dtu 361 Vertical EE ot e edi ete 361 White vertical lines 1 deceret tete ded ete davies slc eden ide 361 elei ee UE 362 White horizontal lines et 362 Missing Color 43 eter eite atu Eeer 363 Blank Spots eb coe eae tle aee mi ee ee aedes ta du eb ded eno eue het 363 Sieten ee cel T eck rd donde aah eee eee cee E E E A Beall odes ea cne eae Seago 363 Distortion or Orga Le eee 364 ll EE 365 Misplaced image eege eere ege td sede e ed da ae ce eu ege enira ce ve bed dati 365 Repetitive defects troubleshooting seesssseee enne nennen 366 Interface troubleshooting ssssssseeeneeneeeneeeenen nnnm nennen nennen emen nnne 369 Communications Checks ized aeta m cett o e e Ree Mp CORR der Pet 369 EICH troubleshooting tite nti e eee ture ee ce eee dee dh eel 369 AUTOEXEC BAT standard configurations ssesseeee eme 369 Printer Job Language PJL commands 370 Control panel troubleshooting essem nemen nme n
324. ive potential waste toner Waste toner e K cartridge V Developing cylinder M cartridge zl DC positive bias C cartridge DC negative bias JDC negative bias 11 1 3 Figure 5 27 ETB cleaning ENWW Image formation system 163 Photosensitive drum cleaning A cleaning blade inside the print cartridge clears the remaining toner on the photosensitive drum as the drum rotates past the blade This waste toner is moved into the waste toner container in the top of the print cartridge Figure 5 28 Drum cleaning illustrates this step Waste toner transport plate Waste M ULNAS ner blade L va Figure 5 28 Drum cleaning During the printing process toner adheres to the primary charging roller and the toner charging roller To prevent print quality defects this toner needs to be cleaned The DC controller alternately applies negative bias in different values to the primary charging roller and the toner charging roller when one of the following occurs e The printer is turned on e The covers are closed e Atthe start of a print operation e After printing a specified number of pages 164 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 29 ENWW Applying bias removes the toner from each roller The toner on the primary charging roller is transferred to the photosensitive drum and the to
325. k Next Follow the instructions on the computer screen Click Finish when the installation has been completed Select a language and follow the instructions on the computer screen oN Oo Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed Note If installation fails reinstall the software If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 for help or more information ENWW Installing the printing system software 87 Network configuration You might need to configure certain network parameters on the printer You can configure these parameters from the printer control panel the embedded Web server or for most networks from the HP Web Jetadmin software or the HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh Note For more information about using the HP Toolbox see Using the HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models For a complete list of supported networks and for instructions on configuring network parameters from software see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide The guide comes with printers in which an HP Jetdirect print server is installed This section contains the following instructions for configuring network parameters from the printer control panel e Configuring TCP IP parameters e Disabling unused network proto
326. k properly To enable fonts from the PCL 5c and PCL 6 printer drivers for Windows follow this procedure 1 Ov Qr s 9 NM N On the Start menu point to Settings and click Printers Select this printer and select Properties On the Configure tab click More Select the Font DIMM check box In the Configure Font DIMMs dialog box click Add to add the font file In the Add Font DIMM dialog box browse to the location of the font file select the font file and click OK In the Configure Font DIMMs dialog box select the installed DIMM Click OK Checking DIMM installation HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Check that the DIMMS are installed correctly and working 1 Turn the printer on Check that the Ready light is on after the printer has gone through the startup sequence If an error message appears a DIMM may have been incorrectly installed Print a configuration page Check the Installed Personalities and Options section on the configuration page and compare it with the configuration page printed before the DIMM installation If the amount of recognized memory has not increased The DIMM may not be installed correctly Repeat the installation procedure The DIMM may be defective Try a new DIMM Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card You can install an HP Jetdirect print server card in the base model printer which comes with three available EIO slot ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models
327. l 5550 only Q3713 60108 CS HU PL Assy CP Label 5550 only Q3713 60109 NO SV FI Assy CP Label 5550 only Q3713 60110 RU EL ASSY CP Label None Q3713 60111 Pl Engishoveray Tage ow English overlay 5550 only NEN Q3713 00024 J ENWW Ordering parts 439 Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories continued Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number ERC EE eese sme jenem EE renens Jee eneen mum Jerem Een mme eese Eme mme Jee Seen mme Jam C9656 40009 Q3713 00008 C9656 40010 Finnish overlay 5500 only Finnish overlay 5550 only Norwegian 5500 only overlay Norwegian 5550 only Q3713 00009 overlay Dutch overlay 5550 only La Q3713 00007 Portuguese 5500 only C9656 40011 overlay Portuguese 5550 only Q3713 00001 overlay Sen mmm Jee eene mme Jeer nano sm ees Poway mme eee eres mme ereo memes mem Jee pennen sme ereo Fees mme eem 440 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories continued Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number ewe mum ideas eese mmm Jee ze mme Jeer eros mmm eese eese mme Joer penoa mme ees pereo mmm eremos eps mme Jee 1
328. l memory DIMMs or third party DIMMs from the printer Do not remove the firmware DIMM in slot J1 Remove all EIO devices from the printer Turn the printer on If the error no longer exists install each DIMM and EIO device one at a time making sure to turn the printer off and back on as you install each device Replace a DIMM or EIO device if you determine that it causes the error Remember to reconnect all cables that connect the printer to the network or computer Ifthe error persists replace the firmware DIMM Replace the formatter and calibrate the printer See Calibrate now 303 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 50 X FUSER ERROR For help press 51 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 51 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 304 Chapter Troubleshooting A fuser error has occurred X Description 1 low fuser temperature 2 fuser warmup service 3 high fuser temperature 4 faulty fuser 5 inconsistent fuser 6 open fuser 8 low fuser temperature sub thermistor 9 high fuser temperature sub thermistor A printer error has occurred X Description 1 beam detect error 2 laser error Y Description 0 no color K black C cyan M magenta Y yellow Turn the printer off and allow it to cool down Reinstall
329. lect POWERSAVE Press or se to select ON Press v to set the selection Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Connecting to a computer Note Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Note ENWW The HP Color LaserJet 5550 series printer supports network and parallel connections at the same time Parallel connections HP Color LaserJet 5550 models You cannot use the parallel connection and the USB connection at the same time To establish a parallel connection connect the printer to the computer by using a bidirectional parallel cable IEEE 1284 C Plug that connector into the printer s parallel port The cable can be a maximum of 10 meters 30 feet long When used to describe a parallel interface the term bidirectional indicates that the printer is able to both receive data from the computer and send data to the computer through the parallel port Parallel port connection HP Color LaserJet 5550 models To use the enhanced capabilities of the bidirectional parallel interface ensure that the most recent printer driver is installed These enhanced capabilities include bidirectional communication between the computer and printer faster transfer of data and automatic configuration of printer drivers Connecting to a computer 71 USB configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 models This printer supports a U
330. leshooting checklist esee nen 261 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 267 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 281 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 295 xi xii Table 7 5 Table 7 6 Table 7 7 Table 7 8 Table 7 9 Table 7 10 Table 7 11 Table 7 12 Table 7 13 Table 7 14 Table 7 15 Table 7 16 Table 7 17 Table 7 18 Table 7 19 Table 7 20 Table 7 21 Table 7 22 Table 7 23 Table 7 24 Table 7 25 Table 7 26 Table 7 27 Table 7 28 Table 7 29 Table 7 30 Table 7 31 Table 7 32 Table 7 33 Table 7 34 Table 7 35 Table 7 36 Table 7 37 Table 7 38 Table 7 39 Table 7 40 Table 7 41 Table 7 42 Table 7 43 Table 7 44 Table 7 45 Table 7 46 Table 7 47 Table 7 48 Table 7 49 Table 7 50 Table 7 51 Table 7 52 Table 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 8 3 Table 8 4 Table 8 5 Table 8 6 Table 8 7 Table 8 8 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 312 Error messages and associated jam locations ssssssssssss 331 Common causes of paper jams sssssssssssssseeeen ees 333 Jams in Tray T iuis deci i toe ede ce ipe educ e nde c a Yeu e eda e 336 SEIWERT 336 Jams in Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only 337 Jams n the paper path EEN 338 Jams in the to
331. lies and accessories o 120 000 pages 40 months Approximate replacement intervals for supply items HP Color LaserJet 5500 models RG5 7737 000CN HP Color LaserJet 5550 models RG5 7137 000CN see Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories 105 CAUTION Table 4 2 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items continued Supply item Printer message Expected life Approximate Part number time period Image Fuser kit REPLACE 150 000 pages 50 months HP Color FUSER KIT LaserJet 5500 models RG5 6700 000CN 110V HP Color LaserJet 5550 models RG5 7691 000CN 110V HP Color LaserJet 5500 models RG5 6701 000CN 220V HP Color LaserJet 5550 models RG5 7692 000CN 220V see Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories Pickup roller none 300 000 pages 75 months Replace these three rollers together RY7 5097 000CN Feed roller 300 000 pages 75 months D Separation roller Imm 300 000 pages 75 months FEE 1 Approximate lives are based on 4 000 pages per month The approximate average A4 Letter size page count is based on 596 coverage of individual colors Page counts are only estimations usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary Usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary See Figure 4 1 ETB total page count according to average job length for more information 4 Usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary Hewlett Packard recommends th
332. link is displayed in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages These permanent links always appear in the Other Links area HP Instant Support Order Supplies and Product Support Device Information Allows you to name the printer and assign an asset number to it Enter the name and e mail address for the primary contact who will receive information about the printer Language Allows you to determine the language in which to display the embedded Web server information 384 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW Networking tab This tab allows the network administrator to control network related settings for the printer when it is connected to an IP based network This tab will not appear if the printer is directly connected to a computer or if the printer is connected to a network using anything other than an HP Jetdirect print server card Other links This section contains links that connect you to the Internet You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links If you use a dial up connection and did not connect when you first opened the embedded Web server you must connect before you can visit these websites Connecting might require that you close the embedded Web server and reopen it e HP Instant Support connects you to the HP website to help you find solutions This service analyzes your printer error log and configuration information to provide diagnostic and support information specifi
333. llation tip When reinstalling the cartridge fan be sure that the arrow marked on the fan holder and the arrow marked on the fan are pointing in the same direction Figure 6 85 Removing and replacing the cartridge fan 248 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Optional 500 sheet paper feeder The optional 500 sheet paper feeder is designed so that you can access its components without removing the printer The major components are located along the sides of the paper feeder Paper feeder left cover Use the following steps to remove the paper feeder left cover To remove the 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 1 Remove the cassette 2 Remove the screw shown in callout 1 and remove the front left cover shown in callout 2 Figure 6 86 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 1 of 2 ENWW Optional 500 sheet paper feeder 249 3 Remove the two screws shown in callout 3 and slide the left cover toward the back to remove it One screw is on the front of the paper feeder underneath the cover you removed in step 2 Figure 6 87 Removing and replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 2 of 2 Paper feeder right cover Use the following steps to remove the paper feeder right cover To remove the 500 sheet paper feeder right cover 1 Remove the cassette 2 Remove the screw shown in callout 1 and remove the right front cover shown in callout 2 Figure 6 88 Removing and replacing the 5
334. ller See Calibrate now Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Check the printer settings to determine which settings have been changed ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL For help press alternates with 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL To continue press press v 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE WRITE FAIL To continue press v 79 XXXX PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 8X YYYY EIO ERROR PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on ENWW Event log error message Description A non volatile storage device is full Pressing the v button should clear the message Printing can continue but there may be unexpected behavior X Description 0 onboard NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard A non volatile storage device is failing to write Pressing the v button should clear the message Printing can continue but there may be unexpected behavior X Description 0 onboard NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard A critical hardware error has occurred The EIO accessory card in slot X has encountered a critical error Scan buffer error Recommended action Press v to continue For 68 0 errors turn the printer off and then back on If a 68 0 error persists execute an NVRAM inititialization See NVRA
335. lockwise to lift the pickup arm If multiple sheets are fed the separation roller rotates in the opposite direction of the feed roller holding back any multiple fed sheets and allowing a single sheet to pass to the registration roller The registration shutter aligns the paper and the paper is fed into the paper path at the correct speed for the media type 172 Chapter 5 Theory of operation ENWW 7 The ETB carries the paper past the print cartridges where toner is transferred onto the paper and into the fuser Pick up roller Feed eremi Cassette pick up clutch Separation SK Pick up motor Figure 5 35 Cassette pickup operation Cassette detection and cassette paper size detection The printer can sense whether the cassette Tray 2 is installed correctly and it can sense the size of the paper in the cassette Paper size detection switches along the side of the cassette send this information to the DC controller The DC controller is able to determine which size is loaded by reading the state of the various switches according to the Table 5 5 Cassette paper size detection cassette detection Table 5 5 Cassette paper size detection cassette detection Paper size Paper length detection switch Paper width detection switch A4 portrait A4 portrait 11x17 inches Letter landscape Letter on off off off portrait ENWW Pickup feed system 173 Figure 5 36 Table 5 5 Cassette paper size detection ca
336. ls 72 Network COMNGCHIONS e EENS 72 Enhanced I O EIO configuration D HP Jetdirect print Servers onere t vies cceveadecs rnt tnde rea enne adea ko Fia ene ea Baer ge Meade dn 75 ENWW ENWW Available enhanced UO interfaces ennemi rennnn nn er nnns 75 KIEREN e 75 Windows and Windows NT networks AAA 76 Apple Valk Ne EE 76 LocalTalk configuration eene nnne nennen 76 Local Talk network configuration A O UNIX LINUX networks A 76 TICE ri Le EE 77 IEEE 802 11b standard emeret tte nee a i eae 77 BIWCtOOT T 7T Printer drivers RR 78 Available rivers pee 78 Additional drivers Em 79 Select the right printer driver for your needs sssssse 79 Printer driver Help cccccceeeeeecceceeeeeeeceneeceeeeeeeeseaaaeaeceeeeeeececaaeaeceeeesesecgsecaceeeeeeeeeeeanaaes 80 Software for Macintosh computers eene eret enn enne 81 dus ccc 81 HP LaserJet Utility eben eret ain aed 81 Installing the printing system software emend 82 Installing Windows printing system software for direct connections 82 Installing Windows printing system software for networks sssssessesrrsseeerrssesrrssreernssens 83 To set up Windows sharing to use the printer on a network sesssssssssssss 83 Installing Macintosh printing system
337. lso Rotating the photosensitive drums could damage the belt or photosensitive drums If covers are removed you must manually cycle the door switch after removing the cartridges for the test to execute e Cartridge motors This test rotates only the print cartridge drive motors The display prompts you to remove at least one cartridge for the same reason as stated for the Belt only test The engine rotates the cartridge motor s for only the cartridges that are removed To rotate all motors sequentially remove all cartridges to isolate one motor remove only that cartridge If covers are removed you must manually cycle the door switch after removing the cartridges for the test to execute Always start this test with all cartridges installed and cycle the door switch so the printer recognizes the configuration Then proceed with the test removing one or more cartridges e Black Magenta Yellow Cyan laser scanners These four tests allow you to rotate each scanner motor individually e Fuser motor This test rotates the fuser motor and drive gears Diagnostics 413 e Alienation motor also called the developing disengaging motor This test moves the developing disengaging rod clutches and plates through their three positions e Clean Home middle position all cartridges disengaged used during cleaning cycle e Color top position no cartridges disengaged used during color printing e M Black lowest position C M and Y cartridges
338. lso appear if the transfer unit is missing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the transfer unit is correctly installed ETB motor error 1 Clean the ETB unit intermediate connector J36 If the connector is damaged replace it Reconnect the connetors J38 for the ETB motor and J1111 on the DC controller PCB Replace the ETB motor Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Fuser motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J18 for the fuser motor and J1101 on the DC controller PCB Replace any damaged parts Replace the fuser drive assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Print cartridge motor error 1 Reconnect the print cartridge connector on the DC controller PCB J1124 for cyan J1126 for magenta J1125 for yellow and J1127 for black Replace the drum drive assembly for the indicated print cartridge Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 309 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 59 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 59 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 62 NO SYSTEM To continue turn off then on 64 PRINTER
339. lt Print paper path Direction of rotation Registration Cassette pickup Image formation process Multi purpose tray pickup D 148 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 14 ENWW Print cartridges The printer has four different print cartridges one for each color However they share the same structure shown in Figure 5 14 Print cartridge DC controller PCB A li ll i c Oo Cv D Toner level Memory Q detection PCB controller PCB Q x ZN 3 cc e Drum motor Cartridge data LED DRIVE signal Waste toner transfer plate Waste toner case Primary charging roller TONER LEVEL DETECTION signal DEVELOPING DISENGAGING MOTOR DRIVE signal DEVELOPING DISENGAGING DETECTION signal Memory tag Developing disengaging sensor Toner charging roller Ps5 Y MN rm pe er er Hn Developing cylinder Toner feed roller Developing Developing disengaging block disengaging motor Toner level sensor light receiver Toner level sensor light emitter Stirrer Print cartridge The physical components inside the print cartridge are the following e photosensitive drum e primary charging roller e developing cylinder e toner charging roller e stirrers e waste toner transfer plate The photosensitive drum s rotation drives the primary charging roller All other components
340. ly from Hewlett Packard The phone numbers for ordering supplies are e U S 800 538 8787 e United Kingdom 0734 441212 e Other local phone numbers may also be available Ordering parts supplies and accessories over the Internet To order supplies in the US contact www hp com go ljsupplies To order supplies worldwide see www hp com ghp buyonline html To order accessories see www hp com Ordering directly through the embedded Web server for printers with network connections Use the following steps to order printing supplies directly through the embedded Web server 1 In the Web browser on the computer type the IP address for the printer The printer status window appears Or go to the URL provided in the alert email Parts and supplies 39 2 Click Other Links 3 Click Order Supplies The browser opens to a page in which you can choose to send information about the printer to HP You also have the option to order supplies without sending the printer information to HP 4 Select the part numbers you want to order and follow the instructions on the screen Ordering directly through the HP Toolbox software HP Color LaserJet 5550 model only The HP Toolbox software gives you the ability to order supplies directly from the computer Two things are necessary to use this feature e The HP Toolbox software must be installed on your computer It is automatically installed as part of the typical software installation e Yo
341. mages HP ImageREt 3600 provides 3600 dpi color laser class quality through a multilevel printing process This process precisely controls color by combining up to four colors within a single dot and by varying the amount of toner in a given area As a result ImageREt 3600 together with the 600 by 600 dpi engine resolution creates millions of smooth colors Paper selection For the best color and image quality select the appropriate media type from the printer menu or from the front panel 346 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW sRGB Standard red green blue SRGB is a world wide color standard originally developed by HP and Microsoft as a common color language for monitors input devices scanners digital cameras and output devices printers plotters It is the default color space used for HP products Microsoft operating systems the World Wide Web and most office software sold today sRGB is representative of the typical Windows PC monitor today and the convergence standard for high definition television The latest versions of Adobe PhotoShop CorelDRAW Microsoft Office and many other applications use sRGB to communicate color Most importantly as the default color space in Microsoft operating systems sRGB has gained broad adoption as a means to exchange color information between applications and devices using a common definition that assures typical users will experience greatly improved color matching sRGB imp
342. mainder of this chapter provides steps for correcting problems e Usethe pre troubleshooting checklist to evaluate the source of the problem and to reduce the number of steps required to fix the problem e Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions The flowchart guides you to the appropriate section of this chapter that provides steps for correcting the malfunction Before beginning any troubleshooting procedure check the following e Are supply items within their rated life e Does the configuration page reveal any configuration errors Note The customer is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in good condition Pre troubleshooting checklist The list below describes basic questions to ask the customer to help quickly define the problem s Table 7 1 Pre troubleshooting checklist Environment Is the printer installed on a solid level surface Is the power supply voltage within 10 volts of the specified power source Is the power supply plug inserted in the printer and the outlet Is the operating environment within the specified parameters as listed in Chapter 1 of this manual Is the printer exposed to ammonia gas such as that produced by diazo copiers or office cleaning materials Is the printer exposed to direct sunlight Does the customer use only supported media Is the media in good condition no curls folds etc Is the m
343. matically If the CD ROM menu does not run automatically double click the CD ROM icon on the desktop and then double click the Installer icon This icon is located in the Installer lt language gt folder of the Starter CD ROM where language is your language preference 4 Follow the instructions on the computer screen Restart the computer Installing the printing system software 85 Note Note Note Note 86 6 For Mac OS 9 X and later e From HD Applications Utilities open the Apple Desktop Printer Utility e Double click Printer USB e Next to USB Printer Selection click Change e Select the printer click Auto Setup and then click Create e Click the Desktop Printer Icon that was just created e On the Printing menu click Set Default Printer For Mac OS X From HD Applications Utilities Print Center start the Print Center If the printer does not set up automatically do the following e Click Add Printer e From within the printer list select USB as the connection type e Select the printer and click Add in the lower left corner 7T Printa Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed If installation fails reinstall the software If this fails see the installation notes or Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 for help or more information
344. mation on printer features see the Hewlett Packard website at http www hp com support clj5500 or http www hp com support clj5550 The HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer HP Color LaserJet 5500 5500n 5550 5550n 5500dn and 5550dn printers HP Color LaserJet 5550dtn and 5550dtn printers HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn and 5550dtn printers HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn printer RON Table 1 1 Model configurations HP LaserJet 5500 models HP Color LaserJet 5500 printer model number The HP CLJ 5500 printer is the base model C9656A which includes 96 megabytes MB of synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM one 500 sheet input tray This model comes with three optional EIO slots standard bi directional parallel port IEEE 1284 C compliant and a Fast InfraRed FIR port HP Color LaserJet 5500n printer model number The HP CLJ 5500n printer contains all of the C7131A features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 615N print server network card and is only available in Europe 2 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Table 1 1 Model configurations continued HP Color LaserJet 5500dn printer model The HP CLJ 5500dn printer contains all of the number C9657A features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 615N print server network card and automatic 2 sided printing duplexing HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn printer model The HP CLJ 5500Gtn printer contains all of the numb
345. mended by the print quality troubleshooting pages do not improve print quality go to http www hp com support clj5500 for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 or hitp www hp com support clj5550 for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 Understanding color variations The printed output might not match the computer screen and the colors printed on successive pages might not match While color variations are inherent in this printing method they can indicate changes in the printing environment print media or printer components 344 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Print quality troubleshooting tool The print quality troubleshooting tool is available to users and service personnel to help identify and troubleshoot print quality issues for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 and HP Color LaserJet 5550 printers The tool is designed to provide intuitive step by step instructions for printing PQ troubleshooting pages It suggests solutions for eight print quality issues using standard images to ensure that the support agent and the user have a common diagnostic method for isolating the print quality issue The print quality troubleshooting tool is available at the following Web sites e http www hp com go printquality clj5550 e Mhttp www hp com cpso support new pg 5550 5550home html e http www hp com bizsupport Find the print quality tool under Hot Topics You can also access the print quality troubleshooting tool by going to hp com and following
346. ment for Japan ENWW Safety information 33 Laser Statement for Finland Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550 5500n 5550n 5500dn 5550dn 5500dtn 5550dtn 5500hdn 5550hdn laserkirjoitin on kayttajan kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasers teen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on m ritetty standardin EN 60825 1 1994 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen k ytt minen muulla kuin k ytt ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle VARNING Om apparaten anv nds p annat s tt n i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550 5500n 5550n 5500dn 5550dn 5500dtn 5550dtn 5500hdn 5550hdn kirjoittimen sis ll ei ole k ytt j n huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja VARO Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina n kym tt m llelasers teilylle laitteen ollessa toimin
347. mentation to make Windows sharing available After the printer is shared install the printer software on all computers that share the printer Installing the printing system software 83 Installing Macintosh printing system software for networks This section describes how to install Macintosh printing system software The printing system software supports Apple Mac OS version 9 1 x and later The printing system software includes the following components PostScript Printer Description PPD files The PPDs in combination with the Apple PostScript printer drivers provide access to printer features An installation program for the PPDs and other software is provided on the CD ROM that came with the printer Use the appropriate PS driver that comes with the operating system HP LaserJet Utility The HP LaserJet Utility provides access to features that are not available in the printer driver Use the illustrated screens to select printer features and complete the following tasks with the printer e Name the printer e Assign the printer to a zone on the network e Assign an IP to the printer e Download files and fonts e Configure and set the printer for IP or AppleTalk printing Note The HP LaserJet Utility is not currently supported for OS X but the utility is supported for the Classic environment To install printer drivers from Mac OS 9 1X and later 1 Connect the network cable between the HP Jetdirect print server and a
348. menu and select CALIBRATE NOW to ensure proper print quality after the repair See Calibrate now for instructions on calibrating the printer When the ETB or the fuser are replaced before their normal end of life access the Resets menu and reset the counter to zero See Replacing the transfer unit ETB and Replacing the fuser for instructions Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Event log error message Control panel message 10 X X SUPPLY MEMORY ERROR For help press ENWW Description Note The printer cannot always determine whether the error lies with the cartridge or with the printer reader writer The printer cannot read or write to at least one print cartridge memory tag or at least one memory tag is missing XX Description 00 memory error on supply item 10 memory tag missing YY Description 00 black print cartridge 01 cyan print cartridge 02 magenta print cartridge 03 yellow print cartridge Numerical printer messages Recommended action Turn the printer off and then back on Swap the cartridge for the color indicated with a cartridge in another slot to determine whether the error follows the cartridge or stays with the slot If the error follows the cartridge replace that cartridge Otherwise continue with step 3 Reseat the connectors between the memory PCB J601 J605 and the antenna PCBs J903 the memory PCB and the DC controller PCB J1
349. mory DIMMs are available in 64 128 and 256 MB e Flash memory DIMMs available in 4 MB unlike standard printer memory flash DIMMs can be used to permanently store downloaded items in the printer even when the printer is off e DIMM based accessory fonts macros and patterns e Other DIMM based printer languages and printer options You may want to add more memory to the printer if you often print complex graphics or PostScript documents or if you use many downloaded fonts Additional memory also allows the printer to print multiple collated copies at the maximum speed Single in line memory modules SIMMs used on previous HP LaserJet printers are not compatible with the printer Before ordering additional memory print a configuration page to see how much memory is currently installed To print a configuration page 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press vw to highlight INFORMATION Press v to select INFORMATION Press w to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION Press v to select PRINT CONFIGURATION OV se Zu dw Installing memory and font DIMMs for HP Color LaserJet 5500 models You can install more memory for the printer and you can also install a font DIMM to allow the printer to print characters for languages such as Chinese or the Cyrillic alphabet Static electricity can damage DIMMs When handling DIMMs either wear an antistatic wrist strap or fr
350. mory tag antenna PCBs 2 of 2 Developing disengaging drive unit Use the following steps to remove the developing disengaging drive unit 212 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW To remove the developing disengaging drive unit Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Remove the left cover See Left cover Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield Remove the three screws shown in callout 1 Disconnect the two connectors shown in callout 2 ER XC Qno gr d dece D Remove the developing disengaging drive unit Figure 6 36 Removing and replacing the developing disengaging drive unit Drum drive units CAUTION Do not remove the e clip on the end of the drum drive units Parts are under tension Replace the complete drum drive assembly rather than taking it apart To remove the drum drive gears 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover 2 Remove the top cover See Top cover 3 Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover 4 Remove the left cover See Left cover 5 Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield ENWW Internal components left side 213 6 Remove the six screws shown in callout 1 and remove the drum drive grounding plate ge jl IL M zi Figure 6 37 Removing and replacing the drum drive gears 1 of 2 S S 7 Remove the four drum drive gears shown in callout 2
351. move the nine screws shown in callout 1 Disconnect the connector that is inside the shield on the left side Remove the DC controller shield Figure 6 32 Removing and replacing the DC controller shield Environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Use the following steps to remove the environment sensor 210 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW To remove the environment sensor Remove the rear cover Remove the top cover Remove the rear top cover Remove the left cover Remove the right cover Remove the DC controller shield Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 Unhook the two claws shown in callout 2 o D Jo mF ob Remove the environment sensor shown in callout 3 Figure 6 33 Environment sensor Memory tag antenna PCBs Use the following steps to remove the memory tag antenna PCBs Memory tag antenna PCBs To remove and replace the memory tag antenna PCBs 1 Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield ENWW Internal components left side 211 2 Onthe memory controller PCB disconnect the connector for the memory antenna PCB that you wish to remove callout 1 A 1 Y i Y D di Y I A Ly Figure 6 34 Removing and replacing the memory tag antenna PCBs 1 of 2 Af S 3 From the front of the printer unhook the tab that holds the PCB in place callout 2 4 Push the PCB to the left and remove it Figure 6 35 Removing and replacing the me
352. n cause misfeeds and multifeeds Replace the tray if necessary Defective paper tray switches can cause jams by communicating the wrong paper size to the formatter Defective paper sensors along the paper path might signal a false jam Scraps of media left in the paper path can cause intermittent jams Always check that the paper path is clear when cleaning the printer and when clearing jams Also remove the fuser and carefully check it for jam debris Table 7 8 Jams in Tray 1 Causes for jams in Tray 1 Pickup roller is dirty worn or damaged Clean the pickup roller If it is still dirty after cleaning or if it is worn or damaged replace the pickup roller Separation pad is defective Clean the separation pad If it is still dirty after cleaning or if it is worn or damaged replace the separation pad Drive gears are damaged Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged Multi purpose tray pickup solenoid is defective Disconnect the connector J25 for the multi purpose tray pickup solenoid from the DC controller PCB Measure the resistance between the cable side connectors J25 1 and J25 2 If the measured resistance is NOT about 108 ohms replace the multi purpose tray pickup solenoid Pickup motor is defective Replace the paper pickup drive assembly Paper pickup assembly is defective Replace the paper pickup assembly DC controller PCB is d
353. n nn nnne 330 JaME ees ees M 330 A lere ule lE 330 Jam locations by error message seen tenente de dan ite du dae te a dana da RRA 330 ER PERIERE DE Em 332 Avoiding paper LEE 333 Persistent jams 5 2 o ae pte Rd mita et Eta dia eee decet ds 334 Basic troubleshooting for paper jams ssssssseeeeenm een 334 arreter 334 General paper path troubleshooting ssssssssssseeeeeeenennen enne 335 Paper path checklist dte ettet Rte kane te RR aad i nhe ne etn RR ANE ne ERIS 335 Paper transport troubleshooting 2 rtr tarn natio en o RARIOR Rn de Seen 341 Paper is wrinkled or folded ssssssssssssssseseseeeeee nennen 341 Image formation troubleshooting sse eene eee 343 Print quality problems associated with media 343 Overhead transparency defects cccccecccececseseteeeesesededeesetededeessnecedendenededeeneceneneenenede 343 Print quality problems associated with the environment ssssssssssssrererrnrssnssessrrrrrnnn 344 Print quality problems associated with jams ssss em 344 Print quality troubleshooting PAGES eme ems 344 Understanding color variation emnes 344 Print quality defect chart 2 1i eiae Ire EE R 350 Image dele els oeste utere pe eae END DIEM 356 LIGNE IMAGE EIS 357 LIQIECOION EE 357 Dark Mage EE 358 Brig 358 Completely blank Image reet iet e tet e rei Ee EE E
354. nassa l katso s teeseen VARNING Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstr lning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 775 795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser 34 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Toner safety Note ENWW HP Planet Partners returns and recycling service offers HP LaserJet printing supplies recycling free of charge in many countries around the world Check the inside of your new HP LaserJet toner cartridge box You will find a Return and Recycle Guide inside the box There should be a prepaid and preaddressed mailing label inside the Guide Follow the instructions provided In case of toner spills skin and clothing are best cleaned by removing as much toner as possible with a dry tissue then washing with cold water Hot water causes toner to permanently set into clothing Toner safety 35 36 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW service approach Chapter contents ENWW This chapter contains information about the following topics Chapter Content X 37 Service approach MIT M E A 38 Parts and Ree 39 Ordering Parts EN 39 ci 39 ALII e 39 Ordering supplies
355. ndicated color 54 11 54 12 54 13 or 54 14 error Check the connections Check the cartridge and replace it if necessary Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 19 error Check the ETB connection Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller 54 20 error Check the connection Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 21 54 22 54 23 or 54 24 error Check the connections Replace the toner level sensing PCB Replace the DC controller ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message 55 X PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 55 X PRINTER ERROR To continue press v 57 X PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on ENWW Event log error message Description The DC controller is not communicating with the formatter The problem could be caused by a timing error or an intermittent connection A printer fan error has occurred X Description 3 cartridge fan vertical fan FM3 4 formatter fan horizontal fan FM2 7 power suppply fan FM1 Numerical printer messages Recommended action Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Reseat or replace the connectors between the DC controller and the formatter If the problem persists replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Replace the formatte
356. ne supply item is low Press v to identify which and the SUPPLIES LOW setting is supplies should be ordered For status press v set to STOP Order the identified supplies Press v twice to continue printing Printing can continue until supplies reach end of life Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server 274 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message ORDER TRANSFER KIT XXXX PAGES LEFT For menus press v ORDER TRANSFER KIT XXXX PAGES LEFT To continue press v Output Bin Full Remove all paper from bin Performing PAPER PATH TEST Printing PQ troubleshooting Printing REGISTRATION PAGE Processing duplex job Do not grab paper until job completes Receiving upgrade ENWW The transfer unit is near end of life The number of pages remaining for the transfer unit has reached the low threshold and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set to STOP The output bin is full and must be emptied for printing to continue The printer is performing a Paper Path test The printer is generating the print quality troubleshooting pages The printer will return to the Ready state when the pages are printed The printer is generating the registration page The printer will return to th
357. nect the connector shown in callout 2 3 Remove the two screws shown in callout 3 and remove the paper pickup unit Figure 6 16 Removing and replacing the paper pickup unit 1 of 2 Figure 6 17 Removing and replacing the paper pickup unit 2 of 2 ENWW Internal components front 199 Cassette sensor PCB Use the following steps to remove the cassette sensor PCB To remove the cassette sensor PCB 1 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit 2 Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 3 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 and remove the cassette sensor PCB Figure 6 18 Removing and replacing the paper pickup sensor PCB Note The side view is shown in callout 1 Multi purpose tray sensor PCB Use the following steps to remove the multi purpose tray sensor PCB To remove and replace the multi purpose tray sensor PCB 1 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit 2 Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 200 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 6 19 ENWW Disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 and remove the multi purpose tray sensor PCB Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray sensor PCB Paper pickup drive unit Use the following steps to remove the paper pickup drive unit To remove the paper pickup drive unit 1 2 3 4 5 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit Remove the e ring shown in callout 1
358. nect the printer to a Macintosh computer on a LocalTalk network use the HP LocalTalk Cable Kit part number J4135A You will need a kit for each printer and an additional kit for each Macintosh computer on the network UNIX Linux networks Use the HP Jetdirect printer installer for UNIX utility to set up the printer on HP UX or Sun Solaris networks For setup and management on UNIX or Linux networks use HP Web Jetadmin To obtain HP software for UNIX Linux networks visit HP Customer Care online at http www hp com support net printing For other installation options supported by the HP Jetdirect print server see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide included with printers equipped with the HP Jetdirect print server Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Wireless printing Note ENWW Wireless networks offer a safe secure and cost effective alternative to traditional wired network connections IEEE 802 11b standard By using the wireless HP Jetdirect 802 11b external print server HP peripherals can be placed anywhere in the office or home and connected to a wireless network running Microsoft Apple Netware UNIX or Linux network operating systems This wireless technology provides a high quality printing solution without the physical constraints of wiring Peripherals can be conveniently placed anywhere in an office or home and can be easily moved without changing network cables Installation is easy
359. nector shown in callout 2 NO Gr ome GO deor Remove the door switch Figure 6 70 Removing and replacing the door switch ENWW Internal components right side 237 Internal components top Use the following steps to remove and replace the top internal components of the printer Discharging PCB Use the following steps to remove the discharging PCB To remove the discharging PCB 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover 2 Remove the top cover See Top cover 3 Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover 4 Remove the screw shown in callout 1 and remove the cover for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Figure 6 71 Removing the screw in the discharging PCB 5 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 6 Remove the screw shown in callout 3 7 Unhook the three tabs shown in callout 4 and unthread the cables from their guides 238 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 8 Remove the discharging PCB Figure 6 72 Removing and replacing the discharging PCB Fuser power supply PCB Use the following steps to remove the fuser power supply PCB To remove and replace the fuser power supply PCB 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover 2 Remove the top cover See Top cover 3 Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover 4 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 and unthread the cable from the stay 5 Unthread the cable shown in callout 2 from the fuser power supply cover ENWW Internal
360. nel message 20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY For help press alternates with 20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY To continue press Press v 22 EIO X BUFFER OVERFLOW For help press alternates with 22 PARALLEL UO BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue Press v 22 EIO X BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue press Press v 22 SERIAL UO BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue Press v 40 BAD SERIAL TRANSMISSION To continue press Press v 40 EIO X BAD TRANSMISSION To continue press Press v 318 Chapter7 Troubleshooting Event Description log error message The printer has received more data from the computer than fits in available memory The printer s parallel buffer has overflowed during a busy state The printer s EIO card in slot X has overflowed its UO buffer during a busy state The printer s serial buffer has overflowed during a busy state A serial data error parity framing or line overrun has occurred while the printer was receiving data A connection with the card in EIO slot X has been abnormally broken Recommended action Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur Reduce the complexity of the print job to avoid this error Adding memory to the printer may allow printing of more complex pages Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occ
361. ner on the toner charging roller is transferred to the developing cylinder Then the cleaning blade scrapes the toner on the photosensitive drum into the waste toner container as described above The toner on the developing cylinder is returned to the toner case Figure 5 29 Primary charging roller and toner charging roller cleaning illustrates this process Primary charging roller To waste toner case Photosensitive drum Photosensitive Toner drum Toner charging roller Developing cylinder To toner case TTT TIF DC bias Primary charging roller and toner charging roller cleaning Color plane registration calibration The diameter of the rollers in individual print cartridges or ETB units varies from one to another For this reason whenever a new print cartridge or ETB unit is installed the printer must adjust the rotational speed of the rollers in order to ensure good color plane registration Color misregistration occurs when the individual colors do not print directly on top of one another causing poor print quality This adjustment consists of two steps 1 Direct calibration The DC controller uses the color registration detection unit to measure the color registration range directly and calibrate the color registration Image formation system 165 2 Indirect calibration The DC controller monitors the rotational speed of each feed roller and controls the speed to prevent color misregistration Fi
362. network port 2 Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The CD ROM menu runs automatically If the CD ROM menu does not run automatically double click the CD ROM icon on the desktop and then double click the Installer icon This icon is located in the Installer language folder of the Starter CD ROM where language is your language preference For example the Installer English folder contains the Installer icon for the English printer software Follow the instructions on the computer screen 4 Open the Apple Desktop Printer Utility located in the Startup Disk Applications Utilities folder 5 Double click Printer AppleTalk 6 Next to AppleTalk Printer Selection click Change 7 Selectthe printer click Auto Setup and then click Create 8 Onthe Printing menu click Set Default Printer Note The icon on the desktop will appear to be generic All the print panels appear in the Print dialog box in a program 84 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Note Note ENWW To install printer drivers from Mac OS 10 X 1 Connect the network cable between the HP Jetdirect print server and a network port 2 Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The CD ROM menu runs automatically If the CD ROM menu does not run automatically double click the CD ROM icon on the desktop and then double click the Installer icon This icon is located in the Installer language folder of the Starter CD ROM where language is
363. ng sheet metal parts Caution regarding electrostatic discharge ESD The printer contains parts that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Watch for the ESD reminder shown at the left when removing printer parts Protect the parts that are sensitive to ESD with protective ESD pouches is ESD Required tools Before servicing the printer gather the following tools e Phillips 2 magnetized screwdriver 152 mm 6 inch shaft e Small flat blade screwdriver e Small needle nose pliers e ESD strap e Penlight optional Introduction 185 Figure 6 1 All components in the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer use Phillips head screws that require a 2 Phillips screwdriver Ensure that you have a Phillips screwdriver and not a Posidriv screwdriver Figure 6 1 Phillips and Posidriv screwdriver comparison below shows the difference between a Phillips and a Posidriv screwdriver Note that the Phillips tip has more beveled surfaces Phillips Posidriv Phillips and Posidriv screwdriver comparison Types of screws Table 6 1 Types of screws describes the screws used in the printer and provides guidelines to help determine where to use each type of screw The screws can vary in length depending on the thickness of the material being fastened Always note where each type of screw is located and replace each one into its original location Table 6 1 Types of screws eram eme um Screw truss head To hold sh
364. ngaging assembly partnumbers 474 motor component test 414 motor function 134 motor removing and replacing 212 rod removing and replacing 213 DHALF 166 diagnostics engine 402 LED 400 mode 402 paper path 405 procedure 400 tests 403 using 38 diagnostics menu 380 dimensions printer 48 DIMMs adding 116 enabling 5500 122 font 116 disable cartridge check 404 disk file directory rinting 395 DMAX 166 documentation ordering 42 door switch locating 424 removing and replacing 236 DOS commands 369 ENWW drivers downloading 40 Help 80 drivers printer 42 drum drive gears removing and replacing 213 drum drive unit partnumbers 472 removing and replacing 213 drum motors function 134 duplex path jams 339 duplex unit operation 180 duplexer models including 2 duty cycle maximum 11 E e label memory PCB removing and replacing 217 e mail alerts 384 EIO troubleshooting 369 EIO Enhanced Input Output configuring 75 EIO connections locating 8 9 electrical specifications 11 13 surface resistivity 23 electrostatic discharge 185 electrostatic latent image forming 155 electrostatic transfer transport belt locating 154 structure 154 embedded Web server accessing 383 features 90 ordering supplies 39 using for troubleshooting 383 viewing with Printer Status and Alerts 388 embossed media 23 enabling DIMMs HP Color LaserJet 5500 122 envelopes loading 25 printing 25 environment sensor 5550
365. nly Causes for jams in Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550models only Pickup roller separation roller or feed roller in If any one of these rollers is damaged replace the paper cassette is deformed all three rollers together Drive gears are damaged Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged Connector to the printer has poor contact Reconnect all connectors to the printer Replace any damaged connectors Cassette pickup clutch is damaged Disconnect the connector J24 for the cassette pickup clutch Measure the resistance between the cable side connectors J24 1 and J24 2 If the measured resistance is NOT about 206 ohms replace the cassette pickup clutch Paper stack surface sensor is defective Replace the cassette sensor PCB Pickup motor is defective Replace the paper pickup drive assembly Paper pickup assembly is defective Replace the paper pickup assembly ENWW Paper path troubleshooting 337 Table 7 10 Jams in Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only continued Causes for jams in Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550models only mer Lifting plate or lifter drive mechanism in the Tray Replace the cassette or the lifter drive assembly 3 or Tray 4 cassette is defective Lifting plate or lifter drive mechanism in the Tray Replace the cassette 2 cassette is defective Paper feeder PCB is d
366. nly Use the Add Printer option to load these drivers Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Note Note Note ENWW Table 3 1 Available printer drivers Operating PCL 6 PCL 5c system Windows 98 v v v v Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 2000 I ng XP Server 2003 Macintosh OS OS p Not all printer NNI are EN EN from all drivers or operating systems M NE the context sensitive help in your driver for available features PostScript Printer Description files If your system did not automatically check the Internet for the latest drivers during software installation download them from http www hp com support clj5500 or http www hp com support clj5550 Once connected select Downloads and Drivers to find the driver you wish to download Additional drivers The following drivers are not included on the CD ROM but are available from the Internet or from HP Customer Care e OS 2 PS printer driver e UNIX model scripts e Linux drivers e HP OpenVMS drivers The OS 2 drivers are available from IBM and are packaged with OS 2 They are not available for Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese Korean or Japanese Select the right printer driver for your needs Select a printer driver based on the way that you use the printer Certain printer features are available only in the PCL 6 drivers See the printer driver Help for available features e Use the PCL 6 driver to take full advantage of
367. nns 372 Printing a menu meap eebe eere eee dee alae lee bee euet geen 372 INTONIMALON IMO TEE 373 Paper handling menu ugeriet deed e pee desea eee oie ae hg dde eU E pena 374 CONMGUIFE device menle ota tpe Dele Hr ale ROO pa Re Ee ege sheds 374 Printing menu cite e eo ee TEE aer etes 375 Print quality menu D de epic D eese 376 System setup mendl esed eiii a Reo ege ES otl esa iced 377 HOMO PEEL 379 Resets Menu ss eet Mt th aie a et ES rim iat Gara 380 Diagnostics ITienu s ette buie Decca hk ead AU 380 SOVICE METU EHE 381 Tools fortroubleshootihg DEE 383 Embedded Web server x a deco dee etate Miner nte EG 383 To access the embedded Web server eee 383 dite le EE 384 dl EC le BEE 384 Networking tab EE 385 Other links euet eB MEN EINE 385 Using the HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models sessssssss 385 Printer Status and Alerts software sss emen 388 To choose which status messages appear enn 389 To view status messages and information ssssee enn 389 Printer configuration pag6 x eec ter tee et tede ttr Hee Pe bete toe t Pen e e NEEN 389 Supplies status page a a a a a a a E a a a a a e ninh aaraa di 391 Usage page nete ete mene det AREE ARREN 392 Eventog ede Rn E aha cer lees Ate ite 394 Print the file directory page Heg bet ELI RH TIRE CERE IRR He PORE EIL entities 395 Print the FCE font list page ito P C M P C te tee i iE Edge 396 opt He PS font listpage 7 sie e d
368. nting images HP Color LaserJet 5550 models To obtain the best print quality when printing images use HP High Gloss Laser Paper Q2419A In either the software program or the driver select HIGH GLOSS or print from a tray that is configured for glossy paper e In either the software program or the printer driver select HIGH GLOSS IMAGES as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for glossy paper e You can also configure the printer by using settings on the printer control panel Envelopes Envelopes can be printed only from Tray 1 Set the tray s media size to the specific envelope size For information about loading envelopes see the section in the online user guide about loading envelopes into Tray 1 Adhering to the following guidelines will help ensure proper printing on envelopes and help prevent printer jams e Do not load more than 20 envelopes into Tray 1 e The weight rating of envelopes should not exceed 105 g m 28 Ib e Envelopes should be flat e Donotuse envelopes with windows or clasps e Envelopes must not be wrinkled nicked or otherwise damaged e Envelopes with peel off adhesive strips must use adhesives that can withstand the heat and pressures of the printer s fusing process e Envelopes should be loaded face down and with the top of the envelope to the left and the short edge feeding into the printer first In high humidity environments envelopes should be printed long edge first
369. nts to zero The printer ignores isolated EOJ commands Each EOJ must be preceded by a JOB command PJL ECHO This printer supports the ECHO command which transmits its parameters over the I O channel to the host that issued the command PJL USTATUS JOB ON OFF This command enables or disables the JOB status for the I O channel that delivers the command PJL USTATUSOFF This command disables the unsolicited JOB status for the I O channel that delivered the command For this printer it duplicates the function of PJL USTATUS JOB OFF AND GPJL USTATUS DEVICE OFF All commands not supported by this printer s PJL command set are returned with the message PJL XXXX lt CR gt lt LF gt lt CR gt lt LF gt Interface troubleshooting 371 Control panel troubleshooting When you press v to enter the menus the high level menus are displayed in the following order e RETRIEVE JOB this menu displays only if a hard disk is installed e MENUS e PAPER HANDLING e CONFIGURE DEVICE e DIAGNOSTICS e SERVICE A menu map shows how individual items are configured within each of these menus Figure 7 7 HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer menu map shows a sample of one page of the menu map The menu map prints on six pages The last page gives instructions on how to use the control panel buttons Printing a menu map 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 to enter the MENUS 2 Press v to highlight MENUS 3 Pr
370. nufactured since 1 August 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States The printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation Invisible laser beam is emitted within the laser scanner unit Do not disassemble the laser scanner unit as the laser beam can injure your eyes The unit cannot be adjusted in the field The label shown below is attached to the laser scanner unit cover Using controls making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified in this guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canadian DOC regulations Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements Conforme la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques CEM EMI statement Korea LSA QUE Ba D o Ae digi 9E Bx 2 7 zA SAASOUAS SE PE Al ALSS Secr EMI statement for Korea 32 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW VCCI statement Japan COs IM EE ilies VCCI OEE LE 22 AB TRACI CORB KCI SOC E t BL TIED OX VAPSLE V3 V SRI org c PH Der Sse ek gege TECH Dal BORAH GE CIEL ORY HUC FAL Figure 1 8 VCCI state
371. ocate the two rollers on the bottom of the paper pickup unit above the cassette The pickup roller is the smaller roller and the feed roller is the larger roller 3 Pinch the tab on the end of the cassette pickup roller callout 1 and pull the roller out 204 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Pinch the tab on the end of the cassette feed roller callout 2 and pull the roller out Figure 6 25 Removing the cassette pickup and feed rollers Note Always replace the cassette pickup roller and the cassette feed rollers at the same time Also replace the separation roller located in the paper cassette when replacing these rollers Solenoid and clutch Use the following steps to remove the multi purpose tray solenoid or cassette clutch To remove the multi purpose tray solenoid or cassette clutch 1 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit 2 To remove the multi purpose tray solenoid remove the screw shown in callout 1 and disconnect the connector shown in callout 2 3 To remove the cassette clutch disconnect the connector shown in callout 3 and remove the spring shown in callout 4 4 Remove the three screws shown in callout 5 and remove the side plate ENWW Internal components front 205 5 Remove the e ring shown in callout 6 and remove the clutch Figure 6 26 Removing and replacing the solenoid and clutch Cassette separation roller Use the following steps to remove the cassette se
372. oller locating 149 print cartridges changing 109 life span 105 status 384 structure 149 print quality defects 356 print quality troubleshooting process 343 print server card installing 123 print servers configuring 385 printer calibration 417 connectivity 5 features 4 printer drivers Help 80 selecting 79 printer drivers ordering 42 Printer Job Language PJL commands 370 Technical Reference Manual 98 printer management language 143 printing menu 375 processor type 142 production number 6 PS font lists printing 397 punched paper 22 R RAM random access memory 4 rear cover removing and replacing 190 rear top cover removing and replacing 191 recycled paper 26 reference materials partnumbers 441 regulatory information power rating 6 remanufactured assemblies 40 532 Index repetitive defects 366 replacement intervals ETB 105 fuser 106 print cartridges 105 replacement parts configuration configuration replacement parts 328 RGB sample page printing 398 right cover removing and replacing 193 rollers attaching 154 ETB feed 154 ETB driven 154 primary charging 149 toner charging 149 transfer charging 154 S safety information 32 safety statements laser safety for Finland 34 scanner motor control circuit 145 function 145 screws types 186 442 security levels 97 network 97 setting in embedded Web server 384 selecting media 16 sensor test 406 sensors environment 5550 operat
373. olor LaserJet 5500 models Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models If you installed a memory DIMM set the printer driver to recognize the newly added memory 1 Onthe Start menu point to Settings and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes 2 Select this printer and select Properties 3 Onthe Configure tab click More 4 Inthe Total Memory field type or select the total amount of memory that is now installed 5 Click OK Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5550 models If you installed a language font DIMM in the printer you must select the Font DIMM option in the printer driver in order for the font DIMM to work correctly To enable fonts from the PCL 5c and PCL 6 printer drivers for Windows follow this procedure 1 Onthe Start menu point to Settings and then click Printers 2 Select this printer and select Properties 3 Onthe Configure tab click More 122 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW Select the Font DIMM check box In the Configure Font DIMMs dialog box click Add to add the font file In the Add Font DIMM dialog box browse to the location of the font file select the font file and then click OK In the Configure Font DIMMs dialog box select the installed DIMM Click OK Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5500 models If you installed a language font DIMM in the printer you must select the Font DIMM option in the printer driver for the font DIMM to wor
374. olor registration detection assembly 54 7 54 8 54 9 or 54 10 error Check the connections Replace the drum phase sensor for the indicated color 54 11 54 12 54 13 or 54 14 error Check the connections Check the cartridge and replace it if necessary Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 19 error Check the ETB connection Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller 54 20 error Check the connection Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 21 54 22 54 23 or 54 24 error Check the connections Replace the toner level sensing PCB Replace the DC controller 323 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message 55 X PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 55 X PRINTER ERROR To continue press press v 57 X PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 324 Chapter Troubleshooting Event log error message Description The DC controller is not communicating with the formatter The problem could be caused by a timing error or an intermittent connection A printer fan error has occurred X Description 3 cartridge fan vertical fan FM3 4 formatter fan horizontal fan FM2 7 power suppply fan FM1 Recommended action Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Reseat or replace the connectors between the DC controller and the formatter If the problem p
375. on 344 Color LaserJet 5500 series printer models 2 color registration calibration 165 detection unit removing and replacing 208 ETB feed speed 154 color selection process 346 color variations 344 colored paper 24 commands DOS 369 PJL 370 Commercial Service and Support Organization America CSSO A 39 Europe CSSO E 39 compact disc service parts information 41 componenttests 413 components replacing 38 configuration page printing 389 viewing with embedded Web server 384 configuration DC controller 329 configuration formatter 328 configuration formatter and DC controller 328 connecting parallel cable 71 connectors locating 429 432 control panel label installing 67 locating 8 9 locking 97 overlay installing 66 overlays partnumbers 439 removing and replacing 196 country region of origin determining 6 covers cleaning 100 front 195 left 192 locating 8 partnumbers 448 rear 190 526 Index reartop 191 right 193 top 190 CPU type 142 crooked images 342 CSSO A Commercial Service and Support Organization America 39 CSSO E Commercial Service and Support Organization Europe 39 customer support 41 cutouts 22 D DC controller circuit 131 components 428 function 131 removing and replacing 218 shield removing and replacing 210 DDR DIMM installing 119 Declaration of Conformity 31 Deskjet transparencies avoiding 23 developing cylinder disengaging 153 locating 149 developing dise
376. on the ETB belt Table 7 16 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part two paper path exit Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part two paper path exit C mm 000000 Fuser inlet guide is dirty Clean the fuser inlet guide Fuser pressure roller is dirty or damaged Clean the pressure roller If the pressure roller is damaged replace the fuser Fuser sleeve is dirty or damaged Clean the fuser sleeve If the fuser sleeve is damaged replace the fuser Fuser delivery roller is dirty Clean the fuser delivery roller Table 7 17 Paper is skewed Causes for skewed paper C Paper dust or dirt has accumulated in the Clean the rollers cassette feed roller or registration roller Cassette feed roller and registration roller are Replace the paper pickup assembly worn irregularly Pickup roller separation roller or feed roller in If any one of these rollers is damaged replace the paper cassette is deformed all three rollers together Registration shutter is defective Make sure the registration shutter moves smoothly its spring is in place and it is clean If the registration shutter is damaged replace the paper pickup assembly 342 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Image formation troubleshooting Note ENWW The image formation system is the central hub of the printer During image formation an image of colored toner is formed and then fused onto the paper The image formation system consists of the followin
377. one color printing light Poor contact in the transfer bias contacts Clean the contacts for the affected color If the between the ETB and the printer contacts are still dirty after cleaning or if they are damaged replace the contacts or the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now Developing disengaging unit is defective Replace the developing disengaging unit Transfer charging roller is worn or damaged Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now ENWW Image defects 357 Table 7 20 Causes for one color printing light continued Causes for one color printing light Cause Photosensitive drum is worn Replace the print cartridge for the affected color High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB Laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner for the affected color Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate now DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Dark image Table 7 21 Causes for dark images Causes for dark images Image density is not adjusted correctly Decrease the density for each color Color registration detection unit is dirty Clean the lens on the color registration detection unit Color registration detection unit is defective Replace the color registration detection unit
378. ontroller PCB Removing and replacing the e label memory controller PCB DC controller PCB Use the following steps to remove the DC controller PCB To remove the DC controller PCB 1 Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield 2 Remove the five screws shown in callout 1 3 Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCB including the formatter ribbon cable shown in callout 2 The DC controller shown is for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 model When removing the formatter ribbon cable be careful not to tear it or to damage the connector Gently release the brown tab over the connection Do not pull on the ribbon cable without releasing this tab 218 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Remove the DC controller PCB Figure 6 46 Removing and replacing the DC controller PCB Note Calibrate the printer after removing or replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Cassette paper size detection switches This printer has two sets of switches to detect paper size in the cassette These switches are located on the left side of the printer below the power supply fan The paper length detection switch set is further back than the paper width detection switch set To remove the cassette paper length and width detection switches 1 2 3 4 ENWW Remove the cassette Remove the left cover See Left cover Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 Squeeze the two tabs shown in callout
379. operly and the connectors J32 on the color registration detection unit and J1119 on the DC controller are making good contact If a laser scanner unit has recently been replaced make sure it has been installed properly If it is installed properly replace it again with a new one Replace the color registration detection unit If the message still persists replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Press v to continue Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Printing may continue for jobs that do not require access to the disk drive To clear the message turn the printer off and then back on If the message persists remove and re install the EIO disk drive If the message persists replace the EIO disk drive ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message DISK DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready For menus press v DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready For menus press v DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED alternates with Ready For menus press v DOORS OPEN TEST ABORTED EIO DISK X NOT FUNCTIONAL For help press FLASH DEVICE EIO DISK X NOT FUNCTIONAL alternates with Ready For menus press v FLASH FILE OPERATION FAILED alternates with Ready For menus press v ENWW Event log error m
380. or LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message FLASH FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready For menus press v FLASH IS WRITE PROTECTED alternates with Ready For menus press v INCORRECT COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with For status press v INCORRECT SUPPLIES For status press v INSERT OR CLOSE TRAY X For help press 270 Chapter7 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system but was unsuccessful because the file system is full The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it An incorrect cartridge is installed in a slot and the cover is closed The wrong PIN was entered At least one supply item is incorrectly positioned in the printer and another supply item is missing incorrectly placed out or low Tray XX must be inserted or closed before the current job can be printed Recommended action Use HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the flash memory and try again To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on To enable writing to the flash memory turn off write protection using HP Web Jetadmin To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on Press v and then press for help Press A and to step through the instructions Re enter PI
381. ormal Thick paper mode Thick paper normal Label paper mode Adhesive labels 1 2 and 1 3 speed 5550 models only Monochrome 1 3 speed 5550 Auto mode e Plain paper Full color Automatically adjusts for media The DC controller determines a media mismatch ejects the media and stops the printer in the following situations e OHT is detected and the printer is set to either thick paper or gloss mode e Plain paper is detected and the printer is set to OHT mode However if the printer is set to plain paper mode and OHT is detected the DC controller will automatically switch the printer to OHT mode and printing continues normally Fuser delivery unit The fuser delivery unit consists of the fuser which melts the toner and presses it onto the paper and the delivery unit which feeds the paper into the output bin The sequence of events is as follows 1 The ETB carries a sheet of paper with transferred toner into the fuser 2 The fuser motor adjusts its speed to maintain even tension on the paper as it enters the fuser 3 The fuser melts the individual toner particles The fuser sleeve and pressure roller mix the liquefied toner and press it onto the paper to create the desired color 4 The paper passes from the fuser into the output bin For duplex jobs the fuser reverses the paper direction and delivers the paper to the duplex feed unit A sensor in the output bin detects when the bin is full If this is the case the DC
382. ors function 133 locating 133 426 MS DOS commands 369 multi purpose tray jams 336 paper pickup rollers removing and replacing 207 pickup solenoid removing and replacing 205 removing and replacing 194 multifeeds 176 341 multipart forms avoiding 22 N networks AppleTalk 76 cards models including 2 configuring 88 configuring with embedded Web server 385 disabling DLC LLC 95 disabling IPX SPX 94 disabling protocols 94 I O interfaces 75 idle timeout 96 installing Macintosh software 84 installing Windows software 83 IP address 92 link speed 96 local and default gateway 93 Novell NetWare 75 Novell NetWare frame type 88 security 97 subnet mask 92 syslog server 93 TCP IP parameters 91 troubleshooting 369 UNIX Linux 76 Windows 76 Windows sharing 83 wireless 77 530 Index numbers model 6 serial 6 NVRAM initialization 416 overview 142 O OHT defects 343 detection 176 on off switch locating 8 9 online Help drivers 80 operation basic 129 engine control system 131 image formation system 146 laser scanner system 144 major systems 129 paper feeder 181 pickup feed system 169 timing sequence 129 operations environment sensor 5550 166 ordering documentation 42 drivers 42 parts 39 software 42 supplies 39 output bin locating 8 9 sensor removing and replacing 244 overhead transparency defects 343 detection 176 overlay control panel 66 overs locating 9 P pages maximum per month 10 p
383. ors used for image formation are precisely controlled to account for rotational speed fluctuation For the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Drum Motor Control The main CPU determines a failure stops the printer engine and notifies the video controller under the following conditions e Drum startup abnormality When the printer does not enter MOTOR READY state within 6 6 seconds from the start of the drum motor drive e Drum motor rotation abnormality When the printer enters MOTOR NOT READY state for 6 6 seconds continuously after it has entered the MOTOR READY state Fixing motor control Engine control system 133 Figure 5 4 The main CPU determines a failure stops the printer engine and notifies the video controller under the following conditions e Fixing motor startup abnormality When the printer does not enter MOTOR READY state within 6 6 seconds from the start of the drum motor drive e Fixing motor rotation abnormality When the printer enters MOTOR NOT READY state for 6 6 seconds continuously after it has entered the MOTOR READY state FM1 Motors and fans Table 5 2 Function of motors and fans M1 Cyan drum motor Drives the DC motor 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 photosensitive drum 1 4 M2 Yellow drum motor and stirrer M3 Magenta drum motor M4 Black drum motor M5 Fuser motor Drives the pressure DC motor 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 roller and delivery roller 1 4 M6 ETB motor Drives the
384. otor control The scanner motor control rotates the scanner motor at a constant speed in order to place the laser beam at the proper position on the photosensitive drum The illustration below shows the circuit diagram for the scanner motor control DC controller i Main CPU IC101 Laser scanner unit Scanner motor control circuit J1106 6 1 7 EET BDI1 f NC NN CNN 24VA 4 QAVA Scanner motor A 11106 1 JISAA Scanner driver IC Y 1 l 1 J1106 2 J1SA 3 y ACC gt l Frequency Integrator Drive comparator circuit circuit Reference Clock rh Frequency divider ASIC IC116 Laser scanner system 145 Image formation system The image formation system is the central hub of the printer Figure 5 12 Image formation system shows the image formation system During image formation an image of colored toner is formed and then fused onto the paper The image formation system consists of the following physical components Figure 5 12 four laser scanners four print cartridges ETB fuser Discharging unit Primary charging Preconditioning exposure LED roller Fuser ES laser beam Developing cylinder VDODATAK VDODATA4 K cartridge DODATA3 VDODATA3 M cartridge DODATA2 VDODATA Y cartridge 1 VDO
385. ould also replace the cassette feed roller and cassette pickup roller at the same time The roller kit includes all three rollers Illustrations and parts lists printer 479 Figure 8 19 Cassette 2 of 2 Note Table 8 19 Cassette lists parts shown in Figure 8 18 Cassette 1 of 2 and Figure 8 19 Cassette 2 of 2 If you order a replacement cassette item 1 you will receive all parts shown in both figures 480 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 481 Figure 8 20 Paper pickup assembly 1 of 2 482 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 20 Paper pickup assembly 1 of 2 Description Part number paper pickup assembly 5550 only RG5 7709 000CN paper pickup assembly 5500 only RG5 6670 110CN lifter drive assembly RG5 6665 000CN photo interrupter TLP 1241 WG8 5362 000CN cassette sensor PCB RG5 6807 000CN multi purpose tray sensor PCB RG5 6806 000CN paper pickup drive unit 5550 only RG5 7711 000CN paper pickup drive assy 5500 only RG5 6661 070CN roller cassette feed RF5 3338 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see second note on the next page roller cassette pickup RF5 3340 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see second note on the next page ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 483 Figure 8 21 Paper pickup assembly 2 of 2 Note Table 8 20 Paper pi
386. out before the developer and or toner is actually worn out which would result in print quality defects Over time the toner loses its required properties due to excessive stirring and re charging Although the cartridge will correctly signal LOW or OUT because of wear some toner might remain in the fresh toner hopper In addition to toner wear the developer roller experiences wear during its life so developer life tracking is necessary In situations where low coverage documents are printed frequently the developer rotations might cause a LOW message before the toner level reaches its low level Toner sensor For the first 7596 of the cartridge life toner depletion within the cartridge is calculated by pixel counting An optical toner level sensor then tracks the final 2596 of toner The toner is measured and then reported on the toner gas gauge on the control panel or on the supplies status page The transition from pixel counting to optical toner level sensing causes no fluctuations on the toner gas gauge Some toner might remain in the fresh toner hopper due to other cartridge components reaching their end of life Photosensitive drum rotations Photosensitive drum rotations are also tracked on the cartridge s memory tag Similar to the developer roller tracking these rotations enables the printer to signal that a print cartridge is low or out before the photosensitive drum is actually worn out when print quality defects would occur
387. over the sensor and cause print errors 5 Replace the OHT sensor cleaning brush into the base of the printer 6 Align the cyan print cartridge with the tracks inside the printer and insert the cartridge until it is completely seated 7 Close the front cover then close the top cover 104 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW Approximate replacement intervals for supply items You can identify supply items by their labeling and their blue plastic handles For instructions on installing supplies see the installation guides supplied with each supply item The following table lists the approximate replacement intervals and part numbers for printer supply items and the control panel messages that prompt you when it is time to replace each item Table 4 2 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items Printer message Expected life Approximate Part number time period 13 000 pages 3 25 months o Supply item Black K print cartridge Cyan C print cartridge Magenta M print cartridge Yellow Y print cartridge Image Transfer kit ETB ENWW REPLACE BLACK CARTRIDGE REPLACE CYAN CARTRIDGE REPLACE MAGENTA CARTRIDGE REPLACE YELLOW CARTRIDGE REPLACE TRANSFER KIT C9730 67901 see Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories C9731 67901 see Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories C9733 67901 see Table 8 1 Supplies and accessories C9732 67901 see Table 8 1 Supp
388. p COVer uo eee ee e Ted E Ee de oed i e be ue 339 Jams in the duplex path 339 Multiple pages are fed sssssssssssssseseeenenenemns 341 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part one paper path entrance 341 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part two paper path exit 342 Paper IS SKewed eate e ee He ge ete dade ea 342 lui CEET 356 Causes Tor light images exerted rt retener edd ennt di 357 Causes for one color printing obt 357 Causes for dark Images eene enn 358 Causes for one color printing dark ess eene 358 Causes for a completely blank image eeeeeeceeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeetteeeeenaeeeeeenaas 359 Causes for an all black or solid colored image eeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeteeneeees 359 Causes for vertical lines of white dots sssssssssssssssseses 360 Causes for dirt on the back of the paper 360 Causes for dirt on the front of the paper cceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeteeteetnaaees 361 Causes for vertical lines sssssssssssssseseeeemereeenen nnn 361 Causes for white vertical lines sss 361 Causes for horizontal lines ssssssssssssseeeenens 362 Causes for white horizontal lines ssssssssseeeene 362 Causes for a missing color 363 Causes for blank spots sss enne nnne 363 Causes for poor fusitig 5 menda recreo den
389. paration roller To remove the cassette separation roller 1 Remove the cassette 2 Pinch the tab on the end of the cassette separation roller callout 1 and pull the roller out Figure 6 27 Removing and replacing the cassette separation roller 206 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Multi purpose tray pickup roller Use the following steps to remove the multi purpose tray pickup roller To remove the multi purpose tray pickup roller 1 Remove the Tray 2 cassette 2 Unhook the two tabs shown in callout 1 and open the cover Figure 6 28 Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray pickup roller 1 of 2 3 Rotate the roller so the blue snap is on top Release the blue snap by prying it with a flat blade screwdriver callout 2 4 Lift the roller off of the shaft Figure 6 29 Removing and replacing the multi purpose tray pickup roller 2 of 2 Note Always replace the separation pad when you replace the multi purpose tray pickup roller ENWW Internal components front 207 Figure 6 30 Note Multi purpose tray separation pad Use the following steps to remove the multi purpose tray separation pad To remove the multi purpose tray separation pad 1 Remove the multi purpose tray pickup roller See Multi purpose tray pickup roller 2 To provide easier access to the separation pad remove the e clip from either of the black rollers and slide the rollers out of the way callout 1 3 Press
390. per This method uses quick fuser heating resulting in shortened wait time and reduced power consumption Figure 5 26 Fusing illustrates this step eee Coil Toner Figure 5 26 Fusing Fuser motor speed control The fuser motor speed control for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models is explained in this section The HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer controls the motor speed in the same way the HP Color LaserJet 5500 models does except the HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer has two fixing paper sensors PS81 and PS82 to control the warp of specific types of thick paper There are two fixing paper detection flags one for the PS81 and another for the PS82 These flags shield their respective sensors The sensors enable the DC controller to monitor the warp of paper more closely than the HP Color LaserJet 5500 models can Thick paper is fed the DC controller speeds up the fixing motor earlier than it does when a normal paper is fed This ensures minimal warping and prevents image distortion that can be caused by paper thickness Note The specific thick paper refers to the paper specified for the print mode Thick Paper 2 Thick paper is firmer than normal paper The image can be distorted during transfer if the paper is heavily warped and is pushed back toward the ETB This is especially true of thick paper with a high basic weight grammage that needs to have its warp diminished Cleaning block The fifth and final part of the image forma
391. plex print job media AREA was delayed in the output bin before it entered the duplex path 1 Open the top cover WARNING The fuser is hot wait 10 minutes for it to cool down Pull forward on the two green handles on either side of the fuser to disengage the fuser rollers Open the fuser cover and remove the media Press back on the two green handles on either side of the fuser to re engage the fuser rollers 13 12 YY JAM IN DUPLEX PATH None Jam location 2 During a duplex print job media was removed from the output bin before it entered the duplex path or media has entered the duplex path but it is stuck 1 Open the top cover and the front cover Do not open the ETB Pull media by both corners to remove it 13 21 YY JAM IN DUPLEX PATH None Jam location 3 One of the covers is not completely closed Ensure both covers are closed before printing 1 Open the covers and the ETB 2 Pull media by both corners to remove it Jam recovery This option allows you to configure the printer response to paper jams including how it handles the pages involved AUTO is the default value e AUTO The printer automatically turns jam recovery on when sufficient memory is available e ON The printer reprints any page involved in a paper jam Additional memory is allocated to store the last few pages printed and this might cause overall printer performance to suffer e OFF The printer will not reprint any
392. pment Company L P www hp com Q3713 90942
393. pply 264 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW 8 If necessary replace the power supply 9 f necessary replace the DC controller Note Check to be sure the green light located in the middle of the formatter is blinking ENWW Troubleshooting process 265 Printer error troubleshooting The following tables explain messages that might appear on the printer control panel Alphabetical printer messages and their meanings are listed in Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models and Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models The numerical printer messages are listed in Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models and Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Note Not all messages are described in the tables those messages that are not listed are self explanatory Status messages Status messages reflect the current state of the printer They inform you of normal printer operation and require no interaction to clear them They change as the state of the printer changes Whenever the printer is ready not busy and has no pending warning messages the status message Ready is displayed if the printer is online Warning messages Warning messages inform you of data and print errors These messages typically alternate with Ready or with status messages and remain displayed until the v button is pressed If CLEARABLE
394. pply PCB RG5 6800 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 HVT terminal assembly RG5 6725 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 UO daughter card 5500 only C9144 60001 Table 8 3 on page 447 laser scanner assembly 5500 only RG5 6736 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 laser scanner assembly 5550 only RG5 7681 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 Left cover assembly RG5 6782 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 461 tever interlock interlock RB2 9358 020CN Table 8 8 on page 457 LB test lever test prit RB2 9350 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 lifter drive assembly RG5 6676 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 lifter drive assembly RG5 6665 000CN Table 8 20 on page 483 lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6753 030CN Table 8 24 on page 497 lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder RG5 6753 000CN Table 8 26 on page 505 lifter drive unit 500 sheet feeder see Figure 8 31 RG5 6753 030CN Table 8 23 on page 500 sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly 495 link arm assembly MP tray right RG5 6675 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 512 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 28 Alphabetical parts list DEE Description Table and page link MP tray left RB2 9066 000CN Table 8 13 on page 467 motor 500 sheet feeder RH7 1524 000CN Table 8 24 on page 497 motor M5 fuser RH7 1617 000CN Table 8 18 on page 477 motor M6 ETB RH7 1618 000CN Table 8 21 on page 487 motor PM1 developing disengaging RH7 1524 000CN Table 8 17 on page 475 motor PM2 pickup motor
395. pply items have reached the end of Check the printer control panel for messages their useful life prompting you to replace supplies or print a supplies status page to verify the remaining life of the supplies Media was not stored correctly Replace the print media Media should be stored in the original packaging in a controlled environment Persistent jams If jams occur repeatedly use the information in this section to diagnose the root cause of the problem The tables in this section list possible causes and recommended solutions for jams in each area of the paper path Items are listed in the order you should investigate In general items at the beginning of the list are relatively minor repairs Items at the end of the list are more significant repairs Basic troubleshooting for paper jams The basic troubleshooting process for paper jams consists of the following 1 Gather data 2 Identify the cause of the problem 3 Fixthe problem Data collection To troubleshoot paper jams gather the following information e The exact paper jam error code displayed on the control panel e The location of the leading edge of the paper in the paper path e Whether paper is in the paper path when the jam occurs or if paper is stuck in the input tray e Whether the jam occurs at power up or while paper is moving e Whether the paper is damaged and if it is where the damage occurs on the paper and where in the paper path the paper s
396. procedure to calibrate the printer whenever you replace the DC controller the ETB the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner 1 Press vto enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press v to select PRINT QUALITY Press to highlight CALIBRATE NOW Press v to select CALIBRATE NOW Wait for the printer to calibrate o mm ho bh Engine resets 417 Full calibrate now HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Use the following procedure to calibrate the printer whenever you replace the DC controller the ETB the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner Full Calibrate Now includes the Quick Calibrate routines and adds Drum Phase Calibration and Color Plane Registration Full Calibrate lasts for about 3 minutes and 15 seconds 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS Press to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press v to select PRINT QUALITY Press e to highlight FULL CALIBRATE NOW Press v to select FULL CALIBRATE NOW Wait for the printer to calibrate N Oa 25 om 418 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Quick calibrate now HP Color LaserJet 5550 models ENWW Quick calibrate now is used for color tone calibration D Max and D Half and takes only a few seconds to run 1 N Oa 5 om Press Menu to open the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE D
397. ptions Memory Security Paper trays and options OO Om E ob hp color LaserJet Figure 7 9 HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer configuration page Printer information Event log Installed personalities and options Calibration information Color density Memory Security Paper trays and options ce JO om P oh 390 Chapter Troubleshooting ENWW Note Figure 7 10 ENWW Supplies status page The supplies status page illustrates the remaining life for the following printer supplies e Print cartridges all colors e Transfer unit e Fuser To print the supplies status page Press v to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight MENUS Press v to select MENUS Press v to highlight PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS PAGE 5 Press v to select PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS PAGE The message Printing SUPPLIES STATUS appears on the display until the printer finishes printing the supplies status page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the supplies status page qus Go Ns xx If you are using non HP supplies the supplies status page will not show the remaining life for those supplies hp color LaserJet t Ul Print M ro Pages Eessen Pages printed with this supply T7 A Yellow Print Cartridge D We Part Number mn tst Pages Remaining p th this supply t Supplies status page for HP Color LaserJet 5550 Tools for troubleshooting 391 Figure 7 11 Supplies
398. r 276 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Recommended action log error message Description REPLACE SUPPLIES For status press v REPLACE TRANSFER KIT For help press Resend upgrade Rotating COLOR cartridge motor To exit press Cancel Job key Rotating COLOR laser scanner To exit press Cancel Job key Rotating motor To exit press Cancel Job key Rotating motor To exit press Cancel Job key Rotating motor To exit press Cancel Job key ENWW At least one supply item is out and needs to be replaced and another supply item is either out or low The transfer unit has reached end of life The firmware upgrade was not completed successfully A component test is in progress the component selected is color Cartridge motor A Scanner test is in progress The printer is testing the developing disengaging motor This motor is called the alienation motor in firmware messages The printer is executing a Component Test and the component selected is Belt Only The printer is executing a Component test and the component selected is Fuser Motor Alphabetical printer messages Press v to identify which supplies should be replaced Replace the identified supplies to continue printing Press for detailed information Press a and to step through ins
399. r Initialize NVRAM See NVRAM initialization Turn the printer off and then back on 57 3 Cartridge fan error FM3 1 Reconnect the connectors J10 for the cartridge fan and J1102 on the DC controller PCB Immediately after starting the print operation measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J10 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 12 V or 24 V replace the cartridge fan Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 57 4 Formatter fan error FM2 1 Reconnect the connectors J11 for the formatter fan and J1102 on the DC controller PCB Immediately after turning the printer on measure the voltage between pins 4 and 6 on the J1102 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 12 V or 24 V replace the formatter fan Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 307 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message SR Nene 57 7 Power supply fan error PRINTER ERROR FM2 To continue 1 Reconnect the connectors J1104 and J1133 on the DC turn off then on controller PCB Disconnect the connector J1133 Immediately after turning the printer on measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J1133 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 1
400. r instructions on calibrating the printer When the ETB or the fuser are replaced before their normal end of life access the resets menu and reset the counter to zero Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message If no paper in tray A job sent requires a specific Press for detailed MANUALLY FEED paper type and size that is not information currently available P isod lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt EE through instructions For help press alternates with MANUALLY FEED TYPE SIZE To use another tray press v Access Denied An attempt has been made to Contact the printer administrator modify a menu item while the to change settings MENUS LOCKED control panel security mechanism is enabled by the printer administrator The message will disappear shortly and the printer will return to Ready state CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT PJL encountered a request for a Press for detailed AVAILABLE personality that did not exist in the information printer The job is aborted and no pages will be printed Press 4 and w to step through the instructions For help press alternates with CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT AVAILABLE To continue press v CLOSE FRONT COVERS The covers need to be closed 1 Press for more information For help press 2 Close front covers Note This message might also appear if the fuser is m
401. r and returns the measurements to the formatter so it can perform halftone calibration Image density calibration must always be performed prior to image halftone calibration Image halftone calibration control consists of three steps 1 Using the optimum developing bias determined during image density calibration the DC controller forms density patterns on the photosensitive drum in each color cartridge Image formation system 167 Figure 5 31 2 These density patterns are transferred to the ETB and the color registration detection unit measures the image density of these patterns Image data is returned to the formatter 3 The formatter uses the image data to perform a halftone calibration in order to obtain an ideal halftone image Image density detection Each of the image stabilization controls described above uses the color registration unit at the top of the ETB unit to measure image density To measure image density the DC controller emits a light from sensors located above the density detection patterns on the ETB The light reflected off the patterns is returned to the sensor and the data is returned to the DC controller Figure 5 31 Image density detection illustrates this process When the values detected by the density sensor are outside the specified range the DC controller resets the image density and issues an image density sensor out of guaranteed range warning to the formatter If the sensor receives no r
402. r feeder length and width detection switches 1 Remove the paper feeder left cover See Paper feeder left cover 2 Disconnect the connectors shown in callout 1 3 Unhook the tabs on either side of both switches 4 Remove the length detection switch shown in callout 2 by pushing it into the cassette cavity 254 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Remove the width detection switch shown in callout 3 by pushing it into the cassette cavity Figure 6 94 Removing and replacing the paper feeder length and width detection switches Paper feeder pickup clutch Use the following steps to remove the paper feeder pickup clutch To remove the paper feeder pickup clutch 1 Remove the paper feeder left cover See Paper feeder left cover 2 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 3 Remove the three screws shown in callout 2 and remove the pickup motor mount 4 Disconnect the connector shown in callout 3 and remove the pickup clutch callout 4 Figure 6 95 Removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup clutch ENWW Optional 500 sheet paper feeder 255 Paper feeder PCB Use the following steps to remove the paper feeder PCB To remove the 500 sheet paper feeder PCB 1 Remove the paper feeder left cover See Paper feeder left cover Disconnect the seven connectors shown in callout 1 2 3 Remove the two screws shown in callout 2 4 Remove the paper feeder PCB Figure 6 96 Removing and
403. r jobs that do not require the Flash DIMM To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on If the message persists remove and re install the Flash DIMM If the message persists replace the Flash DIMM Printing may continue Turn the printer off and then back on If the message reappears there may be a problem with the software application 283 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message FLASH FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready For menus press v FLASH IS WRITE PROTECTED alternates with Ready For menus press v INCORRECT COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with For status press v Incorrect supplies For status press v INSERT OR CLOSE TRAY X For help press 284 Chapter7 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system but was unsuccessful because the file system is full The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it An incorrect cartridge is installed in a slot and the cover is closed The wrong PIN was entered At least one supply item is incorrectly positioned in the printer and another supply item is missing incorrectly placed out or low Tray XX must be inserted or closed before the current job can be printed Recommended
404. r pickup drive assembly motor PM2 pickup motor 5500 only RH7 1523 000CN ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 471 Figure 8 15 Drum drive assembly 472 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 16 Drum drive assembly drum drive assembly cyan magenta RG5 7723 000CN cyan magenta RG5 7725 000CN black drum drive assembly yellow RG5 7724 000CN yellow drum drive assembly black ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 473 Figure 8 16 Disengaging drive assembly 474 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 17 Disengaging drive assembly disengaging drive assembly RG5 6719 000CN photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN motor PM1 developing disengaging RH7 1524 000CN ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 475 Figure 8 17 Fuser drive assembly 476 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 18 Fuser drive assembly photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN cable upper crossmember 5550 only RG5 7687 000CN cable upper crossmember 5500 only RG5 6823 000CN ENWW Illustrations and parts lists printer 477 Cassette 1 of 2 Figure 8 18 ENWW 478 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Note ENWW Table 8 19 Cassette roller assembly MP tray pickup RG9 1529 000CN LAN roller separation RF5 3338 000CN single 1 roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see note below When you replace the separation roller you sh
405. r scanner retaining bar where indicated in callout 7 and push it towards the laser scanners to release it 230 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW 19 Rotate the bar down Evi Figure 6 64 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 7 of 8 Reinstallation tip Reinstall the laser scanner retaining bars in the same order you removed them the left side and then the right side Feed the connector cables through the frame and reconnect the connectors to the DC controller ENWW Internal components rear 231 20 Unhook each laser scanner unit from the white strap shown in callout 8 Then pull the laser scanner units out of the printer CAUTION When reinstalling the laser scanner units always reconnect the laser scanner units to the strap Failure to do so could cause the laser scanners to become distorted and the laser beam could become skewed resulting in image defects Also check that the scanners are aligned and seated properly CAUTION The laser scanner unit is not adjustable in the field Do not disassemble it Figure 6 65 Removing and replacing the laser scanner units 8 of 8 232 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW Internal components right side Use the following steps to remove and replace the right side internal components of the printer High voltage power supply PCB Use the following steps to remove and replace the high voltage power supply PCB To remove the high voltage power supply PCB
406. rate during memory testing one blink per 8 MB If not then perform the following checks e Check the control panel display for an error code e Check the memory e Check the formatter 3 Is the LED off for about eight seconds while the boot code is decompressing before the display turns on If not then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the control panel display for correct connections and operation e Check the control panel display for an error code 400 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW 4 Doesthe LED blink at a steady rate of one blink per second If not then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the formatter e Check the control panel display for an error code 5 Ifthe control panel display does not illuminate perform an engine test to check the engine You must have paper loaded in Tray 2 for the engine test Figure 7 20 Formatter LED shown is HP Color LaserJet 5500 model ENWW Diagnostics 401 Figure 7 21 Formatter LED shown is HP Color LaserJet 5550 model Engine diagnostics This section provides an overview of the engine diagnostics incorporated into the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer The printer contains extensive internal diagnostics that help in troubleshooting print quality issues paper path issues noise issues component issues and timing issues Diagnostics mode Some of the diagnostic tests automatically put the printer into
407. ration 56 7 Discard the clip e 8 Remove the shipping cardboard from the optional trays ENWW Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550dtn and 5500 5550hdn models 57 Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers This section includes instructions for installing print cartridges Installing print cartridges HP Color LaserJet 5500 series models 1 After a short while the control panel displays INSTALL SUPPLIES Using the side handles open the top cover AX Sin si 58 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 3 Grasp the green handles on either side of the transfer unit ETB and pull down CAUTION Do not place anything on the ETB while it is open If the ETB is punctured print quality problems might result 4 Remove the print cartridge from the plastic bag ENWW Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 59 8 Grasp both sides of the cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the cartridge from side to side 10 Remove the inside sealing tape by pulling the orange loop on the end of the cartridge and pulling the tape completely out Discard tape Installing paper trays HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 1 Adjust the rear length guide by squeezing the guide adjustment latch and sliding the back of the tray to the size of the paper being loaded 60 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW
408. replacing the 500 sheet paper feeder PCB 256 Chapter 6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Troubleshooting The troubleshooting chapter contains the information listed below to help resolve printing problems nuigorelt rito a EH 260 Troubleshooting process nennen nerrnen nenne enne enn nnns 261 Pre troubleshooting checklist iiit tied ter deb Ld en Reno RE Adan 261 Troubleshooting flowchart essen nennen eene enne 262 Troubleshooting flowchart continued seen 264 Troubleshooting power on sssssssseeeene ennemi en nennen nnns 264 Printer error troubleshooting niet eerie Le edet d eL de red eee ER du 266 Status messages de edet a ene ed du Pe Eres e ae pede qu pepe ee ba bye au 266 Warning messages nalini qr ebeo de denso Pene Fax acera b dde sea Exo Dudas ra de une aed dao 266 eere M TH E aan 266 Critical error messages TTT 266 Alphabetical printer messages eene nnne nnne nennen 267 Numerical printer messages TEE 295 Replacement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 328 Both the formatter and DC controller eses eene 328 Formatter new or previously installed in another printer eeeeeeeeeee 328 DC controller new or previously installed in another printer ssseeesssssse 329 Paper path troubleshooting sse ener errem nenne
409. rer 5 5 or later Internet Explorer 5 2 or later for Macintosh e Netscape Navigator 7 0 or later Netscape Navigator 7 0 or later for Macintosh e Opera Software ASA Opera 6 05 and 7 0 for Windows e Safari 1 0 software for Macintosh All pages can be printed from the browser To view HP Toolbox On the Start menu select Programs select HP Color LaserJet 5550 and then select HP LaserJet Toolbox You can also view the HP Toolbox by clicking the system tray icon or the desktop icon The HP Toolbox opens in a Web browser Once you open the URL you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future HP Toolbox sections The HP Toolbox software contains the following sections e Status tab e Troubleshooting tab e Alerts tab e Documentation tab e Device Settings button Other links Each page in the HP Toolbox contains links to the HP website for the following information e Product registration e Product support e Ordering supplies e HP Instant Support You must have Internet access to use any of these links If you use a dial up connection and did not connect when you first opened the HP Toolbox you must connect before you can visit these websites 386 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Status tab The Status tab has links to the following main pages e Device Status View printer status information This page will indicate printer conditions such as a paper jam or an empty tray Use the vi
410. returns to the Ready state after printing the PCL font list page Note The PCL font list page for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models contains the same PCL font list page information as the page shown below hp color LaserJet 5550 printers Internal Scalable and Bitmapped Fonts CG Times CG Times Bold CG Times Italic CG Times Bold Italic CG Omega Bold CG Omega Bold Italic Clarendon Condensed U dium Italic Univers Bold Italic Univers Medium Condensed Univers Bold Condensed Univers Medium Condensed tatic Univers Bold Condensed Italic Antique Olive Antique Olive Bold Antique Olive Italic Garamond Antiqua Garamond Halbfett Albertus Medium Albertus Extra Bold mmc Figure 7 16 PCL font list page shown is for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 396 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Print the PS font list page The PS font list page list the PS fonts emulated PostScript that are available on the printer 1 2 3 4 5 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS Press vw to highlight INFORMATION Press v to select INFORMATION Press v to highlight PRINT PS FONT LIST Press v to select PRINT PS FONT LIST The message PRINT PS FONT LIST appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the PS fonts list page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the PS font list page Note The PS font list page for the HP Color La
411. rinter Table 5 1 Basic operation sequence describes the main operational periods from the point when the printer is turned on until a print operation is completed and each motor stops rotating Note In the table below ETB stands for electrostatic transfer transport belt This component is described later in this chapter as are the other components mentioned in the table ENWW Basic operation 129 Table 5 1 Basic operation sequence mee emm WAIT wait period STBY standby period INTR initial rotations period PRINT print period LSTR last rotations period 130 Chapter5 Theory of operation From the time the power switch is turned on until the ETB cleaning is completed From the end of the WAIT or LSTR period or last rotation until the formatter inputs a print command or until the power is turned off From immediately after the formatter inputs a print command until the TOP signal is sent to the formatter From the end of the INTR period until the leading edge detection sensor detects paper and then turns off the transfer positive bias From the end of the PRINT period until the ETB motor stops To clear a potential on the drum surface and to clean the ETB To keep the printer ready to print To stabilize the photosensitive drum s sensitivity in preparation for a print operation To form an image on the photosensitive drum according to the video signal input from the fo
412. rmatter and to transfer the toner image to the paper To deliver the paper out of the printer and to clean the ETB During this period the printer checks the toner level and detects whether the cartridges are present The printer also executes the pulse width modulation adjustment color registration adjustment and image density calibration control as required When the formatter sends a sleep command the printer enters PowerSave mode After the power is turned on the cartridge is cleaned every 35 pages and the ETB is cleaned every 100 pages The last rotations period lasts until the instant the formatter sends a print command Then the initial rotations period starts again ENWW Engine control system Figure 5 2 Note ENWW The engine control system is the brain of the printer It controls all the other systems according to commands from the formatter The engine control system consists of the following e DC controller PCB e fuser power supply PCB e high voltage PCB e low voltage power supply unit e formatter Each of these components is described in the following sections oy LASER SCANNER SYSTEM ENGINE CONTROL Se e IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM gt PICKUP FEED SYSTEM To external device computer etc through the formatter Engine control system In this manual the abbreviation PCB stands for printed circuit board assembly Components described as a PCB may consis
413. rned on installing these parts to verify that the printer configuration information is restored from the flash memory card to the NVRAM Both the formatter and DC controller WARNING Do not replace the formatter and the DC controller at the same time If the formatter and DC controller must both be replaced install a replacement formatter first and make sure to that you install the flash memory card from the removed formatter on the replacement formatter before you turn the printer power on If both the formatter and the DC controller need to be replaced install the replacement formatter first The HP Color LaserJet 5550 models store printer configuration information in the flash memory card The flash memory card from the removed formatter must be installed on the replacement formatter so that printer configuration information for example the duplexing option page counts and serial number can be restored to the formatter and the DC controller After replacing the formatter and installing the flash memory card turn the printer power on When the Ready message appears on the control panel display you must wait five minutes before using the printer so that the printer configuration information can be restored from the flash memory card to the NVRAM Then replace the DC controller Turn the printer power off and replace the DC controller Turn the printer power on When the Ready message appears on the control panel display wait five minute
414. roller assembly Poor contact in the attaching bias contacts Clean the contacts Replace them if they are still between the ETB and the high voltage PCB dirty or are damaged High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now 360 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Dirt on front of paper Table 7 27 Causes for dirt on the front of the paper Causes for dirt on the front of the paper Rollers are dirty See Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing for information on identifying the roller s that might be dirty Clean the indicated roller If the roller is still dirty after cleaning replace the appropriate roller cartridge or assembly Pickup roller is dirty Clean the roller If is still dirty after cleaning replace the pickup roller assembly Poor contact in the attaching bias contacts Clean the contacts Replace them if they are still between the ETB and the high voltage PCB dirty or are damaged High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Vertical lines Table 7 28 Causes for vertical lines Causes for vertical lines Cause Photosensitive drum has grooves going around Replace the cartridge for the color
415. roves your ability to match colors between the printer the PC monitor and other input devices scanner digital camera automatically without the need to become a color expert Color options Color options enable optimal color output automatically for diverse types of documents Color options use object tagging which allows optimal color and halftone settings to be used for different objects text graphics and photos on a page The printer driver determines which objects are used on a page and uses halftone and color settings that provide the best print quality for each object Object tagging combined with optimized default settings produces great color out of the box In the Windows environment the Automatic and Manual color options are on the Color tab in the printer driver Setting color options to Automatic will typically produce the best possible print quality for color documents However there may be cases when you want to print a color document in grayscale black and white or wish to change one of the printer s color options e Using Windows print in grayscale or change the color options using settings found on the Color tab in the printer driver e Using a Macintosh computer print in grayscale or change the color options using the Color Matching pop up menu in the Print dialog box Print in Grayscale Selecting the Print in Grayscale option from the printer driver prints a document in black and white This option is use
416. rrectly and display the status of each sensor Use this item to test the paper handling features of the printer such as the configuration of the trays Use this item to test the paper path sensors and switches for correct operation Use this item to manually test the sensors and switches for correct operation Activates individual parts independently to isolate noise leaking and other hardware issues Isolates print quality faults more accurately by stopping the printer in mid print cycle Stopping the printer in mid cycle allows you to see where the image begins to degrade Use this item to print a color band test page that is used to identify arching in the high voltage power supply The Service menu is PIN protected for added security Only authorized service people have access to the service menu When you select SERVICE from the list of menus you are prompted to enter your 8 digit PIN number The PIN for this printer is 04555502 1 Press 4 or until the first digit of the PIN is displayed 2 Press v to save the digit The display will replace the digit with an asterisk 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all eight digits are entered 4 Press at any time to move to the previous digit Use the Service menu to reset counts clear the event log enter the serial number enter the date the printer was first used and reset the default paper size Control panel troubleshooting 381 Table 7 47 Service menu ees qu
417. rst and press the v button Note Do not attempt to execute a Print Stop test while the printer is calibrating a power cycle will be required If you encounter a jam message during testing cycle the door switch 414 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Test pages Figure 7 27 ENWW Printing test pages helps you determine whether the printer engine and the formatter are functioning Engine test page To verify that the printer engine is functioning print an engine test page Use a small pointed object to depress the test page switch located on the left side of the printer as shown in Figure 7 27 Test page switch The test page should have a series of horizontal lines The test page can use only Tray 2 as the paper source so ensure paper is loaded in Tray 2 ij Test page switch Formatter test page To verify that the formatter is functioning print a configuration page as follows 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 to enter the MENUS 2 Press v to highlight MENUS 3 Press vto select MENUS 4 Press v to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION 5 Press vto select PRINT CONFIGURATION Testpages 415 Engine resets CAUTION This section contains information about cold reset NVRAM initialization hard disk initialization calibration bypass and calibrating the printer Cold reset A cold reset unlocks menus that have been locked and resets variables in the control panel However it do
418. rts the use of recycled paper Recycled paper must meet the same specifications as standard paper refer to the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide available through HP Direct See the online user guide for ordering information Hewlett Packard recommends that recycled paper contain no more than 5 groundwood 26 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW Note ENWW Weight equivalence table Table 1 23 Weight equivalence table shows equivalent weights for different grades of paper A boldface type value indicates a commonly available standard weight for that grade Text and book grades marked with an asterisk actually calculate to 51 61 71 and 81 but are rounded to standard book or text weights of 50 60 70 and 80 Table 1 23 Weight equivalence table Bond Text Book Cover Bristol Tag weight weight weight weight weight i 24 x 36 17 x 25x 20 x i inches 22 inches 38 inches 26 inches ae 100 g m ung Le 105 g m2 an en 110 g m en Ier 120 g m en rs 135 g m en Les 148 g m2 on Les 150 g m Lom 163 g m2 me ee 170 g m ww er EM ECH o EE y 176 g m2 Media requirements 27 Hewlett Packard warranty statement HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP Color LaserJet 5500 5550 5500n 5550n 1 year limited warranty 5500dn 5550dn 5500dtn 5550dtn and 5500hdn 5550hdn printers HP warrants to you the end user customer that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects
419. rtual control panel buttons on this page to change printer settings After you correct a problem with the printer click the Refresh button to update the device status e Supplies Status View detailed supplies status such as the percent of toner remaining in the print cartridges and the number of pages printed with the current print cartridges This page also has links to order supplies and to find recycling information e Print Info Pages Print the configuration page and various other information pages that are available for the printer such as the Supplies Status page the Demo page and Menu Map Troubleshooting tab The Troubleshooting tab provides links to various printer troubleshooting information such as how to clear a paper jam how to resolve print quality problems how to resolve other internal problems with the printer and how to print some printer pages Alerts tab The Alerts tab allows you to configure the printer to automatically notify you of printer alerts The Alerts tab has links to the following main pages e Set up status alerts e Administrative settings Set up status alerts page On the Set up status alerts page you can choose to turn alerts on or off specify when the printer should send an alert and choose from two different types of alerts e A pop up message e A task bar icon Click Apply to activate the settings Administrative settings page On the Administrative settings page you can set the
420. s 116 Installing DDR memory DIMMs for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 119 Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models sese 122 Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 122 Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 123 Checking DIMM installation HP Color LaserJet 5500 models sss 123 Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card ssssssse ene 123 99 Cleaning the printer and accessories WARNING CAUTION CAUTION Clean the outside surfaces with a water dampened cloth Observe the warning and caution below Before you begin these steps turn the printer off and unplug all power cords to avoid shock hazard Be careful when cleaning around the fuser area It might be hot To avoid permanent damage to the print cartridge do not use ammonia based cleaners on or around the printer If toner gets on your clothes wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash your clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric Table 4 1 Cleaning the printer Component Cleaning Method Outside covers Use an HP Toner Cleaning Cloth part number 5090 3379 or a water dampened cloth Do not use solvents or ammonia based cleaners Inside general With a dry lint free cloth wipe any dust spilled toner and paper particles from the paper path area the
421. s If the error persists verify that the connectors J18 on the fuser and J1101 on the DC controller are good replace them if necessary Replace the fuser assembly Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now INSTALL SUPPLIES At least one supply item is missing Press v and then press for or is not correctly seated in the help printer and another supply item is missing incorrectly placed out or low Insert the supply item or make sure the installed supply item is fully seated Press 4 and v to step through the instructions For status press v Follow the instructions on the display to locate and replace the missing or incorrect supply ENWW Alphabetical printer messages 271 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description log error message INSTALL TRANSFER The transfer unit is either not UNIT installed or not correctly installed in the printer For help press LOAD TRAY X Tray XX is either empty or configured for a type and size SIDES SSIZE other than specified in the job No For help press other tray is available LOAD TRAY X Tray XX is either empty or configured for a type and size SE other than specified in the job For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE To use another tray press v MANUALLY FEED A job sent require
422. s This chapter contains information for the following topics lauretei MERERI 436 Ordering parts eii ede ede e d dete e A ERE eua Denia du 437 Supplies and accessories sssssssssssssssssssseeeeee ennemi nennen nnne 437 Commiorn EE 442 Illustrations and parts lists printer ssee AAG Illustrations and parts lists 500 sheet paper feeder ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeeees 494 435 Introduction The figures in this chapter show the major subassemblies in the printer and their component parts A table materials list follows each exploded assembly diagram Each table lists the reference designator item number the associated part number and the description of each part Note When looking for a part number pay careful attention to the voltage listed in the description column to ensure that the part number selected is for the correct printer model Note In this manual the abbreviation PCB stands for printed circuit board assembly Components described as a PCB may consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts such as cables and sensors 436 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Ordering parts All standard part numbers are stocked and can be ordered from Hewlett Packard Customer Support Americas HPCS A or Hewlett Packard Customer Support Europe HPCS E For information about contacting HPCS A or HPCS E see Chapter 2 Note Parts that have no
423. s a specific paper type and size that is not Reeg currently available For help press alternates with MANUALLY FEED TYPE SIZE To continue press v 272 Chapter7 Troubleshooting Recommended action Insert the transfer unit or make sure the installed transfer unit is fully seated Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through the instructions If the error persists verify that the ETB connectors J36 and J38 on the ETB and J1111 on the DC controller PCB are good Replace connectors as necessary Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Press for detailed information Press a and to step through instructions Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message NON HP CARTRIDGE IN USE alternates with Ready For menus press v NON HP CARTRIDGE DETECTED ORDER COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with To continue press v ORDER COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with XXXX PAGES LEFT ENWW Event log error message Description The printer has detected that a non HP print cartridge is currently installed A new cartridge has been installed tha
424. s and output bin full sensor sse 411 Testpage sWItCIr cei eet RR GRE 415 Location of main parts sssssssssssssssssssseeee ener 422 Mechanical system main unt 42d Location of switches sss nennen nennen 424 Beeler BEE 424 Location of Solenoid and clutch 425 Solenoid and clutch on the paper pickup unt 425 Location of motors and fans sss 426 PGB locations ie eee toten em ieu ers 427 Location of DC controller PCB components sssssssssesssseseeeerenrrrnnrennsensee ne 428 Location of connectors 1 of 21 429 Location of connectors 2 of 3 430 Location of connectors 3 of a aAa a a E E R RE 431 500 sheet paper feeder connechors 432 General Circuit diagram iip e ctum ied dg 500 sheet paper feeder circuit diagram sssssssssssesse 434 Assembly location diagram ssssseeeneene nennen 444 PGB locatloris seele gees EE EEN 445 External covers and panels 1 of 2 sss 448 ENWW ENWW Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 Figure 8 8 Figure 8 9 Figure 8 10 Figure 8 11 Figure 8 12 Figure 8 13 Figure 8 14 Figure 8 15 Figure 8 16 Figure 8 17 Figure 8 18 Figure 8 19 Figure 8 20 Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 Figure 8 23 Figure 8 24 Figure 8 25 Figure 8 26 Figure 8 27 Figure 8 28 Figure 8 29 Figure 8 30 Figure 8 31 Figure 8 32 External covers and panels 2 of 2
425. s before using the printer so that the printer configuration information can be restored from the flash memory card to the NVRAM After installing the replacement formatter and DC controller perform a full calibration procedure three times See the Print quality menu table Formatter new or previously installed in another printer The HP Color LaserJet 5550 models store printer configuration information in the flash memory card The flash memory card from the removed formatter must be installed on the replacement formatter so that printer configuration information for example the duplexing option page counts and serial number can be restored to the formatter and DC controller After replacing the formatter and installing the flash memory card turn the printer power on When the Ready message appears on the control panel display you must wait five minutes before using the printer so that the printer configuration information can be restored from the flash memory card to the NVRAM Note The transfer kit page count is not reset by replacing the formatter After installing the replacement formatter perform a full calibration procedure three times See the Print quality menu table 328 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW DC controller new or previously installed in another printer After replacing the DC controller turn the printer power on When the Ready message appears on the control panel display you must wait five minu
426. s the general processes to quickly isolate and solve printer hardware problems Each heading depicts a major troubleshooting step A yes answer to the questions allows you to proceed to the next major step 262 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 1 Note ENWW A no answer indicates that additional testing is needed Proceed to the referenced section in this chapter and follow the instructions After completing this additional testing proceed to the next major step in the troubleshooting flowchart Displ Power On ch Pp gt Event Log Does the display Is the printer on and displaying a readable message indicate any of the Have you YES following YES evaluated READY the OFFLINE Event Log POWERSAVE ON A e For paper jams Show Event Log encountered to display during attempts information to print Event Log on current error see Paper path and correct it troubleshooting A Perform power on checks See note below B B After correcting all Print and messages and evaluate the errors B go to Step 3 Event Log After control panel display becomes functional go to Step 2 C After evaluating the Event Log go to Step 4 Troubleshooting flowchart If the printer s display is blank but the power on checks pass try printing an engine test page to determine whether the problem is with the engine display or with the formatter See Engine test page for instructions
427. s v to select EIO X 8 Press v to highlight TCP IP 9 Press v to highlight MANUAL SETTINGS 10 Press v to select MANUAL SETTINGS 11 Press to highlight IDLE TIMEOUT 12 Press v to select IDLE TIMEOUT 13 Press the 4 or arrow to to increase or decrease the number of seconds for the idle timeout 14 Press v to save the idle timeout 15 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state Setting the link speed By factory default the link speed is set to AUTO Use the following procedure to set a specific speed 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS 2 Press v to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 3 Press vto select CONFIGURE DEVICE 4 Press v to highlight I O 5 Press vto select I O 6 Press v to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3 7 Press v to select EIO X 8 Press v to highlight LINK SPEED 9 Press v to select LINK SPEED 10 Press to highlight the desired link speed 11 Press v to select the desired link speed 12 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state 96 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Setting network security on the printer ENWW This printer features control panel locking which allows network administrators to prevent users from chang
428. s you to clear the page SETTINGS buffer remove all perishable personality data reset the printing environment and return all default settings to factory defaults POWERSAVE Allows you to enable and disable PowerSave RESET SUPPLIES NEW TRANSFER KIT Allows you to inform the printer that a new transfer kit or new NEW FUSER KIT fuser kit has been installed Diagnostics menu The diagnostics menu allows you to run tests that can help you identify and solve problems with the printer 380 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 7 46 Diagnosticsmenu Wee emm PRINT EVENT LOG SHOW EVENT LOG PQ TROUBLESHOOTING DISABLE CARTRIDGE CHECK Paper Path SENSOR TEST HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only PAPER PATH TEST SENSOR TEST HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only MANUAL SENSOR TEST HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only COMPONENT TEST PRINT STOP TEST COLOR BAND TEST HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Service menu Prints an event log that shows the last 50 entries in the printer event log starting with the most recent Shows the last 50 events on the control panel display starting with the most recent Prints a series of print quality assessment pages that help troubleshoot any print quality problems Use this item to remove a print cartridge to help determine which cartridge is the source of the problem Use this item to test each of the printer sensors to determine if they are working co
429. ser power supply has three main components e Fuser sleeve A high frequency current flows through an induction heating coil in the fuser sleeve causing the metal sleeve to heat e Thermistors Two thermistors are in the fuser sleeve one in the center and the other at the end Each thermistor monitors the temperature in the fuser sleeve e Thermoswitch The thermoswitch is located at the bottom center of the fuser sleeve When the fuser is overheating the switch opens and power to the induction heating coil is shut off Heater temperature control The heater temperature control detects the surface temperature of the fuser sleeve and controls the current flowing to the induction heating coil The heater temperature control circuit is shown in Figure 5 6 Heater temperature control circuit Fuser sleeve unit Main thermistor 1 Fuser sleeve Coil TH101 Thermo switch An Sub thermistor Es ch DC controller umts ee ER e E I 24VB TIT Le MAINTH 4 1 j Relay 6 SUBTH 5 i i drive il T i circuit EE l i vv l i RL201 Ir Safety i T monitor 1 i aXe circuit Q DE 1 o o 1 I i RLI 4 f Main i Amperage A PRANGE i CPU Current contro setting Wir cio j 1 5 ACLINEI 6 i Rated 3 TMPCON 8 current f 4 i d contro 1 f l 1 i
430. serJet 5500 model is shown Note There are a maximum of two optional Trays and four pegs for the HP Color LaserJet 5500 models The HP Color LaserJet 5550 model is shown above Note A maximum of three trays and three pegs for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 3 It takes four people to lift and move the printer Grip the printer at the four corners and move it to the prepared location ENWW Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 63 If you are installing another 500 sheet paper feeder align the second paper feeder with 4 the guide pins on the first paper feeder Note If you already have one optional 500 sheet paper feeder and you are adding a second one you will need to unplug the printer and detach the printer from the first 500 sheet paper feeder to install the second one WARNING Use caution when stacking the 500 sheet paper feeders and the printer Avoid tipping 5 Insert an attachment screw into each of the four alignment holes Using your fingers or a coin tighten the screws to attach the printer to the optional 500 sheet feeder Note This is true for each optional 500 sheet feeder and or printer stand 64 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 6 Gently lower the printer onto the optional 500 sheet feeder CAUTION Avoid bending the guide pins while lowering the printer Note The above graphic represents the HP Color LaserJet 5500 55
431. serJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state Setting the subnet mask 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight UO Press v to select I O Press to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3 Press v to select EIO X Press e to highlight TCP IP Press v to select TCP IP 0 Press to highlight MANUAL SETTINGS 2 D D Jo pm Fo bh ER Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Note Note ENWW 11 Press v to select MANUAL SETTINGS 12 Press e to highlight SUBNET MASK 13 Press v to select SUBNET MASK The first of three sets of numbers is highlighted 14 Press or to increase or decrease the number for configuring the subnet mask 15 Press v to move to the next set of numbers 16 Repeat steps 14 and 15 until the correct subnet mask is entered 17 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button to return to the Ready state Setting the syslog server 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight UO Press v to select I O Press v to highlight EIO X where X 1 2 or 3 Press v to select EIO
432. serJet 5500 models contains the same PS font list page information as the page shown below hp color LaserJet 5550 printers Albertus Extra Bold Albertus Medium Aria Arial Bold Arial Bold Italic Avial Italic ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Oblique ITC Bookman Demi ITC Bookman Demi Italic CG Omega Bold CG Omega Bold Italic CG Time CG Times Bold CG Times Bold Italic Clarendon Condensed Bold CourierPS Bold CourierPS Bold Oblique ruv Halbfett Figure 7 17 PS font list page shown is for HP Color LaserJet 5550 models ENWW Print the PS font list page 397 Print the RGB samples page HP Color LaserJet 5550 models The RGB samples page is used for RGB color matching on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press vto select INFORMATION 4 Press v to highlight PRINT RGB SAMPLES 5 Press vto select PRINT RGB SAMPLES The message Printing RGB Samples appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the RGB samples page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the RGB samples page d hp color LaserJet 5550 invent Color s amples for RGB Figure 7 18 RGB samples page shown for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 398 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Print the CMYK samples page HP Color LaserJet 5550 models The CMYK samples page is used for CMYK color matching on
433. sk See Hard disk initialization Turn the printer off and then back on If the problem persists reseat the firmware DIMM Reseat the formatter Replace the firmware DIMM Replace the formatter Calibrate the priner See Calibrate now Turn the printer off and then back on If the problem persists reseat the EIO card Replace the EIO card 311 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message For the HP Color LaserJet 5550 An error occurred on some Press CaucEL Jos HP Color printer only memory of the printer LaserJet 5500 or Stop HP Color LaserJet 5550 If the problem 53 0622 CHECK RAM DIMM SLOT X persists replace the DIMM card in DIMM SLOT X 0 Onboard memory the slot indicated To continue press 1 SLOT 1 CANCEL JOB 2SLOT2 Y Bank number 0 No useful bank info 1 Bank number 1 2 Bank number 2 3 Bank number 3 4 Bank number 4 ZZ Error Number 00 UNSUPPORTED MEMORY 01 UNRECOGNIZED MEMORY 02 UNDER MINIMUM MEMORY LIMIT 03 EXCEEDED MAXIMUM MEMORY LIMIT 04 FAILED RAM TEST 312 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 64 PRINTER ERROR Nene Print cartridge motor error For help press 1 Reconnect the print cartridge connector on the DC
434. sregistration detection unit Ke Primary exposure unt Tt ER DEE E H 1C101 Power supply fan EN Main CPU Laut 7 AC input Low voltage power supply circuit v m 2 n Pa Fixing power supply circuit KC 1 High voltage power supply circuit i Door open detection switch Ii SE E LLL LL Toner level detection PCB H it Primary charging roller Controller fan K Fan drive circuit U I amaler rz RB ECL UNDE S Ve 1C103 IC114 ENUMERARE Reset IC EEP ROM J Cartridges ken e vn vm ES e vm a Figure 5 3 DC controller circuit 1 HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only 2 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only 132 Chapter 5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Motors and fans The printer has twelve motors including three fans Nine of the motors are DC motors the other three are stepping motors Figure 5 4 Motors and fans shows the locations of the motors and fans Table 5 2 Function of motors and fans explains the function of each component Six of the nine DC motors and two of the stepping motors are used for paper feeding and image formation The remaining three DC motors are fan motors The remaining stepping motor is the developing disengaging motor Since the printer transfers an image in four colors in line onto the paper small changes in the rotational speed of the motor are likely to cause color misalignment The DC mot
435. ss v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner J74 J77 and DC controller PCB J1106 J1109 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate 0 no color K black To continue turn off then on 53 10 05 PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 53 X0 ZZ PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 53 XY ZZ PRINTER ERROR To continue press CANCEL JOB ENWW C cyan M magenta Y yellow A DIMM is installed in both 168 pin DIMM Slot 4 and 100 pin DIMM Slot 5 An error has occurred in the onboard RAM An error occurred on some memory of the printer X DIMM Type 1 RAM Y Device Location 1 DIMM Slot 1 2 DIMM Slot 2 3 DIMM Slot 3 4 DIMM Slot 4 ZZ Error Number 0 unsupported memory 1 unrecognized memory 2 unsupported memory size 3 failed RAM test 4 exceeded maximum RAM size 5 invalid DIMM speed now Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now This is an invalid configuration DIMMs can not be installed in both of these slots at the same time Remove one of the DIMMs or move one of the DIMMs to a different slot 1 Press vto continue 2 Turn the printer off and then back on Press Cancet Jos If the problem persists replace the DIMM card the slot indicated
436. ss v to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press vto select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press to highlight PQ TROUBLESHOOTING 5 Press vto select PQ TROUBLESHOOTING Disable cartridge check special mode test This diagnostic test allows you to print internal pages or send an external job to the printer with one or more print cartridges removed or swapped Because the cartridges are not keyed the diagnostic test can be run with one to four cartridges removed or swapped to another location Consumable supply errors are ignored while in this mode Once in this mode you can navigate the menus and print internal pages or send an external print job to the printer This diagnostic test can be used to isolate print quality problems related to individual cartridges and to isolate individual cartridge problems such as noise Note Do not remove or swap cartridges before entering the disable cartridge check diagnostic After entering the test you can remove or swap cartridges While performing the disable cartridge check you can navigate the menus and print internal pages as desired from the control panel Use the v button to access the menus as you normally would You can also send external print jobs to the printer To exit this diagnostic press the CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Stor HP Color LaserJet 5550 models button and then select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS 404 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Paper path sensors HP Color LaserJet 5550 models
437. ssembly plate assembly disengaging plate assembly RS 6742 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 drum drive assembly cyan magenta drum drive RG5 7723 000CN Table 8 16 on page assembly black drum drive assembly yellow cyan magenta 473 RG5 7725 000CN black RG5 7724 000CN yellow drum drive assembly black RG5 7725 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 ENWW Alphabetical parts list 509 Table 8 28 Alphabetical parts list continued drum grounding assembly o drum grounding assembly o assembly e label antenna assembly RG5 6728 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 EdabelmemoryconmllerPCB label EdabelmemoryconmllerPCB controller PCB RG5 6803 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 E label memory controller PCB RG5 6803 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 ETB assembly RG5 7737 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 ETB assembly RG5 7737 000CN Table 8 21 on page new 487 C9656 69003 exchange ETB assembly C9734 69001 Table 8 21 on page 487 fan cartridge fan cartridge RH7 1526 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 fan formatter RH7 1491 000CN Table 8 9 on page 459 fan power supply RH7 1491 000CN Table 8 12 on page 465 Filter leftside left side RB2 9378 000CN Table 8 4 on page 449 Firmware DIMM 5500 only C9156 67910 Table 8 3 on page 447 Formatter duplex C9661 69001 Table 8 3 on page 447 exchange C9661 67901 new Formatter simplex 5500 only C9660 69011 Table 8 3 on page 447 exchange C9660 67911 new Formatter
438. ssette detection continued Papersize Paper length detection switch Paper width detection switch Executive eemper je je oe de de SW1 oo SWA o SW2 loe SW5 oc Front SW3 o6 SW6 loc o Paper length Paper width cassette detection switch detection switch Paper size detection switches Although the cassette determines paper size by reading the switches it is possible that the user can select a different size than what is loaded creating an error in paper size detection The Custom Standard paper size switch in the cassette overrides the size detection switches when it is in the Custom position The paper leading edge sensor detects when the leading edge and the trailing edge of a sheet of paper pass it By measuring the time between the leading edge and trailing edge passing the sensor can determine the actual size of the paper If this measured size differs from the size specified by the formatter or the switch combination the DC controller determines there is a mis match The current sheet of paper is ejected from the printer and the printer stops 174 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Figure 5 37 ENWW Paper lifting The printer is able to keep the stack of paper at a specified height at all times in order to maintain uninterrupted paper feeding The printer adjusts the stack height whenever the printer is turned on whenever the cassette is pushed into position or as needed during a print operation
439. st of available modes appears 376 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Allows you to modify the halftone settings for each color Allows simplex and duplex image alignment A Tray 5 setting is only available with the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Allows you to associate each media type with a specific print mode ENWW ENWW Table 7 42 Print quality submenu continued hmm 0 ue pem OPTIMIZE REDUCE HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only REDUCE BACKGROUND HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only BACKGROUND HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only TRANSFER TRANSPARENCY HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only FUSER WARM UP HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only MEDIA TYPE HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only TRAY 1 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only RESTORE OPTIMIZE CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only QUICK CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only FULL CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only System setup menu Allows you to optimize certain parameters for all jobs rather than optimizing by media type Executes all printer calibrations DMAX DHALF color plane registration and drum phase adjustment Use this item to perform a partial printer calibration D Max and D Half used for color tone correction Use this item to perform a full printer calibration which includes D Max D Half drum phase calibration and color plane registration The S
440. standard on the HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn and HP Color LaserJet5550dtn models Optional trays 3 and 4 are standard on the HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn models Optional Trays 3 4 and 5 are standard on the HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn models All optional trays support support paper sizes from 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 3 inches up to 297 x 432 mm 11 6 x 17 inches HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Fast InfraRed FIR pod HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Two 200 pin DDR SDRAM slots One slot is available for adding memory to the printer DDR SDRAM memory is available in 128 and 256 MB modules HP Color LaserJet 5500 supports four 168 pin dual inline memory DIMM slots and the fifth 100 pin DIMM slot Memory can be expanded up to 416 MB which is available in 64MB 128MB or 256MB Optional enhanced input output EIO network card comes standard on HP Color LaserJet 5500n 5550n HP Color LaserJet 5500dn 5550dn HP Color LaserJet 5550dtn 5550dtn andHP Color LaserJet 5500hdn 5550hdn printers HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only USB 1 1 connection HP Web Jetadmin software Standard bidirectional parallel cable interface IEEE 1284 C compliant The HP Color LaserJet 5550 model printer supports an auxiliary connection for paper handling input devices HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Both USB and parallel connections are supported but cannot be used at the same time HP Color LaserJet 5500 model only Infrared FIR connection Supplies status page con
441. structions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server 273 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message ORDER FUSER KIT The fuser is near end of life Order the image fuser kit XXXX PAGES LEFT The printer is ready and will Printing can continue until the continue for the estimated number fuser reaches end of life For menus press v of pages indicated Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER FUSER KIT The fuser is near end of life and Order the image fuser kit the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set To continue press v to STOP XXXX PAGES LEFT Press v to continue printing Printing can continue until the fuser reaches end of life Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER SUPPLIES More than one supply item is low Press v to identify which supplies should be ordered For menus press v Order the identified supplies Printing can continue until supplies reach end of life Press for detailed information Press 4 and v to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER SUPPLIES More than o
442. suggests methods for solving print quality problems Interface troubleshooting provides techniques for isolating communication problems to the printer hardware printer configuration network configuration or software application Control panel troubleshooting provides procedures for printing a menu map from the printer control panel It also describes the control panel menus the items within each menu and the possible values for the menu items Troubleshooting tools help isolate the cause of printer failures This section includes explanations of the printer configuration page and the event log Diagnostics provides instructions on how to access and use the diagnostic tools incorporated into the printer Service menu provides procedures for entering the service menu and performing service oriented tasks These tasks include counts for entering the serial number service ID transfer unit maintenance fuser maintenance color page total page and clearing the event log Diagrams provides graphical locations and tables for the printer s internal assemblies and sensors 260 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Troubleshooting process When the printer malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation the printer control panel alerts you of the situation This section contains a pre troubleshooting checklist to filter out many possible causes of the problem A troubleshooting flowchart helps you diagnose the root cause of the problem The re
443. t Packard company under license Wireless printing 77 Printer drivers Note 78 Printer drivers allow you to gain access to the printer features and allow the computer to communicate with the printer using a printer language Check the install notes readme and late breaking readme files on the printer CD ROM for additional software and languages The following printer drivers are included with the printer The most recent drivers are available at http www hp com support clj5500 or http www hp com support clj5550 Depending on the configuration of Windows based computers the installation program for the printer software automatically checks the computer for Internet access to obtain the latest drivers Other media types affect the printer settings as well Selecting heavy or glossy media for example causes the printer to change the engine speed The printer driver also gives you customized control of color text graphics and photos Use the printer driver to set the following color control options e Print in Grayscale e Halftone options e Neutral Grays e Edge Control e RGB Color See the printer driver s online Help for details on color settings and their effect on printed output Available drivers Printer drivers access the printer features and allow the computer to communicate with the printer The following printer drivers are included with the printer PCL 5c and all NT 4 0 drivers are located on the CD o
444. t Test and the component selected is Belt Only The printer is testing the developing disengaging motor This motor is called the alienation motor in firmware messages Press v to identify which supplies should be replaced Replace the identified supplies to continue printing Press for detailed information Press a and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Replace the transfer unit to continue printing Press for detailed information Press and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Attempt upgrade again Press Stop when ready to stop this test PressStop when ready to stop this test Press CaucEL Jos HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stop HP Color LaserJet 5550 when ready to stop this test Press CaucEL Jos HP Color LaserJet 5500 or Stor HP Color LaserJet 5550 when ready to stop this test Alphabetical printer messages 291 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Rotating fuser motor To exit press Cancel Job key Rotating transfer motors To exit press Cancel Job key SIZE MISMATCH IN TRAY X For help press alternates with Ready For menus press v Tray X TYPE SIZE Size detected by tray alternates with Tray X TYPE SIZE
445. t alert options for all printers that support Printer Status and Alerts For networked printers these alerts only appear for your jobs Note that even if you are setting alert options for all printers not all options you select will apply to all printers For example when selecting the option to notify you when the print cartridges are low directly connected printers that support Printer Status and Alerts will generate a message when the print cartridges are low However none of the networked printers will generate this message unless it affects a user specific job 388 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW To choose which status messages appear Use the following steps to choose which status messages appear 1 Open Printer Status and Alerts in one of these ways Double click the Printer Status and Alerts tray icon which is near the clock in the Tray Manager On the Start menu point to Programs point to Printer Status and Alerts and click Printer Status and Alerts 2 Click the Options icon in the left pane 3 In the For field select the printer driver for this printer or select All Printers 4 Clear the options for the messages you do not want to appear and select the options for the messages you do want to appear 5 Under Status check rate select how frequently you want the software to update the printer status information that the software uses to generate the messages Status Check Rate might not be available if the printer a
446. t below to the total height Also note that the stand increases the overall width space requirement HP Color LaserJet 5500 models only e Width 630 mm 24 8 inches e Depth 670 mm 26 5 inches e Height 202 mm 8 0 inches HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only e Width 628 7 mm 24 7 inches e Depth 727 mm 28 6 inches e Height 130 2 mm 4 1 inches 48 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Unpack the printer This section provides instructions for unpacking the printer Package contents Figure 3 2 Package contents for HP Color LaserJet 5500 5500n and 5500dn HP Color LaserJet 5500 5500n and 5500dn models Print cartridges Software and electronic documentation Getting Started Guide Power cord Parallel cable base models only Control panel overlay NOOR GO ENWW Unpack the printer 49 Figure 3 3 Package contents for HP Color LaserJet 5550 5550n and 5550dn Print cartridges HP Color LaserJet 5550 5550n and 5550dn models only Parallel cable base models only Power cord Getting Started Guide Network Installation Guide Control panel label CD ce JO om P oh Unpacking the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer for base models 5500n and 5500dn Note Save all the packing materials in case you need to repack and transport the printer at a later date 1 Cutthe tape to open the box and unpack the printer p 50 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW
447. t calibration 280 seconds 4 minutes 40 DMAX DHALF CPR drum from the control panel seconds phase Calibrate Now Quick Calibration Now HP 60 seconds HP Color DMAX DHALF 4 05 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models LaserJet 5550 models Color LaserJet 5550 models only Full Calibrate HP Color 280 seconds 4 minutes 40 DMX DHALF LaserJet 5550 models only seconds Table 5 4 Cleaning timing and duration When the printer continuously either 5 seconds or 21 seconds primary and toner charging prints with no idle period or rollers spin down for 51 pages 5 seconds is the most common At intervals of between 90 and 16 seconds 140 pages The printer will finish printing the current job before cleaning ETB cleaning During this step all toner particles that remain on the ETB are returned to the photosensitive drums in each print cartridge ETB cleaning illustrates this step 162 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW The ETB is automatically cleaned when the printer is turned on when the covers are closed and after printing a specified number of pages The DC controller applies negative bias to the photosensitive drums and either a positive or negative bias to the transfer charging rollers This creates a difference in potential between the photosensitive drums and the ETB Both positive and negative residual toner returns to the photosensitive drums Primary charging roller O Positive potential waste toner e Negat
448. t is not made by HP This message is displayed until an HP cartridge is installed or Cancet Jos is pressed The identified print cartridge is nearing the end of its useful life and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set to STOP Override by pressing v The identified print cartridge is near end of life The printer is ready and will continue for the estimated number of pages indicated Alphabetical printer messages Recommended action If you believe the cartridge is an HP cartridge please call the HP fraud hotline at 1 877 219 3183 Any printer repair required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not covered under HP warranty If you believe the cartridge is an HP cartridge call the HP fraud hotline at 1 877 219 3183 Any printer repair required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not covered under HP warranty To continue printing press CANCEL Jos The first pending job will be cancelled Order the identified print cartridge Press v to continue Press for detailed information Press A and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Order the identified print cartridge Estimated pages remaining is based upon historical page coverage of this printer Printing will continue until REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE is shown Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through in
449. t of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts such as cables and sensors DC controller circuit The DC controller is responsible for controlling the print operation sequence for the printer The sequence of events is as follows 1 2 3 4 5 Power is turned on The low voltage power supply unit supplies DC power to the DC controller The CPU in the DC controller starts to control printer operations The printer enters the standby state Based on the print command and the image data input from the formatter the CPU sends a signal to drive the laser diode the motors the clutch and the solenoids Engine control system 131 Note See the general circuit diagram in chapter 8 for detailed information on the printer circuitry DC controller PCB puc l i IC106 Developing disengaging Pick up motor oC pner Lifter motor M a Ml Cassette paper pick up clutch ct Multi purpose tray pick up solenoid Cassette paper sensor pal Paper stack surface sensor HH Paper feed sensor IC105 Multi purpose tray paper sensor E H Sub CPU Li Drum home LC t position n Q H ETB speed sensor Developing disengaging sensor Top of page sensor t Pick up sensor HH Cassette paper size detection switches I TT E EE ER vl r Paper feeder optional E Fixing paper sensor Li Fixing delivery paper sensor UJ Delivery tray paper full sensor M 1 Color mi
450. tages will void the product warranty for example attempting to change a 110V printer to a 220V printer POWER RATING 220 240V Tested To With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE This product conforms with CDRH radiation performance standard 21 CFR chapter 1 sub chapter J Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements MANUFACTURED August 2002 HEWLETT PACKARD 11311 CHINDEN BLVD BOISE IDAHO 63714 U S A Serial No JPBB123456 Made in Japan uw C9656A PACKARD Figure 1 2 Sample label Table 1 3 Model names and numbers Model name Model number HP Color LaserJet 5500 C9656A HP Color LaserJet 5550 Q3713A HP Color LaserJet 5500n C7131A HP Color LaserJet 5550n Q3714A HP Color LaserJet 5500dn C9657A HP Color LaserJet 5550dn Q3715A HP Color LaserJet 5500dtn C9658A HP Color LaserJet 5550dtn Q3716A HP Color LaserJet 5500hdn C9659A HP Color LaserJet 5550hdn Q3717A ENWW Identification 7 Note This manual describes the HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer which includes the HP Color LaserJet 5500 models and the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Figure 1 3 Front view HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Output bin Printer control panel Top cover Front cover includes tray 1 Tray 2 500 sheet standard tray Tray 3 500 sheet paper feeder optional On off switch Access to print cartridges transfer unit and fuser ce JO Om P oh
451. tains information on toner level page count and estimated pages remaining No shake cartridge design Printer checks for authentic HP print cartridges at cartridge installation Internet enabled supply ordering capabilities using embedded Web server printer Status and Alerts or Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only Performance memory and other printer features 5 Identification Model and serial numbers The model number and serial numbers are listed on identification labels located on the rear of the printer The model number is alphanumeric such as C9656A for the HP Color LaserJet 5550 The serial number contains information about the country region of origin the printer version production code and the production number of the printer printer version HEWLETT PACKARD product code 11311 CHINDEN BLVD BOISE IDAHO 83714 U S A Kee production number country sion Serial No JPBBI23456 NENNEN Made in Japan UJ HEWLETT 9656A PACKARD Figure 1 1 Model and serial number information Power and regulatory information The identification labels on the rear of the printer also contain power rating and regulatory information as shown in Figure 1 2 Sample label 6 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW CAUTION Converting the voltage on the printer can damage the printer Do not use any voltage other than the operating voltage Any attempt to convert operating vol
452. tches on either side of the transfer unit and slide the unit out of the printer SE IN SE a d 6 Remove the new transfer unit from the bag 7 Hold the transfer unit on either side Guide the feet into the cups and slide the transfer unit into the printer 8 Close the transfer unit and front cover Close the top cover and turn the printer on After a short while the control panel should display NEW TRANSFER KIT 9 Press to highlight YES 10 Press v to select YES 11 Press a to reset the transfer unit count 12 Wait for the printer to calibrate Replacing the transfer unit when it is not at end of life If you replace the transfer unit when it is not at the end of life for example if it is defective you will need to calibrate the printer and reset the transfer unit count through the control panel Use the following steps to calibrate the printer 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS 2 Press to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE 4 Press v to highlight PRINT QUALITY 112 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW 8 Press v to select PRINT QUALITY Press v to highlight CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or FULL CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Press v to select CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or FULL CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Wait for th
453. ted cancel the job or press to access help Press 4 and to step through the instructions Press v to continue or press for more information If the message persists turn the printer off and then back on Numerical printer messages 319 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message 49 XXXX 64 PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 320 Chapter Troubleshooting Event log error message Description A critical firmware error has occurred that caused the processor on the formatter to abort operation This type of error can be caused by invalid print commands corrupt data or invalid operations In some cases electrical noise in the cable can corrupt data during transmission to the printer Other causes include poor quality parallel cables poor connections or home grown applications On rare occasions the formatter is at fault which is usually indicated by a 79 Service Error Recommended action Press Cancet Jos to clear the print job from the printer memory Turn the printer off and then back on Try printing a job from a different software application If the job prints go back to the first application and try printing a different file If the message appears only with a certain software application or print job contact the software vendor for assistance If the message persists with different software applications
454. ted missing color Blank spots The image has blank spots See Table 7 33 Causes for blank spots 356 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 18 Image defects continued Image defect Image defect Description Description More information information Poor fusing Toner is loose on the printed oo Table 7 34 Causes for image poor fusing Distortion or blurring The image appears distorted See Table 7 35 Causes for or colors seem out of alignment distortion or blurring Smearing The image is smeared or dirty See Table 7 36 Causes for smearing Misplaced image The image is placed incorrectly See Table 7 37 Causes for a on the page misplaced image Light image Table 7 19 Causes for light images Causes for light images ES Image density is not adjusted correctly Increase the density for each color Poor contact in the attaching bias contacts Clean the contacts Replace them if they are still between the ETB and the high voltage PCB dirty or are damaged Attaching roller is worn or damaged Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Light color Table 7 20 Causes for one color printing light Causes for
455. tes before using the printer so that the printer configuration information for example the duplexing option page counts and serial number can be restored from the flash memory card to the NVRAM After installing the replacement DC controller perform a quick calibration procedure three times See the Print quality menu table Replacement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 329 Paper path troubleshooting Figure 7 3 Jams Jam error messages occur if paper fails to arrive at or clear the paper path sensors in the allowed time Dedicated paper sensors detect whether paper is present in the sensor and if paper is fed normally When the DC controller detects a jam it immediately stops the printing process and displays the appropriate jam message for the sensor that detects the jam Jam locations Jams occur in the areas shown in Figure 7 3 Jam locations Jam messages correlate with these areas For instructions on clearing jams see the sections later in this chapter Jam locations Top cover area Duplex path Paper path Paper input path Trays OO E Gab A Jam locations by error message Use Table 7 6 Error messages and associated jam locations to help pinpoint and clear specific paper jams See Figure 7 3 Jam locations
456. the control panel Figure 6 83 Removing and replacing the static discharge eliminator unit HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only 246 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Note Figure 6 84 ENWW Formatter fan Use the following steps to to remove and replace the formatter fan Removing Replacing the formatter fan The formatter fan is the horizontal rear most fan Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 Remove the three screws shown in callout 2 Unhook the two tabs shown in callout 3 Remove the fan holder and the fan from the printer co bk Oo Se d o NS Remove the fan from the fan holder Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the formatter fan be sure that the arrow marked on the fan holder and the arrow marked on the fan are pointing in the same direction Removing and replacing the formatter fan Cartridge fan Use the following steps to remove and replace the cartridge fan Internal components top 247 To remove the cartridge fan Note The cartridge fan is the vertical front most fan Remove the rear cover See Rear cover Remove the top cover See Top cover Remove the rear top cover See Rear top cover Disconnect the connector shown in callout 1 Unhook the three tabs shown in callout 2 OQ ge m6 seo mer x Remove the fan from the fan holder Reinsta
457. the end of life Printing will not continue until the cartridge is replaced The fuser kit is at end of life Replace the identified print cartridge to continue printing Press for detailed information Press a and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Replace the fuser to continue printing Press for detailed information Press 4 and to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Recommended action log error message Description REPLACE SUPPLIES For status press v REPLACE TRANSFER KIT For help press Resend upgrade Rotating COLOR cartridge motor To exit press Cancel Job key Rotating COLOR laser scanner To exit press the STOP key Rotating belt drive To exit press Cancel Job key Rotating fuser motor To exit press Cancel Job key ENWW At least one supply item is out and needs to be replaced and another supply item is either out or low The transfer unit has reached end of life The firmware upgrade was not completed successfully A component test is in progress the component selected is color Cartridge motor A Scanner test is in progress The printer is executing a Componen
458. the following biases to prevent image defects when it detects an environmental change e Developing bias e Primary transfer bias e Secondary transfer bias If the environment sensor detects a temperature below 30 C 22 F or over 80 C 176 F the DC controller determines this is an environment sensor abnormality and sends an error message to the formatter If the environment sensor detects a temperature below 7 C 44 6 F the printer will not perform a calibration cycle TEMPERATURE DETECTION signal TEMPSNS Lei Environment DC controller HUMIDITY DETECTION signal sensor HUMSNS PCB Image density calibration control DMAX This control stabilizes image density by calibrating the values of the developing bias whenever one of the following events occurs e when the printer is turned on e when a print cartridge is replaced e after a set number of pages have printed e when the formatter sends an operation command Image density calibration consists of three steps 1 The DC controller forms density patterns for each color on the ETB using varying levels of developing bias 2 The color registration detection unit measures the image density of the density patterns formed on the ETB 3 The DC controller uses the density measurements to adjust the developing bias to obtain proper image density Image halftone calibration control DHALF This control measures halftone density output from the formatte
459. the maximum value noted above can produce unexpected results Note Automatic 2 sided printing does not support rotated short edge first orientation For manual 2 sided printing you can use any of the supported paper sizes listed for printing from Tray 1 Media to avoid This printer can handle many types of media Using media outside the printer s specifications will cause a loss of print quality and increase the chance of paper jams occurring e Do not use paper that is too rough e Do not use paper with cutouts or perforations other than standard 3 hole punched paper e Donotuse multipart forms e Donotuse paper that has already been printed on or fed through a photocopier or printer e Do not use paper with a watermark if you are printing solid patterns e Do not use paper that is embossed 22 Chapter 1 Printer description ENWW CAUTION ENWW Media that may cause damage to the printer In rare circumstances media can damage the printer To prevent possible damage do not use the following media e Do not use paper that is coated unless it is specifically recommended for use in this printer e Do not use paper with staples e Do not use paper with irregularities such as tabs or cuts e Do not use preprinted forms or letterhead paper with low temperature dyes or thermography Preprinted forms or letterhead must use inks that can tolerate temperatures of 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second e Do not use any media that pro
460. thick Maximum stack paper 3 by 5 in 4 to 5 5 mils thick height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum size tough 312 by 470 mm 0 10 to 0 13 mm thick Maximum stack paper 12 3 by 18 5 in 4 to 5 5 mils thick height 10 mm 0 4 in 5 in Standard size tough 0 10 to 0 13 mm thick Maximum stack paper Letter A4 4 to 5 5 mils thick height 10 mm 0 4 in Letter R A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 x 17 A3 5 in Envelope Com 10 75 to 105 g m 20 sheets Monarch C5 DL B5 20 to 28 Ib bond 10 mils thick Standard size label Maximum stack Letter A4 Letter R height 10 mm 0 4 in A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 x 17 A3 Minimum size label 76 by 127 mm Maximum stack 3 by 5 in height 10 mm 0 4 in Maximum size label 312 by 470 mm Maximum stack 12 3 by 18 5 in height 10 mm 0 4 in 1 11 x 17 inch Ledger and Tabloid sizes are all the same ENWW Media requirements 17 Table 1 17 Tray 2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 supported media specifications Media type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity 500 sheets 75 g m 20 Ib bond Standard size paper Letter A4 Letter R A4 R Legal Executive JIS B5 B5 R A5 A5 R 11 by 17 Minimum size paper 148 by 210 mm 60 to 163 g m 500 sheets 5 8 by 8 3 in 16 to 43 Ib bond 75 g m 20 Ib bond Maximum size paper 297 um 432 mm 60 to 163 EI e dais sheets cardstock um 7 by 17 in EI to 43 Ib bond 75 e dais 20 Ib
461. ting Note ENWW This section contains information for using the embedded Web server HP Toolbox and the Printer Status and Alerts software to help resolve printer problems Embedded Web server When the printer is directly connected to a computer the embedded Web server is supported for Windows 95 and later In order to use the embedded Web server with a direct connection you must choose the Custom installation option when you install the printer driver Select the option to load Printer Status and Alerts The proxy server is installed as part of the Printer Status and Alerts software When the printer is connected to the network the embedded Web server is automatically available You may access the embedded Web server from Windows 95 and later The embedded Web server allows you to view printer and network status and to manage printing functions from your computer instead of from the printer control panel Below are examples of what you can do using the embedded Web server e View printer control status information e Set the type of paper loaded in each tray e Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones e View and change tray configurations e View and change the printer control panel menu configuration e View and print internal pages e Receive notification of printer and supplies events e View and change network configuration To use the embedded Web server you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer
462. tion c iiie eterna eed da ee taa cii 168 Custom Standard paper size switch in cassette seseseseeeeee renner rererere 169 Pickup feed system corr ec e 170 Pick p feed system ne Ig irt eld 171 Cassette pickup operation ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneecaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseetennaaaeeas 173 Paper size detection switches sssssssssssssssesseeeeeneenes 174 Paper lifting operation ssssssssssssseeneneeenen nennen 175 Multiple feed prevention sssssssssssssseeeeeeneneneneemennn 176 Overhead transparency detection sse 177 Horizontal registration adjustment 0 eee cette teeter eee eeeteaeeeeeetnaeeeeeeees 178 D plex switch back EE 180 Additional 500 sheet paper feeder sse 181 500 sheet paper feeder pickup and feed operation s 182 Phillips and Posidriv screwdriver comparison ssesssss 186 ETB supports and pressure gears cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseenseneeaeeeeeees 189 Removing and replacing the rear Cover e 190 Removing and replacing the top Cover 0 eeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeteteeeeeeettaeeeeeeeee 191 Removing and replacing the rear top Cover isesissseeeeissseerresseerrrssrrrrrssrreens 192 Removing and replacing the left cover 1 of 2 sss 193 Removing and replacing the left cover 2 of 2 sss 193 Removing and replacing the right cover 0 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeee
463. tion This chapter contains information about the following topics Model Configurations sssssssssseeeeeeenen nennen nennen nennen nennen enr nnne 2 The HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printer ccecccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeececeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaea 2 Performance memory and other printer features A ei Ve Ire e Raa 6 Model and serial numbers 2 ccccceeeeeeececcae eee eeeeeececaaeeeeeeeeeeeessecencaeeeeeseeeesetensiaaeess 6 HP Color LaserJet 5500 models ere reddet thie es ee AR Ye quaa 8 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models ssssssssssesssssseeeeeenee nennen 9 Bue e EE 10 Supply storage requirements HP Color LaserJet 5500 series 12 PROGUCHINGOFIMALION ER 13 PFOGUCT IMPORMALION EE 13 Electrical Specifications HP Color LaserJet 5500 models sess 13 Electrical specifications HP Color LaserJet 5550 models sssesssssss 14 Media requirements 5 et cde UR eere a a dae uc nta ad 16 Selecting print MOA EE 16 Oe Ee ele ET 16 Supported media weights and sizes HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 16 Supported paper weights and sizes HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 19 Media specifications for 2 sided duplex printing se 22 Medito avoid Meer TEE 22 Media that may cause damage to the printer esssssseeem en 2
464. tion process is the cleaning block in which the ETB and the photosensitive drums are cleaned preparing them for the next print The next section provides more information about printer calibration and cleaning This block consists of two steps e ETB cleaning e photosensitive drum cleaning Step 10 ETB cleaning See ETB cleaning for a complete discussion of ETB cleaning 160 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Note Note ENWW Step 11 Photosensitive drum cleaning See Photosensitive drum cleaning for a complete discussion of photosensitive drum cleaning Calibration and cleaning The printer automatically calibrates and cleans itself at various times to maintain the highest level of print quality You can also force the printer to calibrate by choosing CALIBRATE NOW from the Print Quality menu See Calibrate now While the printer is calibrating or cleaning it will pause printing For most calibrations and cleanings the printer will not interrupt a print job but will wait for the job to complete before calibrating or cleaning Table 5 4 Cleaning timing and duration shows when the printer cleans and the duration of the cleaning The sections that follow discuss calibration and cleaning in more detail The times listed in the tables below are preliminary and are subject to change Certain error conditions can cause some calibrations to repeat which will increase the duration listed in the table below Table 5 3 C
465. tion vitae ceed Gehl HEU edo eed e ae daa de ED ERE de 72 Auxiliary connectlon s iet e e II RR eU ee de us 72 Direct to network connection A Network print server connection ssssssssseem me 73 Peer to peer connection direct to network sees 74 Peer to peer connection parallel sese m 74 ETB total page count according to average job length 107 Reie ege Ee 108 Basic system Operation eene nnns 129 Engine control system simdan ai oa a a A A eene eene nennen 131 DC controller circuiti menisini e ie a Ee 132 ler eeh CH E 134 Fuser power supply circuit sssssssssssssssseeeeen nemen 135 Heater temperature control circuit eesssssseeeneeees 136 High voltage power supply circuit see m 138 Low voltage power supply circuit sssssssseemm 139 Formater Syste e ene pei pel Pee letta teeta e de tud 140 Laser scanner system aient titia tette En Rt HH ERR IRE aano tna 144 Scanner motor control circuit sssssssssssssssseeee enne 145 Image formation system sssssssessseeeene nennen nenne 146 Image formation prOCess eerie tm e e dog ee ed 148 Print cartmdge deeg nitride DEE ee eege RE 149 Memory tag runana a e URL onmes 150 Toner level detection sssssssssssssssseseeeeeeeree nennen nennen 152 Developing cylinder disengagin
466. to prevent them from sealing during printing For long edge printing envelopes should be loaded long edge first face down See the section in the online user guide about loading envelopes in Tray 1 To prevent severe printer damage do not use envelopes that have windows clasps snaps or synthetic materials Labels To print labels set the tray s media type to LABELS in the printer control panel Media requirements 25 When printing labels use the following guidelines e Verify that the label s adhesive material can tolerate temperatures of 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second e Verify that adhesive material is not exposed between the labels Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing which can cause printer jams Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to printer components e Donotre feed a sheet of labels e Verify that labels lie flat e Do not use labels that are wrinkled bubbled or otherwise damaged HP LaserJet Tough paper When printing on HP LaserJet Tough paper use the following guidelines e Handle HP LaserJet Tough paper using the edges Oils from your fingers deposited on HP LaserJet Tough paper can cause print quality problems e Use only Hewlett Packard LaserJet Tough paper with this printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results e In either the software application or the driver select Tough Paper as the media type or print from a tray that is configured
467. to print the configuration page Using PowerSave The adjustable PowerSave Time feature reduces power consumption when the printer has been inactive for an extended period You can set the length of time before the printer goes into PowerSave mode to 1 MINUTE 15 MINUTES 30 MINUTES or to 1 HOUR 2 HOURS or 4 HOURS The default setting is 30 MINUTES Note The printer display dims when the printer is in PowerSave mode PowerSave mode does not affect printer warm up time ENWW Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 69 70 To set PowerSave Time 1 2 D D ND pm Fo bh Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight SYSTEM SETUP Press v to select SYSTEM SETUP Press e to highlight POWERSAVE TIME Press v to select POWERSAVE TIME Press or to select the appropriate time period Press v to set the time period Press Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models To disable enable PowerSave 1 2 D DD Jm mF o bh Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to highlight RESETS Press v to select RESETS Press e to highlight POWERSAVE Press v to se
468. tops 334 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW Whether the jam occurs when feeding from one particular tray Whether the jam occurs only when duplex printing Whether a particular type of paper is jamming or not jamming Whether any of the supplies are non HP non HP supplies are known to cause paper jams Whether the customer is storing the paper in correctly overloading the trays damaging the edge of the paper during loading or using paper that has already been fed through the printer General paper path troubleshooting Use the following suggestions to isolate the cause of the problem Once you have identified the cause use the tables that follow to find a recommended solution Use the paper path test in the Diagnostics menu to print pages while troubleshooting See Paper path test HP Color LaserJet 5500 models for information about the paper path test View or print the event log and determine if a particular jam error occurs more often than others Try to identify a pattern From the event log determine the frequency of a particular jam If a jam occurs repeatedly around the same page count consider this a single jam that the customer tried to clear Try printing from all available input trays to identify whether the problem is isolated to one tray Print the job in both simplex and duplex modes to identify if the problem occurs only in one mode or the other Try printing on paper from an unopened ream that h
469. tor detects the following conditions e Afterthe printer is turned on if the temperature detected by the main thermistor remains higher than 220 C 428 F equivalent to approximately 1 05 V for longer than 500 ms e During the temperature adjustment of the fixing unit if the output of the fixing temperature control TMPCON signal remains at0 for longer than 390 seconds High voltage power supply The high voltage power supply circuit applies bias to the primary charging rollers the toner charging rollers the developing cylinders the attaching roller the transfer charging rollers and the discharging unit The main CPU in the DC controller controls the high voltage power supply circuit and the discharging high voltage circuit through the ASIC to generate these biases Figure 5 7 High voltage power supply circuit shows the high voltage power supply circuit DC controller PCB Discharging high voltage PCB b Discharging unit Toner charging roller Phot T Transfer charging roller jo 7 Primary charging roller otosensitive l Developing cylinder Primary 7 P charging high voltage generation circuit porer charging i high voltage i generation circuit Developing H DEUS high voltage DEV3 i generation DEV2 AE circuit DEVI 7 Attaching ATTS l high voltage 7 Art
470. tructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Replace the transfer unit to continue printing Press for detailed information Press 4 and v to step through instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Attempt upgrade again Press CaucEL Jos when ready to stop this test Press Cancet Jos when ready to stop this test Press CaucEL Jos when ready to stop this test Press Cancet Jos when ready to stop this test Press CaucEL Jos when ready to stop this test 277 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message Rotating transfer motors To exit press Cancel Job key SIZE MISMATCH IN TRAY X For help press alternates with Ready For menus press v Tray X TYPE SIZE Size detected by tray alternates with Tray X TYPE SIZE To change type press v 278 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description The printer is executing a Component test and the component selected is Transfer Motors The tray is loaded with media longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size configured for the tray The printer is reporting the current configuration of tray XX The tray switch is in the STANDARD position Recommended action Press Cancet Jos when ready to stop this test Adjust the side
471. ts color samples for different CMYK values The samples act as a guide for color matching on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only PRINT FILE DIRECTORY Prints the name and directory of files stored in the printer on an optional hard drive PRINT PCL FONT LIST Prints the available PCL fonts PRINT PS FONT LIST Prints the available PS emulated PostScript fonts Paper handling menu The paper handling menu allows you to configure input trays by size and type It is important to correctly configure the trays with this menu before you print for the first time If you have used previous HP Color LaserJet printers you might be accustomed to configuring Tray 1 to first mode or cassette mode To mimic the settings for first mode configure Tray 1 for size ANY SIZE and type ANY TYPE To mimic the settings for cassette mode set either the size or type for Tray 1 to a setting other than ANY Wee ue emm TRAY 1 SIZE A list of available sizes appears Allows you to configure the media size for Tray 1 The default is ANY SIZE TRAY 1 TYPE A list of available types appears Allows you to configure the media type for Tray 1 The default is ANY TYPE S TRAY lt N gt SIZE A list of available sizes appears Allows you to configure the media size for Trays 2 3 4 Hooded and 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 The default setting is the size detected by the guides in the tray To use a custom size move the switch in the tray to custom
472. ts list continued Description roller feed roller pickup roller separation roller separation screw M3x10 with washer screw M3x6 TP screw M3x8 Screw security sensor and bracket assembly sensor flag assembly sensor flag assembly separation pad solenoid spring scanner support spring tension spring tension static discharge cleaning brush static discharge comb 5500 only static discharge comb 5550 only static discharge PCB RF5 3340 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit RF5 3338 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit RF5 3338 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit see note below RF5 3338 000CN single roller RY7 5097 000CN roller kit See second note below XA9 1162 000CN XA9 1329 000CN XA9 1330 000CN RB2 8246 000CN RS6 2626 000CN RS6 2632 000CN RB2 9561 030CN RG5 6846 000CN Q3713 67901 RG5 6810 000CN Table 8 27 on page 507 Table 8 27 on page 507 Table 8 19 on page 479 Table 8 25 on page 501 Table 8 6 on page 453 Table 8 6 on page 453 Table 8 4 on page 449 Table 8 24 on page 497 Table 8 12 on page 465 Table 8 22 on page 491 Table 8 22 on page 491 Table 8 19 on page 479 Table 8 15 on page 471 Table 8 7 on page 455 Table 8 8 on page 457 Table 8 8 on page 457 Table 8 14 on page 469 Table 8 14 on page 469 Table 8 14 on page 469 Table 8 3 on page 447 Alphabetical p
473. tting up a printer for a language other than English follow this procedure 1 Remove the backing from the adhesive side of the label 2 Position the new label over the top of the control panel 3 Press the label firmly onto the control panel Note When applying the label start at the center and press the label into place towards the edges of the control panel ENWW Installing print cartridges for HP Color LaserJet 5500 series printers 67 4 Plug the AC power cord into the printer 6 Turn the printer on 68 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Insert the CD ROM into the proper drive to install the software Press Menu to open the MENUS Press e to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press e to highlight SYSTEM SETUP Press v to select SYSTEM SETUP Press e to highlight LANGUAGE Press v to select LANGUAGE Press v to highlight the desired language and then press v to select and save the language choice Testing the printer operation Print a configuration page to ensure the printer is working properly 1 9v se Zu dw Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to enter the MENUS Press to highlight INFORMATION Press v to select INFORMATION Press to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION Press v
474. u must have access to the World Wide Web 1 Atthe bottom right of the screen in the system tray click the hp Toolbox icon The software opens in a Web browser Or on the Start menu select Programs Hewlett Packard HP Color LaserJet 5550 and then select HP Toolbox 2 Onthe left side of the window click Other Links Click Order Supplies The browser opens to the supplies purchasing page 4 Select the supplies you want to order Exchange program HP offers remanufactured assemblies for some parts These are identified in Chapter 8 and can be ordered from Hewlett Packard Customer Support Americas HPCS A or Hewlett Packard Customer Support Europe HPCS E Supplies Paper and print cartridges can be ordered directly from Hewlett Packard See Chapter 8 for ordering information World Wide Web Printer drivers updated HP printer software and product and support information can be obtained from the following URL In the U S www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 Printer drivers can be obtained from the following sites In China ftp www hp com cn support clj5500 or ftp www hp com cn support clj5550 In Japan ftp www jpn hp com support clj5500 or ftp www jpn hp com support clj5550 In Korea www hp co kr support clj5500 or www hp co kr support clj5550 In Taiwan www hp com tw support clj5500 or www hp com tw support clj5550 or the local driver Web site www dds com tw Parts identification and pr
475. ue turn off then on 53 X0 ZZ PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 53 XY ZZ PRINTER ERROR For the 5500 models To continue press CANCEL JOB 322 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description A printer error has occurred X Description 1 scanner error 2 scanner startup error 3 scanner rotation error Y Description 0 no color K black C cyan M magenta Y yellow A DIMM is installed in both 168 pin DIMM Slot 4 and 100 pin DIMM Slot 5 An error has occurred in the onboard RAM An error occurred on some memory of the printer X DIMM Type 1 RAM Y Device Location 1 DIMM Slot 1 2 DIMM Slot 2 3 DIMM Slot 3 4 DIMM Slot 4 ZZ Error Number 0 unsupported memory 1 unrecognized memory 2 unsupported memory size 3 failed RAM test 4 exceeded maximum RAM size 5 invalid DIMM speed Recommended action Press v to continue Turn the printer off and then back on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner J74 J77 and DC controller PCB J1106 J1109 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate now Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now This is an invalid configuration DIMMs can not be installed in both of these slots at the same time Remove one of the DIMMs or move one of the DIMMs to a different
476. unning from end Replace the print cartridge for the affected color to end ETB belt has horizontal scars Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate now 362 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Missing color Table 7 32 Causes for a missing color Causes for a missing color Poor contact in the developing bias contacts of Clean the contacts If they are still dirty after the high voltage PCB and the print cartridge cleaning or if they are damaged replace the print cartridge or the high voltage contacts Replace the high voltage PCB Primary charging roller is defective Replace the print cartridge for the missing color Laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner for the missing color Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate now High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Blank spots Table 7 33 Causes for blank spots Causes for blank spots High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate now Poor fusing Table 7 34 Causes for poor fusing Causes for poor fusing Media is not within specifications For example Use media th
477. up and select PRINT TEST PAGE to start the test e Source Select Tray 1 or Tray 2 Trays 3 4 or 5 HP Color LaserJet 5550 models only are optional e Duplex Enable or disable 2 sided printing e Copies Set the numbers of copies to be printed the choices are 1 10 50 100 or 500 1 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 models to open the MENUS Press e to highlight DIAGNOSTICS Press v to select DIAGNOSTICS Press w to highlight PAPER PATH TEST Press v to select PAPER PATH TEST Select the paper path test options when the printer prompts you oo F wo hr Diagnostics 405 Sensor test special mode test This diagnostic test allows you to test the printer s sensors and switches for proper operation Each sensor is represented by a letter as indicated in Table 7 48 Sensor test letter codes A one below the letter indicates paper is present For the paper size sensor the range of values is from 0 to 7 Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes indicates the switch state and paper size associated with each of these values Table 7 48 Sensor test letter codes Letter Sensor switch Idle value number doors closed paper in Trays 1 and 2 A top of PS801 page fuser inlet PS8 speed fuser PS7 delivery output bin PS6 full PS802 presence EE SW1 SW2 SW3 0 7 see Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes PS503 W501 502 503 0 7 see Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size co
478. up to 28 pages min in A4 landscape landscape up to 21 5 pages min in letter up to 27 pages min in letter up to 10 pages min in A3 and up to 13 pages min in A3 and ledger ledger First print time Max 18 seconds Max 16 seconds Electrical Specifications HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Table 1 12 Electrical specifications HP LaserJet 5500 models m poe meme Power supply 100 to 127 V 10 96 220 to 240 V 10 96 eem Jee eme Il Off mode 0 W average 0 15 W average de Ia 181 BTU o 174 WABTU x recommended circuit LU MN 1A S A capacity 1 When the printer is in standby mode it continues to consume a minimal amount of energy Product information 13 WARNING Electrical specifications HP Color LaserJet 5550 models Power requirements are based on the country region where the printer is sold Do not convert operating voltages This may damage the printer and void the product warranty Table 1 13 Electrical specifications and requirements BERE 110 Volt Models 230 Volt Models Power Requirements 110 127V 10 220 240V 10 50 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 60 Hz 2 Hz Rated short term current 7 0 Amps 3 0 Amps Table 1 14 Power consumption Power Consumption average in watts bester Model Printing 28 PPM Ready4 PowerSave Sleep 2 HP Color 611 W 23 W LaserJet 5550 HP Color 614 W 93W 24 W 0 3 W LaserJet 5550n HP Color 630W 93W 24 W 0 3 W LaserJet 5550dn HP
479. ur Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur Press v to resume printing Note A loss of data will occur Check that all cables are connected to the EIO ports and that the EIO board is seated properly If possible print to another network printer to verify the network is working properly ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5550 models continued Control panel message Event Description Recommended action log error message 41 3 UNEXPECTED SIZE IN TRAY X For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE For help press 41 5 UNEXPECTED TYPE IN TRAY X For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE For help press 41 X 64 PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 41 X 64 PRINTER ERROR To continue press Press v ENWW Media is loaded which is longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size configured for the tray The printer senses a different media type in the media path than configured in the tray A printer error has occurred X Description 1 unknown misprint error 2 beam detect misprint error 3 media feed error size 4 no VSYNC error 5 media feed error type 6 ETB detection error 7 feed delay error 9 noise VSREQ If the incorrect size was selected cancel the job or press to access help Press 4 and to step through the instructions If the incorrect type was selec
480. uring a test The test has been aborted The EIO disk in slot X is not working correctly A device failure has occurred on the specified drive The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to perform an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory Alphabetical printer messages Recommended action Printing may continue Turn the printer off and then back on If the message reappears there may be a problem with the software application Use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the EIO disk drive and try again To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on To enable writing to the disk turn off write protection using HP Web Jetadmin To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on Close the door and restart the test Remove the EIO disk from the slot indicated and replace with a new EIO disk drive Printing may continue for jobs that do not require the Flash DIMM To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then back on If the message persists remove and re install the Flash DIMM If the message persists replace the Flash DIMM Printing may continue Turn the printer off and then back on If the message reappears there may be a problem with the software application 269 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Col
481. user drive assembly 5500 only drive fuser drive assembly 5500 only 5500 only RG5 6714 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 fuser drive assembly 5500 only RG5 6714 000CN Table 8 18 on page 477 fuser drive assembly 5550 only RG5 7700 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 fuser drive assembly 5550 only RG5 7700 000CN Table 8 18 on page 477 fuser power supply 100 127 v fuser power supply 220 240 v Fuser power supply PCB RG5 6801 000CN Table 8 10 on page RG5 6802 000CN 461 RG5 6801 000CN Table 8 3 on page 447 100 127 volt RG5 6802 000CN 220 240 volt gear 17T RS7 0323 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 gear 200T RS7 0320 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 gear 200T RS7 0321 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 gear 200T RS7 0320 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 gear 200T RS7 0321 000CN Table 8 6 on page 453 Alphabetical parts list 511 Table 8 28 Alphabetical parts list Bec Description Table and page gear 36T RS7 0326 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 gear pressure left RB2 9150 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 gear pressure right RB2 9151 000CN Table 8 8 on page 457 guide cartridge left lower RB2 9390 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 guide cartridge left upper RB2 9391 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 guide cartridge right lower RB2 9392 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 guide cartridge right upper RB2 9393 000CN Table 8 11 on page 463 high voltage PCB RG5 6800 000CN Table 8 10 on page 461 High voltage power su
482. user when it is not at end of life If you replace the fuser when it is not at the end of its life for example if it is defective you will need to reset the fuser count through the control panel 114 Chapter4 Printer Maintenance ENWW ENWW Use the following steps to reset the fuser count 1 o NO a F wD 9 Press v HP Color LaserJet 5500 models or Menu HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer t open the MENUS Press to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press v to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to highlight RESETS Press v to select RESETS Press to highlight RESET SUPPLIES Press v to select RESET SUPPLIES Press to highlight NEW FUSER KIT Press v to select NEW FUSER KIT 10 Press v to highlight YES 11 Press v to reset the fuser count Replacing supply items 0 115 Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 5500 models Note Note CAUTION The printer has five dual in line memory module DIMM slots For maximum flexibility in DIMM support the formatter is designed with four 168 pin DIMM slots and a fifth 100 pin DIMM slot Due to technical limitations only four DIMMs can be loaded at a time so the fifth DIMM slot 100 pin is logically the same as the fourth DIMM slot 168 pin The system can only have a DIMM installed on the fourth DIMM slot 168 pin provided that no DIMM is installed in the fifth DIMM slot 100 pin and vice versa Use these DIMM slots to upgrade the printer with e More printer me
483. uter to communicate with the printer An installation program for the PPDs PDEs and other software is provided on the CD ROM Use the appropriate PS driver that comes with the operating system HP LaserJet Utility Use the HP LaserJet Utility to control features that are not available in the driver The illustrated screens make selecting printer features easier to use Use the HP LaserJet Utility to do the following e Name the printer assign it to a zone on a network and download files and fonts e Configure and set the printer for Internet protocol IP printing The HP LaserJet Utility is not currently supported for OS X but the utility is supported for the Classic environment Software for Macintosh computers 81 Installing the printing system software Note Note Note 82 The following sections contain instructions for installing the printing system software The printer comes with printing system software and printer drivers on a CD ROM The printing system software on the CD ROM must be installed in order to take full advantage of the printer features If you do not have access to a CD ROM drive you can download the printing system software from the Internet at www hp com support clj5500 or www hp com support clj5550 Sample model scripts for UNIX HP UX Sun Solaris and Linux networks are available for download at www hp com support You can download the latest software free of charge at www hp com support clj
484. v 5 media feed error type 6 ETB detection error 7 feed delay error 9 noise VSREQ 302 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 5500 models continued Control panel message 49 XXXX PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on ENWW Event log error message Description A critical firmware error has occurred that caused the processor on the formatter to abort operation This type of error can be caused by invalid print commands corrupt data or invalid operations In some cases electrical noise in the cable can corrupt data during transmission to the printer Other causes include poor quality parallel cables poor connections or home grown applications On rare occasions the formatter is at fault which is usually indicated by a 79 Service Error Numerical printer messages Recommended action Press Cancet Jos to clear the print job from the printer memory Turn the printer off and then back on Try printing a job from a different software application If the job prints go back to the first application and try printing a different file If the message appears only with a certain software application or print job contact the software vendor for assistance If the message persists with different software applications and print jobs disconnect all cables to the printer that connect it to the network or PC Turn the printer off Remove al
485. val and replacement ENWW 7 Remove the sensor cover shown in callout 3 Figure 6 80 Removing and replacing the fuser delivery sensor and output bin full sensor 1 of 2 8 Forthe fuser delivery sensor disconnect the connector shown in callout 4 unhook the two tabs that are closest to the connector and remove the fuser delivery sensor shown in callout 5 9 Forthe output bin full sensor disconnect the connector shown in callout 6 unhook the two tabs that are closest to the connector and remove the output bin full sensor shown in callout 7 Figure 6 81 Removing and replacing the fuser delivery sensor and output bin full sensor 2 of 2 ENWW Internal components top 245 Static discharge comb Use the following steps to remove the static discharge eliminator unit To remove the static discharge comb HP Color LaserJet 5500 models 1 Remove the fuser 2 Remove the two screws shown in callout 1 3 Remove the static discharge comb Figure 6 82 Removing and replacing the static discharge comb To remove the static discharge eliminator unit HP Color LaserJet 5550 models 1 Remove the fuser 2 Turn the release lever in callout 1 in the direction of the down arrow 3 Lift the static eliminator unit in callout 2 straight up and remove it Note Be sure to cover the control panel with a cloth when replacing the static eliminator unit Otherwise toner adhered to the static charge eliminator may contaminate
486. ved printing performance over Remote Printer mode The HP Jetdirect print server supports Novell Directory Services NDS as well as bindary modes For more information see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide Enhanced I O EIO configuration 75 Note 76 For Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 and XP systems use the printer installation utility for printer setup on a NetWare network Windows and Windows NT networks For Windows 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 and XP systems use your printer installation utility for printer setup on a Microsoft Windows network The utility supports printer setup for either peer to peer or client server network operation AppleTalk networks Use the HP LaserJet Utility to set up the printer on an EtherTalk or LocalTalk network For more information refer to the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide included with printers equipped with the HP Jetdirect print server LocalTalk configuration Use a LocalTalk interface to print directly from a standalone Apple Macintosh computer or from a Macintosh computer on a LocalTalk network For specific information about configuring the computer and printer to print through a LocalTalk interface see the printer getting started guide and the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide For a LocalTalk configuration the DIN 8 printer cable must be connected to the printer port on the Macintosh computer LocalTalk network configuration To con
487. w Isolate the problem to the major system for example the host computer the network or server or the printer system Step 2 Determine if the problem is located in the accessories or in the printer engine Step 3 Troubleshoot the problem using the procedures in Chapter 7 Once a faulty part is located the printer can usually be repaired at the assembly level by replacing field replaceable units FRUs Some mechanical assemblies might need to be repaired at the subassembly level Hewlett Packard does not support replacement of components on the printer circuit assembles 38 Chapter 2 Service approach ENWW Parts and supplies Note ENWW This section discusses how to order parts and supplies Ordering parts Field replaceable and accessory part numbers are found in Chapter 8 of this manual Order replacement parts from Hewlett Packard Customer Support Americas HPCS A or Hewlett Packard Customer Support Europe HPCS E Use only accessories specifically designed for this printer Accessories can be ordered from an authorized service or support provider By phone e Hewlett Packard Customer Support Americas HPCS A 800 227 8164 U S only e Hewlett Packard Customer Support Europe HPCS E 49 703114 2253 By mail Hewlett Packard Company Hewlett Packard Company HPCS A HPCS E 8050 Foothills Blvd Wolf Hirth Stra e 33 Roseville CA 95678 D 7030 B blingen Germany Ordering supplies Order supplies direct
488. wer supply assembly 100 127 v RG5 6808 060CN power supply assembly 220 240 v ege cable DC RG5 6816 000CN LN 5 fuse 250 v 20 amp 100 127 v VD7 1732 002CN 1 an fuse 250 v 4 amp 220 240 v VD7 0644 001CN a E B Illustrations and parts lists printer 455 Internal components 3 of 9 Figure 8 7 ENWW 456 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 8 Internal components 3 of 9 Description color registration detection unit ETB assembly gear pressure right spring tension support left ETB support right ETB lever interlock gear pressure left hinge one way cam gear 66T spring tension fuser 100 127 v 5500 only fuser 220 240 v 5500 only fuser 100 127 v 5550 only fuser 220 240 v 5550 only Part number RG5 6688 000CN RG5 7737 000CN RB2 9151 000CN RS6 2626 000CN RB2 9147 000CN RB2 9146 000CN RB2 9358 020CN RB2 9150 000CN RB2 9152 000CN RS7 0302 000CN RS6 2632 000CN C9656 69012 exchange C9656 69002 exchange Q3984 69001 exchange Q3985 69001 exchange Illustrations and parts lists printer 457 Figure 8 8 Internal components 4 of 9 458 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 9 Internal components 4 of 9 Re eem Jas Je control panel assembly 100 127 v RG5 6781 030CN control panel assembly 220 240 v 5500 only eeh control panel assembly
489. with the HP Install Network Printer Wizard HP Jetdirect 802 11b print servers are available for USB parallel and EIO connections The USB connection is available only on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 Bluetooth Bluetooth wireless technology is not supported for the Macintosh operating system and is available only on the HP Color LaserJet 5550 Bluetooth wireless technology is a low power short range radio technology that can be used to wireless connect computers printers personal digital assistants PDAs cell phones and other devices Unlike infrared technology Bluetooth s reliance on radio signals means that devices do not have to be in the same room office or cubicle or have an unobstructed line of sight in order to communicate This wireless technology increases portability and efficiency within business network programs HP Color LaserJet 5550 printer models use a Bluetooth adapter hp bt1300 to incorporate Bluetooth wireless technology The adapter is available for either USB or parallel connections The adapter has a 10 meter operation range in the 2 5 GHz ISM band and can achieve data transfer rates up to 723 Kbps The device supports the following Bluetooth profiles e Hardcopy Cable Replacement Profile HCRP e Serial Port Profile SPP e Object Push Profile OPP e Basic Imaging Profile BIP e Basic Printing Profile BPP with xHTML Print The Bluetooth trademarks are owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlet
490. xiliary connector locating 9 B bin locating 8 9 Bluetooth support 77 born on date 421 C cables connecting 71 cables part numbers 438 calibrate now 417 ENWW calibration bypassing 417 color registration 165 density 166 halftone 166 caliper transparencies 24 capacity circuit 11 13 input trays 16 18 cardstock printing 24 cartridge fan function 135 removing and replacing 247 cassette jams 336 paper feed roller removing and replacing 204 paper pickup roller removing and replacing 204 partnumbers 478 pickup clutch removing and replacing 205 cassette cover removing and replacing 198 cassette pickup clutch removing and replacing 205 CD service parts information 41 circuit assemblies 38 capacity 11 13 DC controller 131 diagram 433 fuser power supply 135 heater temperature control 136 high voltage power supply 138 low voltage power supply 139 paper feeder diagram 434 scanner motor control 145 cleaning periodic 102 printer and accessories 100 spilled toner 100 clear event log 420 clothing toner on 35 clutch componenttest 414 locating 425 CMYK sample page printing 399 coated media 23 cold reset 416 cold reset paper type 421 Index 525 color adjusting 347 edge control 348 halftone options 348 HP ImageREt 3600 346 matching 346 neutral grays 348 options 347 PANTONE 346 print in grayscale 347 print quality troubleshooting tool 345 RGB 349 sample pages printing 398 sRGB 347 variati
491. y 2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 supported media specifications 18 Tray 1 paper sizes and types ssssssssssseeeeeemmenn 19 Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 5550 model only paper sizes and Ree 21 Automatic two sided printing duplexing sss 22 Printing on Iransparencles emen 23 Paper specifications iisi eate teg de en desde dag leslie ende de eed eee Edd de 24 Weight equivalence table sssssssssssseeeee ent 27 Printer repair normally begins by using the printer s internal diagnostics and the three step process below 38 Related documentation and Software sss 42 Available printer drivers sssssssssssee eme 79 Components and utilities sss 91 Printer securty levels 2 ua oae de e eei tee edes 97 Cleaning the printer acreedor eec dee qid v deae mined na ede 100 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items ssssssssss 105 Basic operation Sequence eene 130 Function of motors and fans skois ria a ea a aaa eene 134 Calibration timing and duration sese nm 161 Cleaning timing and duration nn 162 Cassette paper size detection cassette detection sseusussssse 173 Feed speed according to media see 178 Types Of SCIeWS EENS vend eod x ede 186 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items ssssssss 188 Pre troub
492. ystem setup menu allows you to make changes to general printer configuration default settings such as PowerSave Time printer personality language and jam recovery Table 7 43 System setup submenu ees ues emm JOB STORAGE LIMIT 1 100 Sets the limit for the maximum number of jobs stored on the hard disk at the printer Control panel troubleshooting 377 Table 7 43 System setup submenu continued hmm o ue pem JOB HELD TIMEOUT OFF Sets the period of time that the System keeps files in job THOUYR storage before deleting them 4 HOURS from the queue 1 DAY 1 WEEK SHOW ADDRESS This item determines whether the printer s IP address is shown on the display with Ready If more than one EIO card is installed the IP address of the card in the first slot is shown The default is OFF COLOR MONO MIX AUTO AUTO will determine the mode the engine will go into based on MOSTECCBEOR PAGES the first page of the print job If MOSTLY BLACK PAGES the first page is monochrome the engin will go into mono mode until a color page is detected It will then continue in color mode until the end of the job If the first page is in color the engine will go into color mode for the duration of the job MOSTLY COLOR PAGES will cause the engine to always run in color mode even if the whole job is in monochrome MOSTLY BLACK PAGES will cause the engine to switch back and forth between color and monochrome mode If the first pag

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

TP-Link TL-WR542G User's Manual  CCProxy - Youngzsoft  quickstart BACS C20-C40      Mano AP - Transmission Expert  ダウンロード  JET 414458 Use and Care Manual  Bedienungsanleitung    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file